Here are five easy exercises which you can do at home in only five minutes. Do each exercise for up to one minute then as you improve turn this into a circuit by repeating the sequence twice, then three times so it takes 15 minutes. 

1 Stair climbing

Run up and down stairs at a fast pace non-stop for one minute – it will boost your heart rate and as it’s weight-bearing it will load your bones too. If you find it easy, then try carrying something heavy (evenly loaded carrier bags full of books will do fine). 

2 Squats

Unless we do some strengthening exercises, we lose muscle and that means we have less calorie-burning dense tissue which leads to a reduction in your metabolic rate. Stronger, denser muscles burn more calories even when you’re at rest.

Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart (or slightly wider) and push your hips back as if you’re sitting into an imaginary chair. Lower down so your thighs are as parallel to the floor as possible, with your knees over your ankles. Press your weight into your heels then push up to bring yourself back to the starting position. Work up gradually to squat for 30 seconds then build it up to one minute. 

3 Ropeless skipping

Imagine holding a skipping rope then rotate the ‘rope’ forward as if you’re skipping. Add in the footwork, you can hop from one foot to the other or jump lifting both feet simultaneously. Remember to keep the arms turning – you can alternate circling forward and backward – and keep going for up to one minute. 

4 The plank

The plank works 100 per cent of your abdominal muscles compared to 64 per cent for sit-ups. You’re also less likely to strain your neck, which is common when doing sit-ups.

On the floor, get into a push-up position then bend your elbows at 90-degrees and rest your weight on your forearms. Your elbows should be directly beneath your shoulders and your body should form a straight line from your head to your feet. Hold the position for as long as you can up to one minute (and remember not to hold your breath).

5 Lateral raises

Stand with feet hip-width apart, arms by your sides holding weights in each hand. You could start with bottles of water or tins of soup then build up to using hand weights. Raise your arms up and out to the side to shoulder level then slowly lower them back down and repeat. Don’t be tempted to let your arms drop suddenly, try to resist gravity. Keep going for up to one minute.

FIVE TIPS TO  KEEP YOUR FITNESS REGIME ON TRACK

Set aside time for exercise

Develop a structure and pattern to your exercise. Build it into your daily routine by adding into your diary or blocking it out in your work calendar as you would a work meeting.

Focus on your goals

Set small, short-term achievable goals that you can meet, such as ‘I’ll do five sessions this week’ or ‘I’ll use the heavier weights for the next session’.

Eat well

It’s really important to look after your nutrition – maintain regular mealtimes and try to avoid snacking, especially in the evening.

Sleep well

Make sure you wake up reasonably early and go to bed reasonably early. Sleep is important for our mental well-being.

Have fun!

Be kind to yourself. If your body needs a rest from its new exercise routine, take it. Fitness should be fun.

This is the month when the garden hits its stride and begins to feel gloriously abundant. Borders are brimming, vegetables are racing ahead and there is a sense that everything is growing while you watch, often faster than expected and occasionally in directions you did not entirely plan!

The longest days of the year bring with them more time to enjoy the garden, but also a steady rhythm of care to keep things looking their best. June gardening is about keeping pace with growth while taking every opportunity to enjoy it, because this is the month where the garden really starts giving back. Here are five well-timed June jobs to help your garden flourish as summer settles in. 

Keep Watering Consistent

With warmer temperatures and longer days, plants begin to rely more heavily on regular watering to stay healthy and productive. Aim to water deeply rather than little and often, encouraging roots to grow downwards and become more resilient. Early morning or evening is ideal, giving moisture time to soak in before the heat of the day. Containers in particular will need close attention, as they dry out far more quickly than borders. 

Feed for Strong Growth

June is a hungry month in the garden, with plants putting on rapid growth and many beginning to flower or set fruit. Continue feeding regularly with a balanced fertiliser, switching to a higher potash feed for flowering plants and crops such as tomatoes. Well-fed plants are not only more productive, but also better equipped to cope with the occasional dry spell or unexpected change in weather.

Stay on Top of Weeding

Weeds will still be making the most of the warm conditions, so regular attention is key to keeping them under control. A quick hoe on a dry day is often all it takes to prevent them from getting established, saving you from more time-consuming work later. Keeping beds tidy also allows your chosen plants to shine, rather than competing for space and nutrients.

Tie In and Support

Climbers and tall-growing plants will now be stretching enthusiastically, often with a mind of their own. Continue tying in new growth, checking supports and guiding stems where needed to prevent tangles and damage. This is particularly important for crops such as tomatoes, beans and sweet peas, which benefit from steady, consistent support as they climb.

Harvest Little and Often

June begins to reward your efforts with an increasing number of harvests, from salads and herbs to early vegetables and soft fruit. Pick regularly to encourage continued production and to enjoy everything at its freshest. There is something deeply satisfying about stepping outside and gathering ingredients straight from the garden, a simple pleasure that never quite loses its charm.

June is vibrant, generous and full of life, inviting you to spend as much time outdoors as possible. By keeping up with watering, feeding and those small but important tasks, you allow your garden to continue thriving without becoming overwhelming. This is the month where effort and enjoyment meet in perfect balance, and where every visit to the garden offers something new to notice and appreciate.

You might think you don’t know the Colour Palette Company, but the chances are, you do. If you’ve walked through Grand Central, Touchwood, the Kingfisher Centre, any number of Birmingham’s museums or even New York’s Corning Museum of Glass lately, the striking artwork is unmistakable.

The Company’s founder and artist is the long-term former editor of the Birmingham Post, Stacey Barnfield. Stacey has always had an interest in colour and typography having studied graphic design as a youngster. His original Birmingham colour palette was created by playing around with design and type and when Stacey uploaded it to Twitter it was obvious there was significant interest.

He says: “It went crazy. Loads of people got in touch asking if they could buy it as a print or a mug and some were asking if I could create a colour palette for their area.” Some from as far afield as New Zealand were making requests.

HUGE SCALE

Stacey says he stumbled into the business creating a website first then bringing someone on board to help with the financial side of things. There are now 70 different colour palettes. The original idea has morphed into lots of different mediums, so initially small gifts and prints – essentially things the business could manage – easily growing into large scale public art, such as the Leamington version installed in the walkway under the station and a massive piece in Touchwood Solihull.

Of the Touchwood work, Stacey says: “It must be 25 or 30 metres. I love it. To see that go from laptop to screen to finished large scale piece is amazing. I went to Solihull College to study graphics so it’s a full circle moment from a personal perspective.” He adds: “I love seeing the huge scale. Grand Central was the first large scale format. I walk through Grand Central to get to work sometimes and it’s amazing.”

MR EGG YELLOW

The Birmingham palette worked thanks to the local knowledge and nostalgia which Stacey wholeheartedly understood having grown up here. Expanding to other areas has meant doing research and finding what’s unique there. For instance, when Stacey worked with York Museum and Art Gallery he got under the skin of the city and found out what’s special to York. And when Liverpool Museums asked for wheelie bin purple, Stacey listened.

The museum now sells miniature purple wheelie bins in its shop. It’s that local knowledge that makes it work. Buy-in at a local level is crucial to the success of a palette and Stacey recognises that. He says: “Mr Egg yellow is very random if you don’t know Birmingham.” The fact the artwork translates anywhere makes the prospect of growth exciting.

For example, the Corning Museum of Glass in New York spotted the palettes on social media and contacted Stacey. He recalls: “I thought it was just a speculative enquiry because of the geographical location. Then they went for it.” Stacey worked with curators to come up with a palette that tied in with an exhibition about the way colour feels through glass. He created postcards, mementos and a range of mugs for the gift shop.

SIDE HUSTLE

Eventually Stacey would like to employ someone to do the research identifying and contacting potential clients to boost growth. Aside from areas, there are themed palettes available too, so there’s a gardener’s palette as well as one for tea lovers, among others.

Stacey also sketches and paints, recreating some of his favourite parts of Birmingham. Spawned by lockdown, Draw My City started as a hobby which he now describes as a side hustle from which he donates some of the proceeds to charity.

He says: “I started drawing places I used to pass on my way to work, so Birmingham Cathedral and the Rotunda among others. I posted on socials and people asked if they could buy them. It’s raised a few thousand for Sifa Fireside, the charity that supports homeless people in Birmingham.”

First, a little historical background… Vines have been planted in England since Roman times and the Domesday Book records around 40 vineyards by 1086, mostly located in the South. Monasteries in the Middle Ages cultivated grapes for sacramental use, however between the 14th and 17th centuries, a little ice-age hit which made growing vines more challenging and to some extent viticulture declined.

Despite some patchy attempts at revival in the 18th and 19th centuries, it wasn’t until 1952 when Major-General Sir Guy Salisbury-Jones planted a vineyard at Hambledon in Hampshire that the birth of modern English wine really began. Early vineyards used German hybrids which had greater tolerance to the cold climate, and produced some acceptable, but not outstanding light and acidic white and sparkling wines.

From the early 90’s, partly due to global warming and the planting of more traditional Champagne varieties, quality began to rapidly improve. By the 2010’s vineyards were being planted at a much more prolific rate, especially in the South East, resulting in close to 1,000 vineyards in the present day. By 2015, English sparkling wines were consistently winning international blind tastings against Champagne.

Wines to expect

Translating this to the wines you can expect, as a cold climate region, we excel in making premium sparkling wines, and increasingly some very good white wines. While there are a few very elegant Pinot Noirs, you’ll still be hard-pressed to find a full-bodied, rich red in the UK that is of any quality.

The quality

Despite the rather rough wines of the 60’s and 70’s, there are now some great English wines. For example, in 2025 the Nyetimber Blanc de Blancs 2016 won the best sparkling wine award in the International Wine Challenge, beating contenders from Champagne and other luxury sparkling producers. Not bad for a producer that makes only around a million bottles a year. The top Champagne houses typically produce between five and six times as many.

And speaking of Champagne, both Taittinger and Pommery now have vineyards in the South of England and produce wines under the labels Domaine Evermond and Louis Pommery England respectively. Other fantastic English brands include Chapel Down, Gusbourne, Hattingley, Ridgeview and Wiston Estate. But there are also some excellent small producers who are making wines of superb quality.

Visiting a vineyard

Winemaking in any region is not easy. The challenges of making wine in England are even greater. If we want to encourage the growth of English wine, there are two very tangible things we can do. Firstly, we can buy bottles and secondly we can visit the vineyards. Vineyard tours often represent a significant source of income without which a lot of wineries would really struggle. And what better time to visit than the summer months, when you can (usually!) expect better weather for walking around vineyards and sitting outside for a tasting.

While many of the top producers can be found in the South of England, it is actually possible to visit a number of great producers much closer to Birmingham. Buzzards Valley near Tamworth, Halfpenny Green in Staffordshire, Blabers Hall near Coventry, Welcombe Hills near Stratford and Astley vineyard in Worcestershire are all within an easy drive (obviously with a designated driver if some of the party are drinking).

Buying a bottle or visiting an English vineyard plays a major part in supporting a really important and developing industry. Unlike in other European countries, English vineyards receive far less direct subsidy than many of their Continental counterparts, and for them to keep producing ever greater wines the investment makes a huge difference.

So why not plan a visit this summer? You may find your new favourite. And whatever you drink, please do it responsibly.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR JUNE

Something Sparkling:
Chateau Dereszla Tokaji Brut Wine – £9.99, Lidl
Citrus, apple and some dried fruit notes, with bright acidity, some herbal notes from the Hárslevelű grape and an aggressive mousse.

Something Fresh and Fruity:
Hawkes Bay Special Release Sauvignon Blanc – £19.99, Laithwaites
A truly remarkable Sauvignon Blanc from New Zealand. Expect searing acidity, grapefruit, tropical notes and lemon, but with a pleasant minerality and complexity not seen in other Sauvignons.

Something Big and Bold:
Journey’s End – The Bluegum Merlot, 2024 – £13, Sainsbury’s
Black fruit, cedar, vanilla, spice, chocolate and tobacco leaf combine beautifully for a complex and rounded smooth drinking experience.

Something Classic:
Zuccardi Apelación Malbec 2023 – £18.99, tauruswines.co.uk
Dark ripe fruits and spice, well-rounded and full-bodied. Some nice complexity and a long finish.

Something English:
Nyetimber, Blanc de Blancs, 2017 – £58, Nyetimber.com
Creamy lemon curd and pastry notes with some gooseberry, and a slightly savoury salinity. Complex and beautifully made.

Something Different:
Journey’s End Spekboom Malbec – £10.50, Sainsbury’s
A great BBQ Malbec. Good acidity and tannin, red plum, blueberry and chocolate.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

When I was young, my mum said that theatre was a safe space, and I realised the stresses of life melted away. That was the beginning of my love of creative arts. I joined Punch Records in 2020 just before Covid hit, and even though the world shut down digital natives stepped up and there was a radical change online. Before Punch, I was head of storytelling at Beatfreeks and have worked on projects with the likes of the CBSO and RSC. I was also media secretary for the LGBTQ+ running club, Birmingham Swifts. I spent a year on the committee, revamped the brand and brought on board a commercial partner, Vita Coco. I then joined the board of trustees at the Rep. I wanted to give back to Birmingham and the Rep has enabled that.

IT’S WHAT I DO

The Punch programme of events has young creatives at its heart as well as marginalised and neurodiverse communities. My job is to connect people, support young talent, build relationships and collaborate. Some young people think they know everything thanks to TikTok, but it doesn’t allow them to work things out and due to the lack of youth centres there aren’t opportunities to learn, so our programmes fill that void. Our Community Routes programme offers 50 spaces for young creatives to develop their skills, beginning with a residency followed by a showcase at Shambala Festival. A highlight at Punch has been working with the CBSO on Legacy which created a massive grime orchestra and featured 15 local grime and rap artists.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I’d love to connect the dots and help creatives champion their work. Artists think they know who their audiences are, but at Punch we push people’s thought patterns and explore how we can develop their careers.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Leading the campaign for Legacy. To have sold out in two cities is special. I’d count making my mum proud a big success too. She launched a cafe and clothing store called Suzie’s Renaissance last year and I’ve been helping her market her brand.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

To believe I am important. As an introvert it can take time to warm up and you can get swallowed up in rooms. I forced myself not to shrink, to have star power. The people of Birmingham often shrink themselves, but we need to realise no one has everything figured out.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

We seem to be a city of underdogs. We’re so humble which some might see as a fault but there’s power in that. There’s less ego, meaning we can better connect.

DOWNTIME

I am the biggest Little Mix fan which got me into fan culture. I also go to a lot of gigs and theatre shows. I’m into running and the gym – I go to Depot Birmingham. There are loads of families, a big LGBT community, women’s nights and it’s just a place where people can feel comfortable and connect.

More than 100 guests attended a special event at the Oyster Club to celebrate SimkissGuy Recruitment’s rebrand as Simkiss Recruitment Solutions. The award-winning specialist recruitment business also announced ambitious regional growth plans supported by significant new investment. Founder and managing director Rebecca Simkiss said: “Over the past 13 years we’ve built our business on relationships, trust and truly understanding the organisations we support. This evolution reflects how our clients’ needs are changing and how we’re adapting alongside them.”

Captions:

1 Helena King, Rebecca Simkiss, Nathan Golby, Prit Ladwa
2 2 Stephen Chand, Prabjot Ragborta, Ushma Valerio, Ben Lease
3 James Neale, Alan Webb, Liam Raszke-Webster
4 Tessa Rhodes, Daksha Parekh
5 Helena King, Paynton Varter, Kay Waters
6 Sam Murray, Rebecca Simkiss, Nicola Noél, Victoria Fitzsimons

So the story goes, the original invention of Long Island Tennessee Ice Tea had its roots in America’s prohibition era. The aim was to create a drink that hid its alcoholic content from the authorities – and what looked to be innocent iced tea fitted the bill perfectly. The version here is a daring, delicious twist on the timeless cocktail by the mixologists at Marco Pierre White Steakhouse at the Cube. Please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 12.5ml Vodka
• 12.5ml Gin
• 12.5ml Jack Daniel’s
• 12.5ml Rum
• 12.5ml Cointreau
• 12.5ml Sugar syrup
• 12.5ml Lemon juice
• 100ml Lemonade
• Lemon slice garnish

METHOD

Add all ingredients except the lemonade to a cocktail shaker filled with ice. Shake hard until the shaker becomes ice cold and frosty. Strain into a chilled tall glass filled with fresh ice, atop the lemonade. Finally garnish with a fresh lemon slice.

How confident do you feel when the temperature rises and it’s time to think about exposing that milky white bod of yours? Truth is that most of us are a tad shy when the sun shines. But it needn’t be that way. A few simple lifestyle changes and a clear focus on the do’s and don’ts of exercise can help you attain that dream beach look. Here’s a low-down on slimming down and toning up.

Be prepared to put in the work – Getting in to shape doesn’t come easy. Be prepared to be disciplined with what you eat and drink and to exercise at least three times per week.

Nutrition is key – There’s no need to cut out everything you enjoy, you just need to eat right 80 per cent of the time and the other 20 per cent won’t hurt your progression too much. Reduce your carb intake (especially in the evening) cut down the alcohol and eat plenty of meat, fish and veg. If you must snack, snack healthy – so fruit, nuts, seeds and raw veg.

Treat yourself – That’s right… if you find it too hard cutting everything out in one go give yourself a healthy challenge. Eat right Monday to Friday, don’t drink and stay away from the sweets and chocolates. Come Saturday and Sunday you can reward yourself with some of the things you enjoy. Don’t overdo it though, you don’t want to cancel out all of that previous hard work.

Short but sweet – There’s no need to pound away on the treadmill and cross-trainer. With the right advice you can get a far more beneficial workout done and dusted in 45 minutes. Don’t get us wrong, it won’t be an easy 45 minutes but going at it hard will speed your metabolism up, meaning you burn calories when you’re not even at the gym.

Don’t avoid the weights – The stronger your muscles are the more efficient your body will be at burning fat. If you’re concerned about getting too bulky, don’t fret as weights will not necessarily make you bigger, just give you a nice shape. This is especially true for women as you don’t usually have enough testosterone in your bodies to be able to build masses of muscle. Make sure you get advice from a trainer before you start though to avoid causing yourself any injuries.

Get help – Personal trainers and fitness coaches are there for your benefit and can really help you reach your goals faster and safer. Personal training doesn’t have to be expensive and not only will you see the physical benefits you will undertake a lifestyle change to ensure you don’t revert back to your old ways after the summer.

Picture perfect – Snap a before selfie in the mirror and keep it accessible (on your phone or tablet) so you can see it daily. When you feel like having that glass of wine or chocolate, look at the picture and remind yourself why you shouldn’t cave in just yet. If you can find a picture of yourself in the past with the body shape you were happy with, keep it handy too. This will help you stay focused – if you have been there before you know you can get there again!

TAKE-FIVE QUICK-FIT PLAN

1. CARDIO: 30 minutes of interval training. Try doing one-minute fast run on the treadmill followed by one-minute walking. Ensure your fast run is enough to make you want to stop at the one-minute mark.

2. RESISTANCE: Do big compound exercises such as squats, deadlifts and press-ups. These will burn more calories than the bicep curl and tricep extensions and speed up your metabolism meaning you’ll burn calories faster.

3. STRETCH: Regular stretching will aid your workouts. You will feel stronger, your exercises will feel safer and your aches and pains will be reduced.

4. TRY A CLASS: Classes such as spinning, bootcamp and body pump are sure-fire ways to hit it hard and eat away at those calories. If you are looking for a bit of fun, try zumba to get you in the mood for summer.

5. REST: This is the most important point. No matter how hard you push yourself, your body will not change unless it gets the rest it requires. Alternating your workout days with a rest day is the best way to train meaning you come back strong and hit each workout at 110 per cent.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I was always interested in Birmingham music. I used to hang around Rockers on Hurst Street, and then got onto club promoting through their influence really. I put on the first Acid House night in Brum in ’88 and ended up as a club promoter at the Custard Factory and the Que Club. Gerv Havill, the Moseley Folk co-director, printed my flyers – that’s how we met. I did the marquee for L’Esprit Manouche Festival in Moseley Park (2004-05). When I found out it wasn’t going to be on anymore, I had this sense of it being a big loss, and I had a thought – wouldn’t it be great to have a folk festival in Moseley Park? Bands like Pentangle, but also some of the newer acts who were being influenced by folk, like Tunng, Jane Weaver. I mentioned to Gerv that I’d got permission to do a festival in the park, and he said he wanted to get involved, so we went from there – a silly idea that’s turned into one of best ideas I’ve ever had.

IT’S WHAT I DO

My role has evolved as we’ve gone from a tiny little stage under a gazebo to something that draws people from all over the world. My side is more about the logistics of building the festival site. Gerv and John Fell, the Festival manager, get everything booked in, the concessions, health and safety, ticketing. All three of us work on line-ups together.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

It’s Moseley Folk and Mostly Jazz Funk and Soul Festival – which we also do. I’ve been in a lot of bands, done a lot of things, academically at school I didn’t do well, but I loved music. It’s crazy to think I’ve made a living out of what I love – it never feels like work.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

The acts we’ve had, some are my heroes. You get to meet all these people, like Graham Nash, and it can be a very emotional thing. So, my ambition’s done in many ways. It’s more about carrying on bringing world-leading artists to a concert in the most magical setting.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I think the multi-culturalism of the city has been always been great, especially in Moseley. It’s always been a massive, magical melting pot. It’s the bohemian capital of Birmingham, isn’t it?

DOWNTIME

I take up lots of past-times and get bored with them quickly. I’ve done wood carving, metal detecting – long bow archery is my latest one! I also like history, medieval England…

FINALLY…

I am so proud of the whole Moseley Folk thing, and we’ve got a great close-knit team that works so hard to make sure it goes off every year. So, I’d like to thank everyone who’s helped me to do this thing that’s become so great – this silly idea that’s become something bigger.

National Doughnut Week is a nationwide fund-raising campaign that brings together bakeries, cafés, businesses and communities to celebrate the doughnut while raising money for charity. This year, from 16 to 24 May, the week will be supporting the Children’s Trust, the UK’s leading charity for children with brain injury. Simply pop into any one of the participating bakeries and get involved. But if you can’t wait for a bit of doughy goodness, here’s a cheeky little recipe for a simple ring donut to help scratch that itch…!

INGREDIENTS

• 200g Strong white bread flour
• 15g Caster sugar
• 7g Dried fast action yeast
• 50g Unsalted butter
• 100ml Whole milk
• 1tsp Vanilla extract
• 1 Medium free-range egg
• Pinch fine salt
• Sunflower or groundnut oil
• 50g Caster sugar mixed with a 1tsp ground cinnamon

METHOD

Sift the flour into a large bowl, add the sugar, yeast and a pinch of salt, then mix thoroughly. Add the butter, milk and vanilla extract to a small pan and warm over a very gentle heat until the butter has melted and the milk is just warm, but not boiling, then stir in the beaten egg. Gradually add the warm milk mixture to the dry ingredients and stir to form a rough dough.

Tip out onto a floured surface and knead for 10 minutes adding more flour as necessary or until the dough is not sticky and slightly springy to touch. Place into a clean, lightly oiled bowl, cover with a piece of greased cling film and leave to rise in a warm place for about an hour.

When the dough has doubled in volume, knead lightly then divide into 12 equal pieces. Roll into balls and place on baking sheets well-spaced apart. Cover with a piece of greased cling film and leave to rise again for 45 minutes. Roll over the top of the doughnuts to make them approximately 3cm in height and then using a small, lightly oiled pastry cutter, stamp out the middle of each doughnut and set aside.

Pour the oil into a large saucepan to the depth of 10cm and heat to between 50 and 170°C (Too hot, the outside burns before the inside cooks; too cold, and the donuts become oily and dense). Carefully lower 2 or 3 doughnuts at a time on a slotted spoon and fry for 30 seconds on each side or until golden brown. Serve warm.

The Peeping Tom Collins cocktail is a twist on a traditional Tom Collins drink, inspired by the legend of Lady Godiva riding naked on horseback through the streets of Coventry in the 11th century. It is named after a tailor who despite warnings was unable to resist the urge to look at Lady Godiva as she passed by – and who was struck blind as a result! The recipe for this version of the cocktail uses the award-winning Peeping Tom Gin from local distillery, the Warwickshire Gin Company. The gin is gently spiced with star anise, nutmeg and cinnamon – a treat for the taste buds.

INGREDIENTS

• 50ml Peeping Tom Gin
• 25ml Lemon juice
• 25ml Cane sugar

METHOD

Fill a Collins glass with ice, add all the ingredients and then top up with soda water. Garnish with a slice of lemon, a cherry and enjoy!

May is when the garden finds its rhythm and settles confidently into the growing season. Borders begin to look generous and full, vegetable beds show real promise and the whole space seems to hum with life from morning until evening.

The days are longer, the soil is warmer and gardeners everywhere are happily juggling a mixture of planting, tending and quietly admiring the results of earlier efforts. May gardening is wonderfully busy but deeply rewarding, because so much of what you do now sets the tone for the colourful, productive months ahead. Here are five well-timed May jobs to help your garden keep thriving as spring reaches its most cheerful stride.

Plant Out With Confidence
May is the moment many gardeners have been patiently waiting for, when tender plants can finally make the move outdoors. Tomatoes, courgettes, beans and bedding plants can all be planted out once the risk of frost has passed, ideally after a short period of hardening off. Choose a mild day, water generously and give each plant a little space to stretch into its new surroundings. There is a certain satisfaction in seeing trays and windowsills finally clear as the garden welcomes its newest residents.

Keep Sowing for Succession
Just because plenty is already growing does not mean the sowing should stop. Continue sowing quick crops such as lettuce, radishes, beetroot and carrots at regular intervals to ensure a steady supply through summer. These small, repeated sowings are the secret to keeping harvests coming rather than arriving all at once in a slightly overwhelming rush. A few minutes with a seed packet now often leads to weeks of quiet satisfaction later.

Water Wisely
As temperatures climb and plants begin growing more vigorously, watering becomes increasingly important. Aim to water deeply and less frequently so roots are encouraged to grow downwards rather than lingering near the surface. Early morning or evening is usually the best time, allowing moisture to soak in properly before the warmth of the day takes hold. A little consistency goes a long way, and plants respond quickly to thoughtful care.

Support Growing Plants
Climbing vegetables, tall perennials and enthusiastic flowers will be stretching skyward with impressive determination this month. Check supports, add extra ties where needed and guide stems gently in the direction you would like them to grow. Doing this regularly keeps plants upright, tidy and far less likely to collapse in a dramatic tangle later on. It is one of those quiet jobs that pays off handsomely once everything reaches full height.

Enjoy the First Rewards
May often brings the first real harvests of the year, whether it is fresh salad leaves, tender herbs or the earliest strawberries appearing among the foliage. Take a moment to appreciate these small but satisfying rewards, because they are the clearest reminder of why we spend so much time sowing, watering and occasionally negotiating with slugs. Gardening may involve patience, but it also offers plenty of delicious encouragement along the way.
May is generous, lively and wonderfully optimistic, inviting gardeners to stay outside just a little longer each evening. By keeping up with the planting, tending and gentle maintenance that this month encourages, you help your garden move smoothly toward summer. After all, this is the stage where the effort of early spring begins to show its rewards and the garden starts returning your enthusiasm in full colour.

Acting since he was an 11-year-old in shows such as Brassed Off at the Wolverhampton Grand and a long stint on Nativity!, the unstoppable Alexander Hogg has now written a four-part drama podcast series, For King and Country. And he’s still only 19!

When you conjure up images of a child star, you’re not imagining Alexander. There’s no ego or entitlement, just a desire to do great work, all while studying for a degree in Musical Theatre at the University of Chichester Conservatoire. For King and Country is a comedy drama about a group of friends from the Midlands who inadvertently sign up for National Service and explores how they cope.

A story of friendship, family and relationships, the series has been a real community effort. It was recorded at the Mushroom Studios in Birmingham with an entirely local team. Alexander says: “Championing my beloved home and bringing people together by using my characters is something I’ve tried to do throughout the series and I hope it feels like a warm hug to people across the Midlands and further afield.”

JUGGLING ACT

Alexander feels it’s important to tell stories through a genuine local Midlands lens as it can feel like we sometimes get left behind in the media. He says: “Having worked very closely with iconic Midlands-based writers such as BAFTA and international Emmy winner Debbie Isitt (Nativity!) and Oscar winner Rachel Shenton (All Creatures Great and Small), I’ve had a chance to learn from the best.” Balancing writing, acting and studying is a juggle that Alexander is learning how to manage. University lecturers are supportive and if Alexander needs time to work on a job, they give him that flexibility. It’s old hat for Alexander as he was balancing school with performing throughout his three years on Nativity!

I always imagine child actors to come from thespian parents but not so for Alexander. He says his parents were encouraging but not from that world. He used to put on little shows for them at home and eventually his parents found a suitable acting class and an agent. Sparked by an advertisement in a newspaper promoting auditions for Brassed Off at Wolverhampton Grand, Alexander went along and got the part.

He says: “Everything snowballed from there. I then toured the UK with Nativity! I was one of the original cast and toured with them for three years. It gave me a lot of confidence.” Much of Nativity! was improvised but Alexander says that’s only possible if you really know your character.

Alexander’s heroes are largely comedy performers/writers like Miranda Hart, Scott Paige and Oscar Conlon-Morrey as well as David Jason and Ronnie Barker who were always on the telly at his grandad’s house. He says: “They make it look off-the-cuff, but actually it is meticulously planned. The precision is impressive.”

ANYTHING’S POSSIBLE

Like many people, the pandemic gave Alexander the space and time to think about what he wanted. He says: “I’d just finished Nativity! and the world shut down. There were no theatres to perform in. Through my agent I did some screen work – I remember shooting a commercial in Belgium but Covid also allowed me to focus on writing. I had the time.” Going forward Alexander would love to balance acting and writing enabling him to take control of his own career.

He says: “I don’t want to be put in a box. I want to drive the narrative. People in power can say yes or no at the flip of a switch, so I’d like to take control. Anything’s possible.”

For those not immersed in the world of wine, the Judgement of Paris was one of the events that significantly changed the course of wine history. In 1976, Stephen Spurrier, a British wine merchant, and his assistant Patricia Gallagher, director of the Académie du Vin, organised a blind tasting in Paris to benchmark Californian Chardonnay and Cabernet Sauvignon against the best wines from Bordeaux and Burgundy. A panel of nine leading French wine experts tasted 10 red wines and 10 white wines representing California, Bordeaux and Burgundy.

Holding a tasting of Californian wines in Paris in 1976 was controversial in itself, but the results sent shockwaves through the French wine establishment. Of the 20 wines tasted, a Californian wine was ranked highest in both the red and white categories, and three of the top five wines overall were Californian.

Reporting for Time magazine, George Taber wrote: “The Paris Tasting shattered two foundations of conventional wisdom in the world of wine. First, it demonstrated that outstanding wine can be made in many places beyond the hallowed terroir of France. Second, the Paris Tasting showed that winemakers did not need a long heritage of passing the wisdom of the ages down from one generation to the next to master the techniques for producing great wine.”

Spurrier was accused of tarnishing French wine, and many argued that if the wines were retasted after ageing, the results would be different. So, in 2006, Spurrier organised a re-tasting. Once again, the Californian wines performed extremely well.

CHANGING THE WORLD

The tasting became known as the Judgement of Paris and is arguably one of the reasons we now see such a wide range of New World wines on shelves and wine lists. It sparked interest in blind tasting wines from newer regions against the established European classics. In truth, Spurrier had not set out to change the wine world, he simply wanted to promote his wine shop and benchmark Californian wines against the recognised world leaders. It was Patricia Gallagher who suggested the tasting should be blind and framed as a competition between French and American wines to mark the US Bicentennial.

Nevertheless, the impact was enormous. The Judgement of Paris put California firmly on the wine map and helped open the door for producers from South America, South Africa, Australia and many other regions to gain international recognition.

Even today, there are still wines being produced in places many people would not immediately associate with winemaking. China is now producing increasingly drinkable wines, and countries such as Greece, Romania, Hungary, Georgia, Mexico and Canada are producing excellent bottles, often representing very good value for money. And of course, England continues to go from strength to strength. In a recent tasting against champagnes and other sparkling wines, Nyetimber, the West Sussex sparkling producer took the top spot.

CHALLENGES, TOO

As climate patterns change, we may soon see quality wines emerging from Scandinavia. I was recently at a tasting where there was a very impressive sparkling wine from Tasmania, and India is also becoming an increasingly serious wine-producing country. It is an exciting time for wine, but there are challenges too. Some traditional Old World regions are struggling with rising temperatures, which are making it harder to produce the same styles of wine they historically have. Growers are planting new grape varieties, changing vineyard practices and adapting winemaking techniques. Alongside new wines from emerging countries, we may also see new styles of wine from traditional regions such as France, Spain and Italy.

All of this is good news for consumers: more choice, more styles and more interesting wines to discover. So, if you see a wine from somewhere you have never heard of before, perhaps take a chance and give it a try, and whatever you are drinking this May and beyond, please drink responsibly.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MAY

Something Sparkling

House of Arras, Tasmania Brut Elite Rosé – £45, Loki Wines
Citrus zest, floral and a hit of berry followed by brioche, toast and some nutty flavours on the finish.

Something Fresh and Fruity

Esporão Reserva Organic White 2023 – £19, Cambridge Wine
A very elegant wine, somewhat delicate on the palate with tangerine, honey and stone fruit notes, and some very subtle smoke and cream from the oak.

Something Big and Bold

Kaesler, The Bogan Shiraz, Barossa Valley – £35, Loki Wines
Arguably punching well above its weight, this Shiraz has dark fruit notes of blackberry, plum with some spice and cedar notes.

Something Classic

Morrisons The Best Chinnon – £9.25, Morrisons
A very drinkable Cabernet Franc from the Loire Valley. Raspberry and blackcurrant, with a distinctive vegetal note of green pepper.

Something English

Gusbourne Brut Reserve, 2020 – £45, The Champagne Company
Currently winning a lot of awards, this is a clean, crisp, citrusy and orchard fruit dominated sparkling. You may detect some caramel, alongside the brioche, biscuit and coconut flavours from aging.

Something Different

Oriel Rose de France 2024 – £7, Tesco
Strawberry and white stone fruit, light and easy drinking. Perfect for (hopefully) sunny weather.

More than one in three of the population will be affected by some form of allergy during their lives. Some surveys suggest that it could even be as high as 44 per cent of British adults who suffer from some form of invisible hell and the figure soars to more than 50 per cent among children.
Of all allergies, hay fever is one of the most common, affecting around a quarter of us – so when the sun comes out and the temperatures rise so does the misery for a significant chunk of the population.

‘TIS THE SEASON TO SUFFER

A stuffy nose, itching and red eyes, uncontrollable sneezing fits, painful sinuses and a scratchy, sore throat are all too familiar for many. Two main types of pollen affect hay fever sufferers in the UK – grass pollen and tree pollen. According to the NHS, about 95 per cent of sufferers are allergic to grass and around 25 per cent to tree pollen – which means some are allergic to both.
The Met Office official pollen count monitoring service runs from late March when tree pollen starts, through the grass pollen season in mid-May and finishing at the end of September when the weed pollen ends. In reality, the pollen season can start much earlier!

FIGHT BACK

There are actions that can be taken to mitigate the symptoms. You should always check with your GP first, but here are a few top tips that might just help navigate hay fever season:

• Get used to checking the pollen count on a daily basis so that you can plan your day.

• Always dry clothes indoors rather than on a clothesline to prevent pollen particles being blown onto them.

• Plan outdoor activities after any rain as the pollen count will be lower. When you are outside, put petroleum jelly (such as Vaseline) around your nostrils to trap pollen.

• Try tying your hair up and wearing a cap or hat when outside to prevent pollen particles getting caught in your scalp, as well as using wrap-around sunglasses to prevent them coming into contact with your eyes.

• When you come home change out of your outdoor clothes to prevent spreading pollen around the house. Wash your face as soon as you get indoors on high pollen count days to remove allergens so that they can’t cause a reaction.

• Spring clean the house before spring so you are not sneezing and suffering while disturbing dust. Vacuuming the house regularly, especially beds and fabrics helps to remove pollen particles and allergens.

• Shower at night before sleeping to remove pollen particles from your hair and body. Remember to clean mould in the bathroom regularly to avoid the spread of mould spores.

• Ensure you have good ventilation in the bathroom and kitchen to remove excess moisture to avoid damp. Lower damp levels mean less mould spores and dust mites. If necessary, buy a dehumidifier to reduce moisture levels.

• Make your bedroom an allergy-free haven where you can rest and get a good night’s sleep. Close windows or use an air-conditioner preferably with a HEPA (High Efficiency Particle Arresting) filter to capture the pollen and circulate the air.

April is when the garden stops hinting and starts performing properly. Growth gathers pace almost overnight, borders fill out with confident colour and the sound of lawnmowers returns to the weekend soundtrack. There is excitement in the air now, but also a noticeable increase in jobs that seem to multiply the moment you turn your back. April gardening is about keeping up with the surge without losing the joy, embracing the busyness while remembering to pause and admire what is unfolding. Here are five well-timed April jobs to help your garden thrive as spring hits its stride.

Sow With Confidence

April is prime time for sowing, both outdoors and under cover, with soil warming and daylight stretching generously into the evening. Carrots, beetroot, lettuce and radishes can all be sown directly outside, while courgettes, pumpkins and sweetcorn can be started indoors for planting out later. Prepare the ground well, rake to a fine tilth and water gently, because seeds appreciate consistency rather than chaos. There is something deeply satisfying about neat rows of newly sown crops, each one a small promise of meals and colour to come.

Plant Out, But Keep an Eye on the Sky

Hardy annuals and robust young plants can begin moving into beds and containers this month, gradually acclimatised to outdoor conditions if they were raised inside. Choose a calm, mild day for planting and water everything in thoroughly to help roots settle quickly. That said, April is not above the occasional late frost, so keep fleece within reach and avoid getting too complacent. A little caution now prevents a great deal of apologising to wilted plants later.

Stay Ahead of the Weeds

With warmth and rain working together, weeds seem to appear with impressive enthusiasm in April. Tackle them early and regularly, hoeing on dry days and removing them before they have the chance to flower and set seed. It is far easier to maintain control with small, frequent efforts than one heroic afternoon that leaves you aching and slightly resentful. Think of it as gentle persistence rather than warfare.

Support and Tie In

Climbing plants and tall perennials begin their upward journey in earnest this month, and a bit of early support makes all the difference. Install stakes, canes or frames before plants become unruly, and tie in new growth loosely but securely. Doing this now saves you from the delicate and slightly awkward task of wrestling stems into place later in the season.

Feed and Refresh Containers

Pots and containers quickly exhaust their nutrients once growth accelerates, so refresh the top layer of compost if needed and begin a regular feeding routine. Check drainage holes are clear and water consistently, especially during dry spells that can catch us off guard. Containers are often the first to look tired if neglected, but they are also the quickest to respond to a little extra care.

April is energetic, colourful and occasionally demanding, but it rewards effort generously. By staying attentive, organised and just a little bit ahead of the rush, you allow your garden to flourish without feeling overwhelmed. This is the month where spring feels real, progress is visible and every hour spent outdoors seems to pay you back in fresh growth and renewed enthusiasm.

The awesome people at Del Villaggio have given us their recipe for the much-loved coffee cocktail. Rich and smooth with a nice little kick to help welcome in some sunnier times! As always, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 50ml Vodka
• 50ml Khalua
• 50ml Espresso

METHOD

Pour ingredients into a Boston shaker with ice. Give it a good shake before slowly straining straight into a chilled Martini glass. To finish garnish with a few fresh coffee beans.

The AJ Bell Great Birmingham Run will see thousands of proud Brummies pounding the streets to raise cash for a myriad of great causes. You may not be taking part but it’s highly likely that you’ll get caught up in all the emotion and will vow to don a pair of trainers and finally take up running. But is it really good for you?
Simply put, running will give you a total body workout and improves loads of aspects of your health. Here’s how…

Lose weight
Running requires a lot of fuel. In fact, the average person can burn as much as nearly 500 calories on a 40-minute run – even more if you throw in a few slopes or some interval training.

Boost legs and core
It’s no surprise that running is a fantastic workout for all aspects of your legs, with your inner and outer thighs, quads and hamstrings are all being used. However, it’s great for your core strength too as those deep muscles play important roles stabilising your spine and transferring power between your swinging arms and legs.

Build muscle strength
This increases with running, reducing joint problems, lowering blood pressure and improving all-round fitness. Regular running helps to improve and maintain the density or strength of your bones, reducing your risk of developing osteoporosis.

Cut the risk of diabetes
Your pancreas makes insulin, which is responsible for normalising your blood sugar levels. Regular exercise and keeping to a healthy weight lowers your risk of developing Type 2 diabetes by as much as 50 per cent.

Cut the risk of cancer
You can halve your risk of bowel cancer by running regularly! Irritable Bowel Syndrome (IBS) symptoms are also relieved by easing constipation and bloating. Stress levels are closely linked to IBS too, so running helps.

Get an endorphin hit
Feelgood brain chemicals and hormones are released when you run, helping to ease stress and anxiety and treat depression. In addition, your risk of dementia and stroke falls as brain circulation is kept healthy. Concentration, memory and motivation sharpen and sleep improves, too.

Healthy heart
You can reduce your risk of heart disease by up to 35 per cent with regular exercise. Reductions in weight, blood pressure and ‘bad’ cholesterol levels lead to a healthier heart.

Breathe easier
Running improves your lung capacity and strengthens your respiratory muscles – these are the muscles between your ribs and in your diaphragm. Your lungs also become more efficient which is great news for those with asthma.

Feel the freedom
Running costs nothing. You can do it anywhere, around any routine and unlike a lot of other exercises there’s not much of a learning curve. Plus, it’s very easy to go at your own pace.

TOP TIPS

OK, so you’re sold – you’re going to give it a go. But how do you make sure you keep it up and it becomes part of your regular routine? Running can get pretty boring, so here’s a few tips to help you on your new jogging journey.

EASY DOES IT: When you first start running don’t try to do too much too soon. An average beginner’s pace is around 13 minutes per mile, but if you find that too hard or not challenging enough, simply adjust your pace and you’ll soon get a feel for what your body can do.

GET COMFORTABLE KIT: You don’t need to spend a fortune but clothing has to feel comfortable. Socks, vests, shorts and a decent pair of trainers will all help – the more everything sits comfortably the less they become an excuse to stop.

SET YOURSELF CHALLENGES: The more you can overcome challenges the better you will feel and the more likely you’ll continue. Start with small challenges and then gradually build up to other things you can do to ‘toughen’ you up – like run when it’s raining, run all the hills or run into a headwind.

BREATHING: It’s so important to remember to breathe properly. Expanding your chest causes tension in the shoulders. The more you can relax, the more you can move the breathing to the diaphragm. Trying to breathe every four, six, or even eight steps can help to both distract and relax.

POSTURE: Are you engaging the stomach and glutes? Imagine starring in your own run film and run the way you think you would want to see yourself running.

FORM: Look at the shadows to see what your arms and legs are doing. Try to feel where the wind is catching you and become more aerodynamic. How much can you relax shoulders and arms?

DISTRACTIONS: Studies have shown that running to music can be hugely helpful but you can also try listening to an audiobook or podcast. There is often an urge to add a bit more distance to get to the next chapter but you also get to associate landmarks, run routes and distances with moments in the book.

MIX IT UP: There are lots of things that you can change in your training to make it more enjoyable – try a different route, run along one of our awesome canals, try getting on a track or you can vary the type of training session you’re doing (like intervals, run/walk or progressive pace).

REST: Take rest days between your running days and take plenty of minutes to warm up before each session. Stretching before and after exercise is beneficial and something that many of us forget to do enough.

This recipe for a classic tiramisu comes courtesy of Angelina Adamo who has brought her expertise and Sicilian heritage to the city as the co-founder of Vieni which opened in the Jewellery Quarter last month. Tiramisu is one of those desserts that feels special but is actually very easy to make at home. It’s all about good ingredients and a little patience while it sets.

Ingredients

For the cream:
• 250g mascarpone
• 25g vanilla sugar (or a little vanilla extract)
• 3 egg yolks
• 100g caster sugar
• 3 egg whites
• 250g double cream

For assembly:
• 250-300g savoiardi (ladyfingers)
• 300ml strong espresso, cooled
• 2–3 tbsp Marsala, rum, or coffee liqueur (optional)
• Unsweetened cocoa powder, for dusting

Method

In a bowl, beat the mascarpone, vanilla, and egg yolks until smooth, creamy, and slightly fluffy. Then, in a clean bowl whisk the egg whites, gradually adding the sugar, until you reach firm, glossy peaks.
In another bowl, whip the double cream to firm peaks. Gently fold the whipped cream into the mascarpone mixture, then carefully fold in the egg whites in batches to keep it light and airy.
Mix the cooled espresso with the alcohol if using. Quickly dip each ladyfinger into the coffee (just 1 or 2 seconds – don’t soak them) and lay a layer in your dish. Spread half the cream over the biscuits. Repeat with another layer of dipped ladyfingers, then finish with the remaining cream.
Cover and chill for at least 4 hours – overnight is even better.
Just before serving, dust generously with cocoa powder.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I originally wanted to join the police force from college, but having passed the exams I decided it wasn’t for me. I had always loved the arts and although I had no training in PR, I secured a job at Arts Council England’s press office in Birmingham. I then became press assistant at Birmingham Hippodrome and worked my way up to press officer and media and communications manager. I got to work on some of the biggest stage and outdoor productions, from Sir Cameron Mackintosh’s Mary Poppins and Les Mis to pantomime and dance productions and outdoor events. I met many talented actors, musicians and performers, including Darcey Bussell, Kenneth Branagh, Brian May, Joan Collins and many more! I was special projects officer at the-then NIA and NEC Arenas, working on large scale concerts from the likes of ACDC and U2 to Robbie Williams and Britney Spears.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I set up my own consultancy, M7 Public Relations in 2016 focusing on arts and culture. I helped to create content for TV, radio, online and print to raise clients’ media profiles, which in turn helped to promote their product. I also served nearly five years on the board of trustees at Open Theatre Company.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Having Birmingham Royal Ballet as a client from 2022 up to my recent retirement. During this time, I had the opportunity to run the regional PR for Carlos Acosta’s Black Sabbath ¬– The Ballet. The world premiere was attended by Sharon Osbourne (in a fabulous trouser suit!) and members of Black Sabbath. Definitely one for the memory box!

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Don’t ever doubt yourself, or be afraid to challenge people, or move out of your comfort zone – life is too short.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

That’s easy! Despite funding challenges, the rich culture scene in Birmingham and across the West Midlands continues to provide audiences with such a variety of things to go and see and experience. From Birmingham Rep, to Symphony Hall and the Hippodrome to famous companies such as the CBSO and Birmingham Royal Ballet who take the name of the city across the UK and internationally. And there’s all the small to middle scale companies, interesting venues in pubs and smaller theatres – not forgetting the vast number of outdoor festivals and live music events!

DOWNTIME

I recently moved to a market town in the Staffordshire Moorlands with my husband. It’s a very creative place with a fantastic arts centre which I visit a lot. I’m looking forward to getting back to travelling. I have relatives in Australia that I want to see and I want to explore South America. There’s so much to discover in the UK too, so we plan to get a camper van at some point. Retirement has given me the space and time to reflect on the next chapter and, in all honesty, it’s great to just ‘be’ for a while.

I have written previously for Birmingham Living on the significant role that women have played in winemaking, particularly in areas such as Champagne. Long before ‘Women in Wine’ became a hashtag, women were quietly shaping every vintage – from ancient Egyptian households to Champagne’s most famous cellars, leaving a legacy poured into every glass.

How women are adding value in winemaking

Today, women are leading vineyard design, soil management, and harvesting, introducing innovations in canopy management, yield optimization, climate-adapted practices, and sustainable winemaking. Female owners and executives are reshaping business through fresh marketing, direct-to-consumer sales, and global branding. Wineries led by women are often overrepresented in top wine rankings.

An under-represented group

But the industry remains stubbornly male dominated. Globally, women represent around 30 per cent of wine industry professionals. Even within this statistic, women represent 50 per cent-plus of entry level roles, but their presence in senior roles drops significantly. Women make up less than 10 per cent of vineyard owners, eight per cent of Masters of Wine, 11 per cent of UK sommeliers, roughly 20 per cent of winemakers, and a quarter of wine judging panel members.

Why it matters

Firstly, while winemaking has been male-dominated, wine consumption skews heavily towards females. In the UK, women are nearly twice as likely as men to prefer wine, favouring white, rosé, and sparkling styles, and are often more tolerant of slightly sweeter wines while sensitive to tannins. If the industry better reflected its consumers, it could influence not just who makes wine, but how wine evolves.

Secondly, women are driving sustainable winemaking. Biodynamic and organic vineyards are growing, and women are statistically more likely to adopt these practices. With increasing demand for ethical and environmentally friendly wines, women are leading the charge to protect vines, soils, and practices for the future. This is helping ensure that we not only have better, healthier grapes today, but that the vines survive to produce the wines of tomorrow as well.

Thirdly, wine suffers from a stuffy, elitist image. Greater female representation could help make it more accessible, especially as younger people turn away from traditional wine culture. Consumers want wine, and information about wine, to be accessible so they know how to choose wines they will enjoy. Some of the best wine communicators are women and the more women are represented in senior winemaking positions, the more likely the perceptions of elitism will fade.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MARCH

In honour of female winemakers worldwide, all six of this month’s wine recommendations come from wineries where women have had a significant influence. They are all excellent wines – please enjoy them responsibly.

Something Sparkling:

Albert de Vilarnau Xarel·lo Fermentado en Castaño Gran Rerserva – £35.64, Decantalo, (www.decantalo.co.uk)
A remarkable wine on many levels. Made by Vilarnau’s talented winemaker Eva Plazas Torné, who has over 30 years’ experience and is now head winemaker and general manager. A 10-year-old sparkling wine for under £40, with six months in chestnut barrels adding subtle clove, nutmeg, cinnamon, herbs, and honeyed notes. On the palate, tropical flavours mingle with creamy almond and pastry from lees aging.

Something Fresh and Fruity:

Beronia Rueda Verdejo 2023 – £11.75, Sainsburys.
A bright, elegant Verdejo from Beronia Rueda under winemaker Marian Santamaría de las Heras, who has led the Rueda team since the winery opened. This 2023 white offers intense citrus and white fruit aromatics with herbaceous fennel notes. On the palate it’s crisp and fresh yet texturally silky, balancing zesty lime, white peach and melon with a touch of herbal complexity from the dual harvest blend.

Something Big and Bold:

Kleine Zalze Vineyard Selection Cabernet Sauvignon 2022 – £16.99, www.elliescellar.com/
A classically structured Stellenbosch Cabernet from Kleine Zalze’s Vineyard Selection, crafted by a team including winemakers Nataleé Botha, Hanri Ferreira and Carla van Wyk. Aromas of herbal spice and intense dark fruit (cassis and black cherry), fine tannins softened after extended maturation. Balanced and savoury, it’s a great match for grilled meats or mature cheese.

Something Classic:

Robert Oatley Semaphore Shiraz 2024 – £11.75, Co-op.
A vibrant McLaren Vale Shiraz from Robert Oatley’s Signature/Semaphore series, crafted under the guidance of senior winemaker Debbie Lauritz. The 2024 is deep in colour with blueberries, dark cherry and spice as well as noticeable French oak. It has a smooth, elegant finish and would pair well with red meats or hard cheeses.

Something English:

Brabourne Blanc de Noirs, 2020 – £37, www.brabournewine.com
A charming English traditional‑method sparkler from Brabourne Vineyard, where Hester Fenwick’s hands‑on approach to vineyard care shapes the personality of every release. Expect aromas of red apple skin, stone fruit and crumble, with crisp acidity, and hazelnut and brioche on the finish.

Something Different:

Zuccardi Q Chardonnay 2024 – £16.50, Tesco.
A beautiful chardonnay from Argentina, crafted under the guidance of Laura Principiano, head winemaker at Zuccardi. This innovative wine was fermented in concrete and used oak barrels using native yeasts. The result is an explosion of lemon, butter and cream. Discerning drinkers will detect some floral and mineral notes.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

Born to parents from Jamaica, I grew up in West Bromwich and Quinton in a household of music and no TV, just the radio! Listening especially to BBC Radio 4 became a real love. My love for soul/gospel music grew from there and going on to play it through my radio shows, was a real bonus. I also became very community-minded with Birmingham Association of Youth Clubs, Girl Guides and local Sunday School activities throughout my younger life. After university, teaching became my career – from lecturing in further education college to being a head in a PRU centre. I also became a radio broadcaster on Galaxy 102.2, then had a call from BBC WM & CWR and asked to present the gospel music show in March 2003. I juggled presenting my show on Sunday nights, with being a mum and wife, teaching, hosting events, speaking in the community and, seven years ago, set up my own company, Nikki Tapper Events.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I continue to deliver training and support to young people embarking on their career path or studies, present on radio voluntarily and host podcasts and events. I like to be a champion in the community, especially for women and younger people whose lives are full of hurdles that they think can’t be overcome. 

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Professionally, hosting two key Archers events at BBC Birmingham and being an Archers tour guide – I’m a massive Archers fan! Also interviewing the first black TV presenter on ITV in the late 60s/70s, Barbara Blake Hannah, co-hosting on the red carpet of Peaky Blinders’ final TV series on Broad Street and, last October, receiving the MBE for Services to Broadcasting and the Community from Prince William. Personally, being married for over 30 years to my husband, Norval and being a mum to Olivia, our daughter.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

To follow my dreams earlier in life and save money!! 

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

The warmth and cultural ethnic mix of Brummies has always meant a lot to me. And the beauty of Piccadilly Arcade, off New Street. Even though many of the original shops I’ve grown up with have gone, its architectural design still feels magical. The addition of Ozzie the Bull in New Street Station reminds me how proud I was to have the Commonwealth Games in our city in 2022.

DOWNTIME

I am a patron of Edward’s Trust, an incredible charity which provides free, specialist bereavement support for parents, children and young people. I also support the Jamaica Hospital Appeal fund founded by Erma Lewis BEM after Jamaica was devastated by Hurricane Gilbert in 1988. It not only supports an orphanage and children’s hospital in Jamaica but here, in Birmingham comes alongside carers and those in need of wheelchairs. To relax I love watching Call the Midwife and Death in Paradise and enjoy most sports, particularly football, as well as dancing.

It’s Riesling Day on 13 March! On the same day in 1435, cellar logs recorded the first sales of Riesling by Count Katzenelnbogen near the Rheingau region of Germany.

Riesling is a crowd divider. There are several reasons for this, some fairer to the variety than others. Firstly, many people think that Riesling is a sweet wine. While it is true that it can be made in sweet styles, wines are often dry or just slightly off-dry in style. Secondly, people often associate it with the very poor-quality German wines available in the UK during the 1970s and 1980s – things have improved considerably since then!

The other thing which puts a lot of people off is that Riesling (particularly those which are aged) can have both an aroma of kerosene or petrol which isn’t the most appealing smell and can be quite oily/waxy in texture which many people do not enjoy.

Versatile and high-quality grape

Riesling can, however, make some remarkably complex and age-worthy wines. Just look up Egon Müller Scharzhofberger Riesling Trockenbeerenauslese on the internet and you’ll find the best bottles can cost in the region of €23,000! In the 19th century, aged Riesling wines were considered some of the best and most complex wines available, earning Riesling the title of ‘King of White Wines’.

Despite the sometimes-intimidating petrol nose and waxy mouthfeel, Rieslings can also have aromas and flavours of lime, green apple, and rhubarb, as well as buttery creamy textures depending on how the wine has been made. Given how aromatic the variety is, it is often possible to detect jasmine on the nose and, at times, ginger on the palate. Some wines display remarkable complexity and can easily age for 10 or more years.

Typically, Riesling wines tend to be a little lower in alcohol and as mentioned above, are made in a variety of sweetness levels from bone dry to very sweet. Riesling is also one of the grapes permitted in the making of ice wines in Germany. These are also well worth trying if you enjoy luscious, sweet wines.

European roots, global appeal

Germany is by far the largest Riesling-growing country, with significant growth in the French Alsace region also. Smaller plantations can be found further south in Austria and Hungary where it is usually referred to as white Riesling or Rajnai Riesling. Outside of Europe, Riesling can often be found in colder regions of the USA and Australia. European versions tend towards greater minerality, while Australian versions are characterised by the presence of lime aromas. Riesling is a variety which can be highly influenced by the terroir in which it is grown.

If you are looking for good Rieslings then the Mosel in Germany, Alsace in France, Clare and Eden valleys in Australia, Finger Lakes in New York State or potentially Washington State or Oregon are good places to start. Riesling is the seventh most widely planted white variety in the world.

Great wine with Asian food and desserts

Riesling’s searing acidity makes it an ideal pairing with mildly spicy Asian food. Off-dry styles can help balance spicy dishes, and it goes well with Pad Thai, Thai curries, and spicy noodles. You can even pair drier versions with fatty foods like fish and chips. But off-dry and sweeter styles also pair well with desserts. Look for Trocken on the label if you want a dry style, Kabinett for off-dry, and Spätlese for something pretty sweet. Really sweet wines are likely to be labelled as Auslese, Beerenauslese or Trockenbeerenauslese.

So, is it time you gave Riesling a second chance? If you do, be sure to let us know. And whatever you’re drinking this March, please drink responsibly.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR MARCH

Something Sparkling:
Elyssia Gran Cuvée Cava – £16.99, Decantalo (www.decantalo.co.uk)
A very approachable Cava. Think citrus and orchard fruits, along with some cream, honey and white flowers. It finishes with a hint of brioche.

Something Fresh and Fruity:
Petaluma Clare Valley Riesling, 2021 – £29, Majestic.
A classic Riesling, showing lime, elderflower, flinty minerals, honey, almond and bright acids on the palate and the classic Riesling beeswax nose.

Something Big and Bold:
2023 Uovo Cabernet/Nebbiolo, Larry Cherubino, Frankland River – £23.95, Dorset Wine company (www.dorsetwine.co.uk)
A nice blend, showcasing dark fruit (blackcurrant), herbs and even a hint of mint on the finish. Well integrated tannins, and a long finish.

Something Classic:
The Society’s Exhibition Pauillac 2022 – £26, The Wine Society.
A Cabernet Sauvignon-led blend with black fruit notes of cassis, dark cherry which are supported by cedar, mocha and licorice notes, with spice and pepper on the long finish.

Something English:
Hattingley Valley Classic Reserve NV – £36, Waitrose.
Aromas of lemon zest, orange, and honeysuckle, with green apple on the palate and beautifully luxurious brioche from the four years aging on its lees.

Something Different:
Parcel Series Pinot Noir, No. 93, Central Otago, New Zealand – £36, Majestic.
A nice expression of the Pinot Noir grape with plum and cherry aromas, with some nice spice from barrel aging. Perfect for a roast dinner.

March is Ovarian Cancer Awareness Month, representing a chance to raise awareness of this awful killer and to highlight the inequalities that thousands of women with ovarian cancer face in receiving the best care regardless of age, location or ethnicity.

Ovarian cancer is the biggest gynaecological killer of women in the UK – and the survival rates here are among the worst in Europe. It’s the sixth most common form of cancer death in women, after breast, lung and bowel cancer. Yet the average GP will see only one case of ovarian cancer every five years.

More than 7,500 cases of ovarian cancer are diagnosed each year (that’s more than 140 women each week) and the disease claims around 4,000 deaths annually. Shockingly, in the UK just one in three women live more than 10 years after diagnosis.

Worrying statistics which should focus all our minds in Ovarian Cancer Awareness Month. With increased awareness encouraging early detection, we can save lives. And there is some positive news. Since the early 1970s, ovarian cancer mortality rates in females have decreased by nearly a quarter in the UK. Let’s help improve this even more.

WHAT IS OVARIAN CANCER?

The ovaries are two small glands that form part of the female reproductive system, which is also made up of the vagina, cervix, uterus (womb) and Fallopian tubes. Ovaries have two main functions: Produce, store, and release eggs for reproduction and produce the female sex hormones oestrogen and progesterone

Ovarian cancer occurs when there are abnormal cells in the ovary which multiply, creating a tumour. Tumours will either be benign or malignant. Benign tumours are non-cancerous and do not usually spread to other parts of the body. They may require some treatment but are rarely life threatening. If the tumour is malignant, it is cancerous and when left untreated may spread to other parts of the body. Treatment will depend on the type, stage and grade of ovarian cancer diagnosed.

EARLY WARNING

Three-quarters of women are diagnosed once the cancer has already spread, making treatment more difficult. The current five-year survival rate for ovarian cancer is between 35 and 46 per cent. If diagnosed at the earliest stage, up to 90 per cent of women would survive five years or more, while with late-stage diagnosis this drops to around 16 per cent. This is why awareness is so important, to drive forward improvements in diagnosis, treatment and survival.

The two most important aspects affecting a woman’s risk of developing ovarian cancer during her lifetime are age and family history. The risk of ovarian cancer increases with age, and it’s most common in women over 50, particularly those who have gone through menopause. However, it can also affect younger women.

Most cases of ovarian cancer are ‘sporadic’ or one-offs. This means that close female relatives of someone with ovarian cancer do not necessarily face an increased risk of developing the disease themselves. However, in around one in every 10 cases, a family link can be identified.

WHAT TO LOOK FOR

Symptoms are frequent (they usually happen more than 12 times a month) and persistent.

There are four main ovarian cancer symptoms:
• Increased abdominal size/persistent bloating (not bloating that comes and goes)
• Difficulty eating or feeling full more quickly
• Needing to pee more frequently or urgently
• Pain around your tummy to the top of your thighs

These can also be symptoms of other, less serious, conditions such as irritable bowel syndrome, ovarian cysts and polycystic ovary syndrome so if you’re experiencing them it doesn’t necessarily mean you have ovarian cancer. Other symptoms can include back pain, unexpected weight loss, change in bowel habits and extreme fatigue.
If you regularly experience any of these symptoms, and that’s not normal for you it is important that you see your GP. If you are 50 or over and have symptoms that are new for you which are similar to those of irritable bowel syndrome (IBS), your GP should offer you tests to check for ovarian cancer. It is worth noting that unlike cervical, bowel and breast cancers, there is still no reliable, effective screening method for ovarian cancer.

A Hugo Spritz is simple to make, delicious to drink and the bubbles make it just that little bit more special. No wonder it’s such a hit! As always, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS 

• 40 ml Elderflower liqueur

• 60 ml Prosecco

• 60 ml Soda water

• Mint

METHOD

Add loads of ice to a balloon glass and a few torn up mint leaves. Pour over the elderflower liqueur then top with prosecco and soda water. Add a wedge of lime, stir and serve with a straw. Delicious!

A hop skip and a jump from Snow Hill station, Neko Health opened its doors in January amid a flurry of social media activity with influencers and local celebs gadding about in robes and rubber shoes ahead of the clinic’s official launch. I was lucky enough to have a complimentary health check too so thought I’d report back. For transparency, despite being a freebie, there’s no pressure for me to say nice things here.

MOOD MUSIC

Firstly, it’s a health facility with actual doctors. It might feel like a luxury spa, but Neko has serious preventative health at its core with the Birmingham site having the capacity to deliver 25,000 full body scans every year. What the spa vibes and geisha-like robe and shoes do is relax you slightly. I say slightly because as a middle-aged mother-of-two, there’s a nervousness about it that no amount of minimalist interiors and mood music will eradicate. ‘What if they find something horrendous?’ closely followed by, ‘At least I’ll know there’s something horrendous,’ and ‘As long as I can get the kids through university before the worst happens,’ irrationally whirred about in my head while I waited.

The procedure, if that’s the right word, is simple, takes roughly an hour and is painless unless you call a blood test painful in which case, get a grip. Standing in your pants for a couple of minutes while you’re scanned head to toe is about as bad as it gets and that’s a doddle. The scan documents every mark on your body flagging any that might need a second look by a dermatologist. I had roughly 1,200 marks which is about half the average according to the doctor which is staggering. An ECG, blood pressure check and even a tissue scan followed. Your bloods are whizzed up to a lab in a Star Trek contraption while the other checks are completed meaning results are in quickly.

RISK FACTOR

The scan assesses skin health, blood sugar levels to identify pre-diabetes risk and blood abnormalities as well as risk factors linked to metabolic syndrome, stroke and heart attack so it feels fairly comprehensive. You sit down with a doctor straight after your tests to talk through the findings. An avatar of your body pops up on the big screen which feels a bit odd but once you’re over the shock of that, the results are fascinating. I didn’t have anything to worry about so the word fascinating feels right.

If something is flagged as concerning, I imagine it’s less so. A copy of the report is sent via the Neko app and by email so you can fully digest it later, but I found the chat with the doctor very helpful. The doctors are dressed more like tech bros than doctors but mine was fantastic – really thorough, he deciphered the numbers in a language I understood.

FOLLOW UP

The scan costs £299 and it’s recommended you have one every year. As a health check-up I think it’s fantastic and feels reasonably priced. I know there are health checks on the market at a much higher price point offering MRIs and CT scans, but as an overall 12-monthly check-up I think the offering at Neko is a brilliant option.

Apparently 80 per cent of people choose to re-book for the following year which I did – it felt silly not to. I’ve been evangelical about Neko since and recommended it to everyone. There’s a waiting list as long as Mr Tickle’s arm currently, but I thoroughly recommend getting your name on it. Whether the news is good or bad you won’t regret it.

March is when the garden finally clears its throat and starts to speak up. Spring does not arrive all at once, but in small, encouraging gestures that are impossible to ignore, with buds swelling, birds getting louder and gardeners suddenly finding themselves outside far more often than planned.
There is a sense of momentum now, a gentle urgency that nudges us into action without quite tipping into panic. March gardening is about rolling up your sleeves with enthusiasm, while still keeping one eye on the forecast, because this month has a habit of changing its mind. Here are five timely March jobs to help your garden shake off winter and stride confidently into the growing season.

Cut Back With Optimism

Now is the time to cut back many herbaceous perennials and ornamental grasses that have been patiently holding their shape all winter. On dry days, clear away old growth to make space for fresh shoots pushing through from below. It feels wonderfully satisfying to reveal that bright green promise at ground level, like uncovering good news you suspected was there all along. Keep things neat, but not obsessive, because nature rarely aims for perfection.

Sow Seeds Outdoors, Carefully

March marks the start of outdoor sowing for hardier vegetables such as peas, broad beans, spinach and carrots, as long as the soil is workable and not clinging stubbornly to your boots. Take a little time to prepare beds properly, removing weeds and raking to a fine tilth, because seeds appreciate a decent welcome. There is real joy in sowing directly into the ground again, a clear sign that the growing year has properly begun.

Divide and Conquer

Overcrowded perennials benefit hugely from being lifted and divided this month, once new growth is visible but before plants get too comfortable. Split clumps of hostas, daylilies and ornamental grasses, replanting the healthiest sections and sharing the rest if you are feeling generous. It is one of those jobs that looks alarming halfway through, but always ends with a stronger, happier result.

Feed Hungry Plants

As growth speeds up, many plants start looking around expectantly, so now is the time to feed. Apply a balanced fertiliser to borders, give roses a spring boost and top up mulch where it has thinned over winter. Feeding in March sets plants up for the months ahead and reduces the likelihood of them sulking later when conditions become more demanding.

Prepare for the Unexpected

March can be enthusiastic, but it can also be mischievous, with late frosts still very much on the table. Keep fleece handy, protect tender new growth when needed and resist the urge to rush everything outside too quickly. Gardening in March is about enthusiasm tempered with experience, knowing when to charge ahead and when to pause for breath.
March brings energy, optimism and a growing sense that anything feels possible again. By meeting it with steady effort, good humour and a willingness to adapt, you help your garden move confidently into spring. After all, this is the month where intentions turn into action, plans take root and the garden reminds us why we were so eager to get started in the first place.

Once upon a time a trip to the gym meant trying to avoid some rather threatening looking meatheads, veins angrily throbbing as they lifted impossibly large weights. Nowadays you’re more likely to encounter lots of rather cheerful looking people, decked out in Lycra leaping up on down on mini trampolines. The UK has officially embraced the rebounder.

WHAT IS A REBOUNDER?

In a nutshell, it’s just a small trampoline that’s essentially the same as the giant thing gathering moss in your garden. It’s a compact piece of kit that provides efficient, low-impact exercise and it’s a terrific way of getting fit and being kind to your joints. And because its compact size means that it’s pretty much suited to every home, you’re not at the mercy of the Great British weather (at the time of writing it’s rained pretty much every day since New Year).

We’ll get on to just some of the benefits shortly but it’s worth spending some time on the kit itself. There are so many rebounders, mini trampolines and trampettes available it can be quite overwhelming when looking to splash the cash. Take note, it’s best to avoid the super cheap ones unless you’re looking for a toy for the kids. If you really want to reap the benefits, then you must be prepared to invest in a quality product that’s a decent weight for stability and high enough off the ground to get a proper bounce in.

You’re then looking at either a bungee or spring rebounder. As long as you buy a quality product then both are perfectly good, it’s just a question of personal taste, goals and budget. Essentially a bungee is quieter, lower impact and more expensive. The spring rebounder (which you’re probably more familiar with from the gym) is best suited to a higher intensity workout and is a bit cheaper.

BENEFITS OF THE BOUNCE

The joy of the rebounder is that you can bend your exercise regime according to your personal fitness level and goals by simply incorporating different movement patterns into your bouncing. But here are just some of the health benefits you can expect:

Lymphatic drainage
This seems to be the one that most people associate with rebounding! The lymphatic system makes up a vital part of our immune systems by removing excess fluid from your tissues. Jumping up and down on a rebounder is incredible for boosting the lymphatic system as the one-way valves of the lymphatic system are forced to open at the top of the jump and close at the bottom of each bounce creating an invigorating lymphatic flush.

Kind on joints
If you want to put less stress on your joints while exercising than get a rebounder. Some experts reckon there’s as much as 85 per cent less shock of impact when using a high quality, well sprung rebounder, compared to working out on a hard surface. This means that you can work out for longer with a much-reduced risk of injury.

Muscle mass
As a weight bearing activity you can look forward to stronger bones while improving muscle strength and tone.

Core strength
The most efficient way to train our core is in the vertical position, which is how these muscles are used most of the time, improving posture and keeping us upright. So, no need for any more ab crunch workouts – hoorah!

Weight loss
Due to the unstable nature of a rebounder, 15 minutes of bouncing exercise has roughly the equivalent cardiovascular benefits of 30 minutes of jogging or running. Combined with a higher calorie burn per minute compared to jogging, it means a super-efficient way to lose weight.

Bone density
As we get older, we lose bone mass and mineral content from our bones. The gravitational force experienced at the bottom of the bounce strengthens bones which is great for helping keep us safe.

Improved digestion
The motion can stimulate the digestive tract and increase flexibility, while strengthening abdominal muscles.

Heart health
Like any cardio activity, the rebounder will help strengthen your heart muscles and decreases the amount of work your body has to do to pump blood – all very good news for your overall heart health.

Stress relief
There may be something to the phrase ‘jump for joy’ as bouncing around will help release endorphins — natural substances that help you feel better and maintain a positive attitude.

So, there you have it. just some of the benefits… and we haven’t even mentioned strengthening your pelvic floor and improving bladder control. Not only is it great fun and an efficient way to stay fit, it’s also suited to all ages and fitness levels. And you can do it in the comfort of your own home, even though everyone seems to still want to do it in the gym!

What could be easier and more delicious than knocking up an amazing chocolate fondue for your significant other (or bestie) this Valentine’s Day.

Choose dark or milk chocolate according to your preference but get the very best quality you can afford. But sorry, absolutely no white chocolate allowed #choccysnob!. Then go as creative as you like with all the dippers. Marshmallows, strawberries, bananas, pineapple, mini donuts, cookies, sponge cake… it’s all welcome at Brum Towers!

Happy Valentines’ Day, Birmingham!

INGREDIENTS

• 400g finest choccy

• 85g unsalted butter

• 284ml double cream

• 300ml milk

METHOD

Put everything into a saucepan (or fondue if you have one kicking around) and heat gently, stirring occasionally, until melted and smooth. Grab all your dippers and enjoy immediately!

The snow is looking pretty good across Europe right now so why not reward yourself with an alpine treat and reap the health benefits to boot. Glorious fresh mountain air, breathtaking scenery and awesome fun with family and friends. Whether you’re stepping out for the first time or if you’ve spent a lifetime slopeside, the benefits of skiing and snowboarding are numerous. Here are just a few to whet the appetite…

MIGHTY MUSCLES

Skiing and snowboarding work a lot of muscles and are great core workouts. Your thighs do lots of work, but the isometric posture means your quads are consistently engaged and we all know the long-term benefits of a strong core. You’ll also be strengthening your calves, hamstrings and glutes too. Nice!

STRONG BONES

Your knees and legs have to endure the weight and tension from your whole body, and this makes them stronger. Apart from strengthening the knees and legs, your bones will get stronger too, helping prevent osteoporosis.

FEEL THE BURN

Burning calories has never been such fun! Experts suggest you can expect to use between 300 and 500 calories per hour, depending on your activity level. Given how the hours can fly by, this is proper exciting stuff as you could be looking at 3,000 calories per day.

HELLO HEART

Skiing and snowboarding are both forms of cardio, which means they improve your cardiovascular health, helping reduce the risk of heart cardiovascular disease, diabetes and high blood pressure

IMPROVED CIRCULATION

Riding downhill is a great aerobic workout, even more so because it’s done outside, improving the efficiency of your cardiovascular system making your body more efficient at absorbing oxygen and nutrients.

FUN HIIT

Skiing’s a form of interval training which makes it a great HIIT workout, almost without knowing it.  A gentle chairlift ride followed by an intense downhill session is one perfectly designed interval training programme that’s also enjoyable.

IN THE BALANCE

To stay safe as you cruise down the mountain, it’s vital to concentrate on the dynamic motion of your body, improving balance, stability and also flexibility – all great for keeping you safe during everyday life.

MENTAL BOOST

Don’t underestimate the amazing positive mental hit you get from spending time outside in the fresh air, surrounded by stunning nature. Releasing those endorphins helps relieve stress and anxiety as well as improve sleep quality.

LOVE YOU LONG TIME

There is good evidence that skiing, especially when performed on a regular basis, can contribute to a longer life. And unlike some activities, it’s also a sport you can continue to enjoy well into old age.

HEALTHY HABITS

Skiing promotes healthy eating habits. Before you start, you have to energize your body with a cracking healthy breakfast like porridge, nuts, raisins and bananas. Afterwards, you need to refuel efficiently to help your muscles recover. You’ll never eat so well.

SOCIAL, SOCIAL, SOCIAL

Skiing is a social sport, both during and after the slopeside activity, and perfect to enjoy with family and friends. It doesn’t matter what level you ski at, the benefits of the top communal spirit generated from a delightful al fresco lunch on the slopes or lively aprés ski in the bars and restaurants, is hard to quantify.

FUN FOR ALL

Best of all, it’s fun for people of all ages, with toddles, teenagers, mums, dads and grandparents all enjoying each other’s company while keeping super-healthy.

What could be better for Valentine’s Day than a rather delicious Booty Call..! As naughty and delicious as it may be, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS:

• 15ml Ciroc Red Berry vodka
• 15ml Raspberry liqueur
• 15ml Peach liqueur
• 15ml blood orange syrup (Giffard or Monin)
• 25ml Pineapple juice
• 25ml Cranberry juice

METHOD:

Add all ingredients to a cocktail shaker and fill with cubed ice. Shake hard until the outside of the shaker goes cold and frosty. Carefully open the shaker and fine strain into a chilled cocktail glass. Garnish with freeze-dried raspberry powder and enjoy!

Here’s a question for you. Can you really smell and taste things in wine? If all wine is made from grapes, can people genuinely smell or taste blackcurrant, cedar, violets or pencil shavings? Is it science – or the power of suggestion? Let’s take a closer look and find out… 

How we taste and smell

Aromas and flavours come from three interacting systems:

Firstly, Chemesthesis, or mouthfeel. Chemesthesis is the sensations like the burn of chilli, the coolness of mint, the fizz of carbonation, or the viscosity of a liquid. These sensations are triggered by the trigeminal nerve as chemicals react with mucosal surfaces in the mouth, nose, throat and eyes.

Secondly, basic taste. These come from non-volatile compounds detected by tastebuds on the tongue (sweet, sour, salty, bitter, umami). While all these sensations can be detected all over the tongue, the tip and sides are more sensitive generally to sweet and salty tastes, the back to bitter flavours.

Finally, aromas. A significant part of taste is actually smell. As food and drink evaporates in our mouths volatile compounds travel up the nasal passage and activate smell receptors, revealing more complex aromas and flavours. We call this retronasal tasting. But we also detect aromas directly through the nose as well, which is why wine experts like to smell their wine. 

So, what might create these sensations in wine?

Different flavours come from different parts of the winemaking process. We refer to these as ‘Primary’ – those that come from the grape, ‘Secondary’ – those that come from the production methods, and ‘Tertiary’ – those that come from age.

Acidity, sugar and bitterness depend on grape variety and ripeness. Riper grapes have more sugar and less acidity; tannins in skins contribute bitterness and astringency, especially in red, rosé and orange wines. Viscosity (or body) is a mix of sugar and/or alcohol, and it can usually be seen in the ‘legs’ or ‘tears’ which run down our glass. 

Volatile compounds

Most flavour compounds sit in the pulp just under the grape skin. These volatile compounds – shared with everyday foods ­– explain why wines smell like non-grape items. Green bell pepper aromas in your Cabernet Sauvignon come from 3-isobutyl-2-methoxypyrazine (IBMP). If you examine green bell peppers you actually find the same volatile compound! Thiols in Sauvignon Blanc give the passionfruit aromas, Rotundone in Shiraz gives black pepper flavours, terpenes create floral smelling wines, Ethyl cinnamate gives Pinot Noir its strawberry nose, and many more. In other words, it is more than just the mere power of suggestion. 

Production methods

Secondary aromas come from processing of the grapes. Fermentation produces alcohol, which we often detect as a warm sensation. Lees ageing (letting the wine mix with dead yeast cells) produces biscuity, brioche notes. We also sometimes allow a bacteria to convert the harsh malic acids to softer lactic acids (like those found in milk) – malolactic conversion. This gives creamy, smoother, buttery flavours and mouthfeel. Oak introduces all kinds of flavours depending on the type of barrel, the level of toast it has received and whether it is new or used. Volatile compounds in oak are similar to things like vanilla, cloves, coconut and the toasting can contribute smoke, toast, chocolate, coffee and other aromas. 

Ageing the wine

Tertiary aromas are about how the wine changes chemically as part of ageing. With time, oxygen and internal chemical reactions shift fresh fruit towards dried fruit, and introduce complex flavours such as mushroom, forest floor, nutty or leathery notes. 

Pulling it all together

The final product is a mix of all these different chemicals interacting together. But don’t worry if your wine just smells like wine! Identifying aromas and flavours takes practice. And bad news for us men… women on average have a better sense of smell, so have an advantage.

Next time you pour a glass, take a moment to swirl, sniff and explore ­– you might recognise more than you expect. And whatever you choose, please drink responsibly.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR FEBRUARY 

Something Fresh and Fruity

Kleine Zalze Sauvignon Blanc – £10, Waitrose.

A great example of pyrazines – plenty of green bell pepper, tropical fruits, citrus and sharp acidity. Expect an explosion on your palate. 

Something Sparkling

Crémant du Jura – £8.19, Aldi.

Crémant is a great source of good quality sparkling wine and this one from Aldi, doesn’t disappoint. Apple and citrus with subtle brioche to finish. 

Something English

Gusbourne Blanc de Noir 2019 – £65, The Champagne Company.

With 27 months of lees ageing you’ll be spotting the brioche alongside the citrus, red fruits and fruits of the orchard. 

Something Big and Bold

Beronia Rioja Reserva Red Wine – £16.50, Sainsbury’s.

Red fruits and cherry focus, with nice coconut, vanilla and spice on the finish. Not overly oaky, and smooth tannins. 

Something Classic

Domaine Bernard Michaut ‘Beauroy’ Chablis Premier Cru 2022/23 – £34, Majestic.

Apple, pear and melon with some honeysuckle and strong mineral notes. Long finish and complex. 

Something Different

M&S Classics Cote De Provence Rose – £10, M&S.

Dry and refreshing with strawberry, cranberry and redcurrant notes. A nice floral note with some well-integrated citrus. Delicate and great value at this price point.

Buzzards Valley, is a 60-acre site located just a 20-mile drive from central Birmingham and welcomes around 1,000 visitors a week. Owners, brother and sister Leon and Yvonne Jones, have taken on their father Ivan’s vision and continued to develop the site for wine, leisure and retail purposes.

Initially established as a farm, and transformed into a vineyard in 2001, Buzzards Valley is now a thriving collection of six fishing lakes, a free nature trail, a woodland retreat, a bistro and a thriving community of on-site businesses.

RISING FROM THE ASHES

But the thriving business Buzzards Valley is today, was by no means guaranteed, and indeed could be said to have risen out of the ashes of a devastating bout of foot and mouth disease which ended the possibility of cattle farming for the family. Pivoting initially to growing vegetables, and then extremely popular dried flowers, Ivan had a grand vision to create six fishing lakes and plant 4,000 trees for leisure purposes.

Then in 2001, came the inspiration to plant vines for winemaking. Ivan got to see the vineyard established before his death in 2007, when son Leon took on the mantle of the winemaking. Since then, the site has diversified and is now a collection of individual boutique businesses and leisure activities.

TASTE OF NATURE

A couple of years ago, Buzzards Valley appointed Jayne Dale as artisan shop manager, a move which turned out to be another significant part of Buzzard Valley’s development journey. Seeing the amount of available land, Jayne bid for funds to create a nature trail and woodland retreat. The trail can be accessed free of charge between March and December.

A new range of wine tastings have been launched including a rustic wine tasting, sweet potato spirit tasting, a wine and chocolate tasting and a ‘all about the reds’ tasting, as well. Tastings can be combined with food from the neighbouring Kiki’s bistro for another dimension. The chocolate and wine tasting includes handmade Belgian chocolates, which are very popular with visitors.

THRIVING COMMUNITY

The site hosts a collection of businesses selling everything from furniture and specialist flooring to garden buildings and even beauty treatments. The artisan shop has a stunning collection of products. Jayne said: “We pride ourselves on buying as locally as we can in the artisan shop. We stock local relishes, jams, chutney, cheeses, honey, selling fine foods and drink and gifts mainly from the UK. We specialize in bespoke hampers, making them throughout the year but Christmas is our busiest time.” Boutique markets take place monthly, March to December, to showcase artisan products.

THE FUTURE

Sadly, due to family illness, the vineyard was dormant in 2025. The family are keen to see it brought back to life and are currently looking to find someone who wants to take on the winemaking part of the business. This promises to be a great opportunity for a budding wine maker. In the meantime, the thriving nature activities, fishing and diverse shopping experiences are going strong. What better reason, to get out and explore this hidden gem!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I’m the founder of NeonCow, a Birmingham-based neon sign store. I didn’t take a traditional route into business or the creative industries – NeonCow started from experimenting in my mother’s kitchen after an eye-opening trip to New York. What began as a side hustle turned into a full-time business working with brands and venues over the world – the likes of NFL team Atlanta Falcons, Harvey Nichols, Aston Villa, ITV Studios, Ja Rule, SEGA. Being part of the Birmingham Light Festival with ‘My Heart Belongs in Birmingham’ feels like a real full circle moment and almost like a homecoming.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I design and create custom LED neon artwork for businesses, events and public installations. My role sits between creativity and production, turning ideas, words and emotions into something physical that people can experience. I love working on pieces that live in public spaces, where anyone can stumble across them and feel something, even briefly.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I want to continue working closely with brands and individuals, listening to their vision and helping turn their ideas into something tangible. There’s something incredibly rewarding about sitting with a customer and showing them their logo or message in neon for the first time. And I’d love to keep expanding into more large-scale public work and installations.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Being part of Birmingham Light Festival is certainly up there. Creating a piece that sits proudly in the city and is experienced by so many people feels incredibly special. Alongside that, working with Birmingham Museum on the MADE IN BIRMINGHAM neon sign was a huge moment for me, it felt like a real acknowledgement of both my work and my connection to the city. Building NeonCow from the ground up and seeing how people emotionally connect with what I create is something I’m deeply proud of.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Always make sure you can see the bigger vision, especially when things feel challenging. It’s easy to focus on what’s next or what isn’t working, but I’ve learned how important it is to stop, look back, and be grateful for how far you’ve come, no matter the situation.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Birmingham has always felt like home to me. I’ve been lucky enough to travel and experience different cities across the UK and around the world, and it really makes you realise just how friendly people are here.

DOWNTIME

I love helping out at Derek and Pauline’s corner shop in Cotteridge, my grandparents, which has been part of the community for over 60 years. It’s a great way to slow down and stay grounded. I also enjoy supporting local independents around me, especially GlassHouse Brewery in Stirchley, a taproom specialising in craft beers.

February is a curious month in the garden. Still winter, technically, yet full of little hints that spring is loitering just out of sight, tapping its watch and waiting for its cue. The days stretch a fraction longer, snowdrops put on their best performance and gardeners begin drifting outside more often, pretending they’re “just having a look” while secretly planning everything.

It’s also the month of Valentine’s Day, which feels rather fitting, because February gardening is all about small acts of care, gentle attention and not expecting too much too soon. Here are five satisfying February jobs to keep your garden feeling loved as the seasons slowly turn.

Tidy Gently, Not Aggressively
This is not the moment for a dramatic clear-out or any form of horticultural rage. On dry days, lightly tidy borders, remove obvious weeds and clear away winter debris while leaving some seed heads and leaf litter for wildlife. Think of it as a respectful spruce rather than a full makeover. The garden is waking up, not ready for a surprise boot camp. 

Feed the Soil, Not Just the Plants
February is an excellent time to show your soil some affection. Add well-rotted compost or manure to beds, mulch around shrubs and generally remind the ground that it is appreciated. Healthy soil is the foundation of everything that follows, and a little care now will save you plenty of effort later. Consider it the gardening equivalent of making someone a cup of tea without being asked. 

Prune With Confidence and a Sense of Humour
Roses, fruit trees and deciduous shrubs can all be pruned this month, as long as the weather behaves itself. Remove dead or crossing branches and aim for an open, balanced shape. If you find yourself hesitating, secateurs hovering mid-air, remember that plants are remarkably forgiving. Gardening, much like romance, often rewards a confident approach rather than endless overthinking. 

Start Seeds and Dream a Little
February is when seed sowing begins in earnest, albeit under cover. Tomatoes, chillies, sweet peas and early salad crops are all keen to get going on a sunny windowsill or in a propagator. There is something wonderfully hopeful about sowing seeds while it’s still cold outside, a reminder that optimism is an essential gardening tool, right up there with gloves and patience. 

Show Wildlife Some Extra Love
Food is still in short supply for birds and other garden visitors, so keep feeders topped up and water fresh. Leave undisturbed corners and resist the urge to be too tidy, because those messy patches are doing important work. A garden that welcomes wildlife feels alive and generous and provides far more entertainment than anything on television.

February may not be showy, but it’s quietly charming. By tending your garden with kindness, humour and the occasional stolen moment of daydreaming, you set the tone for the months ahead. After all, the best gardens are built on attention, trust and turning up regularly, even when it’s cold, damp and your wellies are still slightly muddy from January!

A fresh year has arrived – crisp, quiet and full of possibility. The garden may still be snoozing under winter’s duvet, but this is the ideal moment to pause, stretch and decide what kind of growing year you want to shape. While the borders bide their time and the seed catalogues whisper sweet temptations, our minds turn to resolutions: small promises that can bring more joy, intention and perhaps a tiny sense of smugness to the months ahead. Here are five thoughtful – and gently witty – gardening resolutions to spark a greener, calmer and more rewarding 2026.

Nurture Your Soil
Every great garden begins beneath your feet – though it rarely gets the credit it deserves. This year resolve to treat your soil like the superstar it is. Start a compost heap, sprinkle in organic matter or try a no-dig approach that’s kinder to both back and biome. A little attention now will reward you with stronger plants, fewer headaches and a garden that practically thanks you by growing better all year long.

Grow Something New
Make 2026 the year you branch out (pun absolutely intended). Plant a vegetable you’ve never tasted, a flower you’ve always admired or a shrub that offers something unexpected. Experimenting keeps gardening wonderfully unpredictable – and if your new venture fails spectacularly, well, that’s half the charm of trying.

Design With Purpose
Use these quieter winter days to look at your garden with a designer’s eye – or at least the eye of someone who’s finally noticed that the shed has been crooked since 2018. Think about structure, flow, colour and how you actually use the space. A few smart tweaks can transform a garden from “fine” to “why didn’t I do this years ago?” with surprising ease.

Invite More Wildlife
A lively garden is one that buzzes, flutters and occasionally digs small, mysterious holes. Resolve to welcome more wildlife this year: plant nectar-rich flowers, add a bird feeder, pop in a small water dish or leave seed heads standing a little longer. These tiny steps create a haven for creatures great and small, and provide endless entertainment for you, too.

Make Time to Simply Enjoy It
In the grand shuffle of sowing, pruning and politely encouraging slugs to relocate, it’s easy to forget the joy of just being in the garden. This year, give yourself permission to slow down. Drink your morning tea among the borders, take a lap in the evening light or simply notice the tiny daily changes that make gardening magical. Productivity is lovely, but presence is better.

So, there you have it, five cheerful resolutions to welcome an uplifting year in the garden. Whether you choose one or all, each can bring more joy, clarity and connection to your gardening journey in 2026. And if you treat yourself to a shiny new tool or a fresh notebook to mark the occasion – entirely understandable.

Let’s commit to getting Birmingham fitter and feeling better than ever before. Totally appreciate we all have super busy schedules so any advice on helping maximise results with minimal time commitment is always most welcome. Well, read on my friend…

POWER OF THE INTERVAL

Improve your aerobic performance with a 30-minute programme – unlock the power of the interval! Alternating short bursts (about 30 seconds) of intense activity with longer intervals (about one to two minutes) of less intense activity is an extremely efficient way of fitting exercise into a busy schedule.
It works with running, on the bike or on a cross-trainer so pick a favourite or mix and match to keep it fresh. Whichever flavour appeals just try the following 30-minute routine, twice a week to really notice some cardiovascular improvements:
Five minutes warm up + 10 x (1min 30secs slow + 30secs fast) + five-minute cool-down
NB. Tailor to your current fitness level (don’t go too hard too soon). As a general rule, consider fast pace to be above 90 per cent of your maximum effort.

SWEET CIRCUIT

You can create your own circuit of different exercises. Think 20 seconds on 20 seconds off each exercise or activity. Very importantly, remember to warm up before starting. Medicine ball throws, skipping, hopping and box jumps can be really rewarding but other personal favourites include:

JUMPING JACKS – Make sure you clap at the top and slap your thighs at the bottom to ensure a full range of motion.
T-ROTATIONS – While in the press-up position, reach under your body as far as you can then up to the sky looking at the hand at the top.
SPRINTERS – Staying in the press-up position, bring one knee to the opposite elbow then change, building up the pace to a ‘sprint’, twisting at your hips and doing your best to touch each elbow.
BURPEES – Bring your knees to your elbows and bum to your heels before driving up to the sky. Straightening your body in the air, as soon as your feet touch the ground, allow gravity to pull your bum back to your heels then shoot your feet back out engaging your core while landing in a strong press-up position.
PRESS UPS – Just remember to keep your core engaged the whole time, make sure your hands are not in front of the shoulders.

COUPLE UP

By prioritising just two things you really want to improve, you can focus two-thirds of your exercise time in specific areas, meaning you’re more likely to see a higher proportion of progress.
Pick out just two exercises for the two body parts you want to improve and perform five sets of 10 repetitions of each of the exercises.

EXPERT TOP TIPS

To help keep you on track, we asked each of the top trainers at Edgbaston Priory Club for a special motivating tip.

Ellie Pardy – Plan
Take some time to map out your week, setting aside dedicated moments for your workouts so you can move your body, stay consistent and make space for your well-being.

Gurj Singh Johal – Consistency
Plan your activities and be as consistent as possible. If you veer off from your plan or weekly routine, just continue from where you left off, try not to put pressure on yourself and feel guilty for missing a session!

Laura Espie – Time
Little and often, don’t make yourself feel overwhelmed with trying to fit hours of exercise in. If you only have 20 minutes, go for it. Anything is better than nothing!

Alex Bird – Get out in the daylight
In the winter months it can be hard to find time to be outside due to darker mornings and evenings so make time after breakfast or around lunchtime for walks, runs or cycles to keep your mind fresh, lift your mood and boost your energy. It will also help regulate your sleeping patterns.

Lisa Reading – Start at your level
If you are new to fitness, start with a basic plan so as to not overwhelm yourself with the latest trends and complicated routines. A simple mobility routine is the best place to start before you begin any resistance/weights exercises.

Israar Habib – Start now
The right time will always be tomorrow, starting today is better than not starting at all.

After all the Christmas and New Year excess, why not tuck into a delicious and healthy reboot using cauliflower which is bang in season right now. This comforting bowl of ‘super food’ gorgeousness is perfect for a cold January day – it’s like a great big healthy hug in the bowl. It’s nutrient-rich, high in fibre and vitamins and a guilt-free treat to kick start 2026.

Ingredients

• 1 large cauliflower
• 25g butter
• 1tbsp olive oil
• 1 large potato, peeled and roughly chopped
• 1 onion, peeled and chopped
• 1.2 litres chicken or vegetable stock
• 400ml whole milk
• 100ml double cream

Method

Remove the stalk from the cauliflower and cut into florets. Heat the butter and olive oil in a large saucepan, then tip in the cauliflower florets, potato and onion. Sweat together for about 10 minutes over a low heat, stirring occasionally, until the vegetables have softened but not coloured. Pour in the stock and bring to the boil. Add the milk with some seasoning and return to a simmer, uncovered, for 10 to 15 minutes until all of the vegetables are soft. Add the cream and purée the soup using a freestanding or handheld stick blender until smooth. Ladle into warmed bowls and serve with warm crusty bread. Perfect!

Yeah, yeah! It’s January and we’re supposed to be drinking less but blimey, sometimes you just have to give in to temptation! This vibrant, modern twist on a passionfruit cocktail from the awesome guys at Birmingham’s newest African restaurant, Empress, is just too good to wait until February. It’s a smooth, lightly textured drink with sweet berry notes, tangy passionfruit and subtle vanilla warmth. Go on, treat yourself to one this month… but as always enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 40ml vanilla vodka
• 30ml passionfruit purée (or high-quality passionfruit juice)
• 15ml raspberry syrup or grenadine
• 15ml passionfruit liqueur
• 20ml fresh lime juice
• 10–15ml simple syrup (adjust to taste)
• ½ fresh passionfruit

METHOD

Place a coupe or martini glass in the freezer or fill with ice water. Add all ingredients to the shaker, add ice and shake vigorously for 12 to 15 seconds until the shaker feels very cold. Double strain into the chilled glass, garnish with the ½ passionfruit and enjoy!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

For years, rugby was my life – I played 1st team rugby for Moseley Rugby Club and Birmingham & Solihull Rugby Club (BEES) and then had a stint at captaincy for BEES and leading the England Counties squad. Basically, if there was a muddy pitch and a ball, I was there! Ten years ago, I finally hung up my boots and swapped tackles for tactics, moving into coaching. These days, I coach kids at my local rugby club and even dabble in football coaching – because apparently, you can’t live on scrums alone. The communication and leadership skills I picked up on the pitch have proved invaluable in my current role at Brindleyplace.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I’ve been involved in Brindleyplace since the nineties – back when phones were landlines and the coffee option was just milk and sugar! In 2021, Hines invited me to join as director of placemaking and tenant engagement. Then, after Praxis acquired the majority share in 2023, I became senior asset manager for the estate. My job? Working with tenants old and new, and teaming up with the development team to make sure Brindleyplace stays future ready.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Watching my kids achieve their academic and sporting goals fills me with pride and I want to see them go on to realise many more. Professionally, I want Brindleyplace to keep thriving and evolving – working with its fantastic community of occupiers to deliver the very best experience.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Sport, and rugby in particular, runs through generations of my family, so managing the England Counties and Barbarian teams was huge. The highlight? Having my dad join me on the Barbarian tour of Korea and Japan – unforgettable. On the work front, I’ve been involved with some fantastic major development projects in the region’s office market. Basically, I like building things – whether it’s teams or workplaces.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

That the old adage is true: teamwork really DOES make the dream work. Working with like-minded, hard-working and honest individuals is paramount to optimal productivity and success. Also, never underestimate the power of a good post-match pint!

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I love the way Birmingham is always evolving and how it has changed in recent years – younger, vibrant and full of energy. It’s like Birmingham went to the gym and is always working on its fitness regime.

DOWNTIME

Sport, obviously! Watching it, coaching it, and talking about it with my family and fellow fans! If there’s a ball involved, I’m interested.

ANYTHING ELSE TO ADD…

Those who know me will know I’ve already overshared! But at least I haven’t shared any rugby injury stories… yet!

Recent years have been challenging for the wine industry, with tricky harvests and falling consumption. Yet several exciting trends look set to build momentum in 2026.

Sparkling wines
While global consumption dipped in 2025, sparkling wines proved remarkably resilient. In the UK, Crémant and English sparkling continue to grow, with competition driving value and encouraging new grape varieties and blends. Expect to see stiff competition and some new entrants in this part of the market, which hopefully means good value for the consumer.

English wines
English wine continues to grow in both volume and quality of production. Nyetimber, one of the Sussex production houses, beat a line-up of other sparkling wines to be named the winner in the IWC championship this year with their 2016 Blanc de Blancs. Increasingly English wine is not just about sparkling, expect to see more still whites and even some reds of acceptable quality this year.

Quality wines
Although consumers are drinking slightly less, they are trading up. Producers are investing in premium tiers and longer maturation periods to allow greater aroma and flavour complexity to develop in the bottle. Savvy buyers may find excellent value premium bottles in 2026.

Lower alcohol wines
Higher UK duties and growing interest in low and no-alcohol drinks are shifting styles. This means lighter red styles are coming into fashion, and more fruit driven whites are increasingly popular. White drinkers may be pleasantly surprised by some of the lighter red styles, and red drinkers may find lighter styles mean they can continue drinking reds during the summer months.

Rare varieties
As a long-time advocate for the wines of Central Europe and the New World, 2025 saw new offerings from places such as Romania, Georgia, Ukraine and South America. I am expecting to see this trend continue as production costs rise in Western Europe and we look further afield to find good value wines.

Natural and orange wines
Orange wine is wine made from white grapes which are left in contact with their skins which tends to give a more golden/orange hue to the wines. Typical flavours can include dried apricot, peach skin, nectarine, orange peel and tangerine, accompanied by subtle spices, nuttiness and bruised apple. I expect to see this trend continue, and for other natural wines to become increasingly popular.

Sustainability and climate change
Climate change is reshaping wine regions. UK, Northern Europe and parts of South America now produce better-quality wines, while some traditional areas adopt heat-resistant hybrids and new varieties. This will undoubtedly change what is available for consumers. Expect to see more winemakers following the example of the Cava DO in Spain which has decreed that all superior quality wines must be organically produced.

Packaging
Producers are experimenting with lighter, more sustainable packaging. Cans, paper bottles and lightweight glass are gaining traction as alternatives when wines are intended for early drinking. This works well for wines which are intended for immediate consumption rather than ageing, and with transportation costs rising looks set to continue into 2026.

In summary
This year could be a very exciting one for wine drinkers in the UK. Hopefully we will see better quality wines, more variety and greater emphasis on sustainable production. As always, whatever you are drinking, please drink responsibly, and watch out for recommendations in Birmingham Living magazine.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR JANUARY

Something Fresh and Fruity
The Wine Atlas Fetească Regala – £6.08, Asda.
This wine from Romania boasts sweet red apple, peach and tropical fruit notes along with a crisp fresh acidity. Hard to beat at this price point.

Something Sparkling
Graham Beck Blanc de Blancs 2018/19 – £22, Majestic.
Lime, green apple and pear ease gently into a brioche, nut a gentle spice finish. Beautifully refreshing and luxurious.

Something English
Balfour ’1503′ Pinot Noir 2023/24 – £18, Majestic.
Red fruit dominated (strawberry and cherry), a fresh style, with some subtle spice from the short period of oak aging and silky tannins.

Something Big and Bold

Journeys End V4 Cabernet Bold Sauvignon – £18.50, Tanners Wines. Big, bold and complex, this is a serious wine. Characteristic minty notes on the palate and a cedar aroma, supported by blackcurrant, cassis and oak flavours which give a rich mouthfeel.

Something Classic
Leon Perdigal Chateauneuf Du Pape – £26, Majestic.
Red fruit dominated, with some nice spicy and liquorice notes. This wine has an excellent finish and really smooth tannins. Drink now or age for up to 5 years.

Something Different
Journey’s End Bluegum Merlot 2022 – £12.75, Sainsburys.
At this price point the complexity on this wine is punching well above its weight. Red and dark fruit (think blackcurrant and raspberries), with some floral, herbal, vanilla and smoke notes. Smooth with a long complex finish.

Sutton Coldfield digital marketing agency, EDGE Creative, welcomed professionals from across the Midlands to its latest networking event hosted at The Jam House in Birmingham’s St Paul’s Square. The Uncork Connections event was sponsored by Birmingham Hospice, Sentinel Partners and ORS UK, with guests enjoying a great wine selection provided by Swallow Drinks.

Captions:

1 Mark Panayides, Ashleigh Harold
2 Louise Pinnington, Ashley Haynes
3 Laura Cooksey, Joseph Paul, Jessica Greaney
4 Abby Guilding, Roisin Griffin
5 Frank Golden, Alan Webb
6 Hugh Dennis, Jonathan Ratcliff
7 Louise Allen, Charlotte Bentley, Karen O’Donovan, David Pinnington
8 Shireenah Ingram, Karen O’Donovan

Actor John Leader has enjoyed a sparkling career. His first job after graduating was in the acclaimed War Horse and since then, it’s been one long list of brilliant roles. This month, John’s heading back to his roots in the Midlands to take on the beloved role of Roald Dahl’s iconic BFG adapted by Tom Wells. A collaboration between the Royal Shakespeare Company (RSC), Chichester Festival Theatre and the Roald Dahl Story Company, the show has a 10-week run in Stratford which John is delighted about.

Having grown up in Birmingham and studied at Stratford College, John describes coming back to the Royal Shakespeare Theatre as a ‘full circle moment’. Of the role as the BFG, he says: “I’m absolutely thrilled to be playing such an iconic character who means so much to so many people. Everyone has their own picture of the BFG, so it’s really exciting to help bring him to life on stage. It’s a real joy to be collaborating with Daniel (director) and such a talented team of creatives on this story.”

ESSENTIAL PART

The show’s director, Daniel Evans says John’s casting was an essential part of the puzzle and praises his warmth and humility as well as the show’s incredible puppetry designed by Toby Olié. John’s had experience of working alongside puppetry thanks to his stint in War Horse and offers some insight into what that’s like. He says, “You have to treat them like they’re human and look them in the eyes as if they’re actors. They’re so alive, so real and not just part of the set, they’re actors. The puppeteers have the scope to react to what’s happening on the stage. It’s magic.”

Growing up, John was into sport rather than drama and hadn’t considered a career on the stage. It wasn’t until he was doing his A-Levels that the acting bug struck. A friend suggested reading a script which he agreed to and which had a big impact on him. John recalls: “It was like a bomb going off!” His teachers opened his eyes to the possibilities and John went on to study acting in Stratford. Fresh from college, the War Horse job was a dream first gig of which John says: “I was really fortunate. I’ve had a career I could have only dreamed of.”

HUMAN CONNECTION

John last worked with the RSC in The Merry Wives of Windsor and The School for Scandal in 2024 and previous credits include Wuthering Heights and Peter Pan at the National Theatre, A Monster Calls at the Old Vic and The Lion, the Witch and the Wardrobe at the Bridge Theatre. While theatre has formed the lion’s share of John’s career, he also enjoys working in TV and film and says he has a deep love for both. Having said that, he admits there’s something magical about performing to a theatre audience. John explains: “Theatre is special. Phones are turned off and audiences are completely tuned in. It’s an industry so grounded in human connection, shared experience.”

In terms of dream roles, John says he’s a big believer in mustering up that dream job feeling in every role. He says: “That way each job feels special – you find that sense of excitement and joy in everything you do.” If there was ever a match made in theatre heaven, it feels like John Leader playing the BFG is it.

For around two million people in the UK this time of the year can be a pretty miserable time. That’s the estimated number who genuinely suffer from the winter blues, or Seasonal Affective Disorder (SAD).

Seasonal Affective Disorder is a type of depression that comes and goes in a seasonal pattern. It often occurs at the same time each year, typically in the winter and it’s sometimes known as ‘winter depression’ because the symptoms are usually more apparent and severe when the days are shorter.

The nature and severity of SAD vary from person to person. For some it may be mild, while for others it can be severe and have a significant impact on their day-to-day life. Unfairly, there’s often not much sympathy but for sufferers it can have a massive impact on all aspects of life, from relationships and social wellbeing to work, school and a sense of self-worth.

SYMPTOMS INCLUDE:

• Persistent low mood.
• Loss of pleasure or interest in normal everyday activities.
• Irritability and difficulty concentrating.
• Feelings of despair, guilt and worthlessness.
• Feeling lethargic (lacking in energy) and sleepy during the day.
• Sleeping for longer than normal and finding it hard to get up in the morning.
• Feeling stressed, anxious or tearful.
• Becoming less sociable.
• Decreased sex drive.

THE CAUSES:

The exact cause of SAD is not fully understood, but it’s often linked to reduced exposure to sunlight during the shorter autumn and winter days. The main theory is that a lack of sunlight might stop a part of the brain called the hypothalamus working properly.

THIS MAY AFFECT:

• The production of melatonin – a hormone that makes you feel sleepy. In people with SAD, the body may produce it in higher than normal levels.
• The production of serotonin – a hormone that affects your mood, appetite and sleep. A lack of sunlight may lead to lower serotonin levels which is linked to feelings of depression.
• The body’s internal clock (circadian rhythm) – your body uses sunlight to time various important functions, such as when you wake up, so lower light levels during the winter may disrupt your body clock and lead to symptoms of SAD.

TREATMENT

A number of treatments are available for SAD, including Cognitive Behavioural Therapy (CBT) and anti-depressants. Some people with SAD find that light therapy can help improve their mood considerably. This involves sitting by a special lamp called a light box, usually for around 30 minutes to an hour each morning. They produce a very bright light. The intensity of the light is measured in lux – the higher lux, the brighter the light.
The light produced by the light box simulates the sunlight that’s missing during the darker winter months. It’s thought the light may improve SAD by encouraging your brain to reduce the production of melatonin (the hormone that makes you sleepy) and increase the production of serotonin (the hormone that affects your mood).

SELF-HELP

Some things you can do to help improve your symptoms:

• Try not to think of winter and darkness as the enemy – it’s a mindset.
• Get outside and try to get as much natural sunlight as possible – even a brief lunchtime walk can be beneficial.
• Make your work and home environments as light and airy as possible.
• Sit near windows when you’re indoors.
• Try to keep warm. Being cold makes you more depressed and staying warm can reduce the winter blues by half.
• Inject bright colours into your home or improve the lighting.
• Take plenty of regular exercise, particularly outdoors and in daylight.
• Eat a healthy, balanced diet. Balance your craving for carbohydrates, such as pasta and potatoes, with plenty of fresh fruit and vegetables.
• It can also be helpful to talk to your family and friends about SAD so they understand how your mood changes during the winter. This can help them to support you more effectively.

Grapefruit season is upon us. Yes, we know they’re available throughout the year, but they’re at their juiciest and sweetest right now. Celebrate the season with this lovely grapefruit cocktail made with a very special gin from the Warwickshire Gin Company. It’s light, delicious and perfect for festive cheers! As always, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 50ml Pelota Dry Gin
• 50ml Grapefruit Juice
• 25ml Lemon Juice
• 25ml Aquafaba
• Dash of Angostura Orange Bitters

METHOD

Fill a shaker with two or three ice cubes. Add all the ingredients then shake hard and fast for 15 to 20 seconds. Strain into a glass. Garnish with a slice of dehydrated blood orange or grapefruit. Enjoy!

With the cost-of-living crisis part of our everyday conversation, why not take up an exercise that doesn’t cost the earth and will get you in shape just in time before the Christmas festivities arrive? We’re talking running, people.

First off, it’s easy to get started. Running doesn’t require any specific equipment, beyond a decent pair of trainers, and you can quite literally do it anywhere.

Sure, you can later invest in GPS watches and hi-tech workout gear, but when you’re starting out keep it simple. Nip into a local running store and ask to have your gait assessed. They will do some quick checks on your running style to help inform you which pair of mid-range trainers will give your feet the best support.

Physically, running helps shed pounds, boost metabolism and strengthen cardiovascular endurance. It can also lower cholesterol and reduce the risk of developing osteoporosis. Then there’s the mental side. Running gets you out into nature, which helps ease stress and anxiety. Your body releases endorphins when you run, boosting your mood – not to mention the feeling of satisfaction when completing something. And running can be sociable. There are plenty of running clubs you can join, where you can make new friends and be part of something bigger that you can do with the whole family.

DIFFERENT TYPES

Road running – Just step outside your front door. It involves all kinds of pavements, pathways and tarmac.

Trail running – Usually done on hiking trails, this will swiftly get you out into peaceful surroundings, and can be done on varying terrain. Watch out for the hazards – roots, logs, streams and/or traversing steep hills.

Treadmill – Great when the weather is less conducive to being outdoors, the treadmill is gentler on joints and has an array of options to suit your pace and preferences.

TOP TIPS

Get a target – Whether it’s training for a 5k, to lose a few pre-Christmas pounds or to beat your personal best, keep a focus and remember to reward yourself. Having something tangible to aim at will keep you motivated when training gets tough.

Routine – Always more effective when it becomes part of your lifestyle routine, training needs to be regular. So, be organised and plan effectively. So many people start out with good intentions but come unstuck when life gets busy.

Start small – If you’re new to it, try combining your running with walking intervals. There are oodles of training plans online and these will help build endurance and manage intensity. You’ll probably want to aim to cut down time spent walking and run for longer, but only at a rate that suits you. Start slowly – Resist the temptation to launch yourself into a sprint right away. When you first start running don’t try to do too much too soon. An average beginner’s pace is around 13 minutes per mile, but if you find that too hard, or not challenging enough, simply adjust your training accordingly. You’ll soon get a feel for what your body can do. And don’t be afraid to cut a workout short.

Warm up – Hamstrings, groin, glutes and calves all need a decent stetch before you step outside so remember to warm up. Find a good routine and stick with it religiously. Moving around gets the blood flowing without breaking a sweat and the cold doesn’t feel so cold when you’re warm.

Remember to stay hydrated– It’s a well-known fact that unprepared runners simply don’t drink enough. When it’s warmer it might be easier to remember to drink plenty of water and while sweat rates are generally higher in hotter conditions, you will still sweat and lose some body water while exercising in cold weather. So, remember to hydrate before and after your run.

Warm down – It’s so important to stretch post-run. Your core body temperature drops as soon as you stop running. To avoid a lingering case of the chills, change your clothes— head to toe— as soon as you can. And drink something hot and wholesome. You can’t beat a winter soup.

And finally – Be sensible. If the temperature has severely dipped below freezing, it might be best to plan a day of recovery. Cold temperatures and dry air can aggravate some health conditions, so use your best judgment as to whether you should run outside. It’s not just about the running either. Getting fit is a lifestyle choice and needs to incorporate your diet too. Drink plenty of water, pack your diet full of high-fibre food like fruit and vegetables, grains and seeds and blow the cobwebs off the oats for breakfast.

Cabernet Franc is having somewhat of a renaissance, partly due to its resilience to climate change, but it has yet to really flourish in the UK market as a single variety. And yet, as both a single varietal and as part of red wine blends, it contributes to many excellent wines in the market.

Without Cabernet Franc we would also not have famous wines such as Château Lafite Rothschild, Château Cheval Blanc, Le Macchiole Paleo Rosso and Opus One. Moreover, we would not have varieties such as Cabernet Sauvignon (a cross with Sauvignon Blanc), Merlot (a cross with Magdeleine Noire des Charentes) and Carménère (a cross with Gros Cabernet). Cabernet Franc Day on 4 December coincides with the death of Cardinal Richelieu in 1642, who is credited with bringing Cabernet Franc cuttings from the Loire Valley to Bordeaux.

So why do Brits not rate Cabernet Franc? The answer probably lies partly in the fact that, despite it being part of the blend in some of the best Bordeaux, Tuscan and Loire wines, it is rarely mentioned on the bottle. We also have a historic predisposition towards Clarets, which tended to be dominated by Cabernet Sauvignon and Merlot. In our recent past, we have been driven partly by taste and partly by affordability towards richer, fruitier New World red wines. However, the current drive towards lighter styles of red, particularly among younger drinkers in the UK, means many are now discovering Cabernet Franc for the first time.

These wines are more substantial than Pinot Noir or Beaujolais, but lighter than Primitivo or Merlot. They’re typically less tannic, with red-fruit flavours such as strawberry, raspberry, sour cherry and plum. Some even take on flavours of smoked tomato or sweet red pepper. Cooler climates yield vegetal notes (from methoxypyrazines) and violet aromas (from terpenes), while warmer regions may show darker fruits like blackberry and blackcurrant. Aged examples develop savoury notes – vanilla, coffee, stewed fruit, fig and umami-rich mushroom. Bright acidity means these wines often age gracefully.

Cabernet Franc is widely planted in the Loire Valley where it is often made as a single variety or blended, typically with Cabernet Sauvignon. In Bordeaux, it is primarily a blending grape, adding spice, red fruit, and soft texture to Merlot and Cabernet Sauvignon; with the finest single-variety examples appear in Saint-Émilion and Pomerol. In Tuscany, Cabernet Franc is blended with Merlot, Cabernet Sauvignon, or Sangiovese, producing softer tannins, darker fruit, and notes of mocha, cinnamon, leather, and plum. Smaller plantings exist in Hungary, Bulgaria, Croatia, Slovenia, Greece and Spain.

Outside Europe it grows in California, Washington, Virginia, New York and Canada’s Niagara region, where cooler climates yield lighter, fresher wines and warmer areas produce fuller-bodied, spicier styles. It is also found in Argentina, Uruguay, Chile, South Africa, Australia, New Zealand and China.

This is a wine that is made for cuisine. Roasted pork or lamb, chicken or turkey dishes (especially lighter styles), meatballs in tomato sauce, BBQ food, Camembert or feta, beetroot-centred dishes and lentil stews all work particularly well.

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR DECEMBER

Something Fresh and Fruity
Jim Barry, The Agean, 2023 – £17, Majestic.
Stainless steel and oak combine for citrusy, mineral freshness with subtle herbal notes.

Something Sparkling
Bouvet Ladubay Saumur Rosé Brut – £14.50, Majestic.
Cabernet Franc proves it makes a great sparkle—red fruits, creamy texture, and floral lift.

Something English
Nyetimber Cuvée Chérie – £42, Majestic.
A demi-sec with citrus (lemon, tangerine), honeyed notes, and biscuity finish. Great with desserts or Asian spice.

Something Big and Bold
Chronic Cellars Space Doubt Zinfandel – £14.75, Sainsbury’s.
Cherry, strawberry, liquorice, florals, and a warm, gently sweet finish.

Something Classic
Vik ‘A’ Cabernet Franc 2023, Cachapoal Valley – £19, Majestic.
Chilean expression of Cabernet Franc with strawberry, plum, subtle blackberry and blackcurrant and a spicy finish.

Something Different
Moldovan Rara Neagră, 2021 – £7.99, Aldi.
A great wine at this price point from Moldova, with a fruity, herby and spicy palate – great with cheese or meaty dishes.

Calthorpe Estates hosted its second Pizza for a Purpose charity quiz night at Chapter, bringing together 16 teams from across the Calthorpe business community for an evening of friendly competition, generosity, and great food provided by Smoke + Ash. The night raised an impressive £3,680 in support of Edward’s Trust, which provides vital care for families experiencing loss and bereavement.

Captions:

1 Tom Foley, Daniel Barchet, Harman Singh Barech, Glenn Keilloh
2 Stuart Clark, Andy Robinson
3 Sarah Webb, Harry Openshaw, Alice Hobbis, Jason Griffiths, Jack McLeod
4 David Brooks, Brook Smith, Megan Freeman, Amanda Morgan, Tom Caesar
5 Adele Pogmore, Bethany Millett, Lisa Barge, Phil Passey, Matthew Storer
6 Tom Foley, Haydn Cooper, Philippa Green
7 Demi Swingler, Tom Foley

We all know the feeling. The silly season is upon us, and time is at a premium. With all the chaos of catering for family and friends, it’s nice to have a simple, delicious recipe at hand for a quick hit of sustenance. So why not keep this one at the ready for a cracking carbonara courtesy of Glenn Pennie, head chef at Edgbaston Priory Club. You’re welcome – Happy Christmas!

INGREDIENTS

• 100g Pancetta or smoked bacon, finely chopped
• 100g Parmesan cheese or pecorino cheese, finely grated
• 3 Eggs
• 350g spaghetti
• Freshly ground black pepper

METHOD

Traditionally you would use guanciale which is pig cheek, but pancetta or smoked bacon works well. You can also use whole eggs or just the egg yolks for a richer flavour.
Start by cooking your bacon or pancetta slowly in unsalted butter so you can render the fat down. Once the fat starts to render and the meat begins to brown start cooking your spaghetti in salted water. While the spaghetti is cooking, mix the eggs with the finely grated cheese and cracked black pepper to make a paste before adding little bit of the pasta water to help prevent the eggs from scrambling.
Take your pan with the pancetta off the heat and add the cooked spaghetti with a little of the pasta water which helps make the sauce creamy. Once the pasta is coated in the oils of the bacon add your cheesy egg mix and mix well. As long as your pan isn’t too hot you should get a lovely creamy carbonara sauce. Enjoy!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

For over a decade I’ve dedicated my career to culture and placemaking, and for even longer I’ve been in a long-term love affair with Birmingham. From my time as commercial director at Birmingham Museums to launching Birmingham Cocktail Weekend (initially as a passion project), I’ve been lucky enough to experience this city from a whole host of different angles. My work has given me a thousand reasons to love Birmingham and I’m on a mission to share those with the world.

 IT’S WHAT I DO

I have always worn many hats. I’m the Director of Living for the Weekend, best known for creating Birmingham Cocktail Weekend and Birmingham Restaurant Festival. My work in this capacity centres on creating social experiences that connect people to place and simple pleasures – work that certainly complements my position as city curator. With this hat on, I take a creative director’s role in the city centre, commissioning and developing art, festivals, and cultural activity. I work on a whole host of projects that are focused on driving positive interest in Birmingham and increased visitor numbers too.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Those of us who call this place home already know it’s a showstopper – a brilliant place to live, work and visit. My goal is to make sure the rest of the world knows it too; that Birmingham is an incredible destination for food lovers, one of the greenest cities in Europe, a World Craft City (and the best place in the UK to buy jewellery). It’s the city that inspired Tolkien, the home of Heavy Metal… I could go on.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

I’ve built a company that not only allows me to deliver on my ambitions for the city but that also brings me real joy every day. Part of that is because I have the opportunity to collaborate with incredible people from so many different industries.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

My gut instinct is rarely wrong. Looking back, every business idea that didn’t work out was one my gut had warned me about long before my heart or head caught up. These days, I’m much better at trusting those instincts.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Impossible to name one thing! I love that I can eat any cuisine I can think of – the breadth of choice in our dining scene is incredible. I adore that on any given Sunday, I can immerse myself in world-class fine art, wander along miles of canals (more than Venice, of course), sip cocktails from one of the UK’s Top 50 cocktail bars or visit one of Britain’s finest long galleries. It’s a city that truly has it all.

DOWNTIME

If I’m not making the most of everything I’ve just described, then I’ll be off exploring other cities and countries. Travel and trying new things give me such immense pleasure. If I’m not booking a plane ticket though, you might find me down at my allotment, giving my kayak an outing or exploring on a hike. Something about being in nature helps me unwind.

Ski getaways can be enjoyed by all, so whether you’re going away with friends, family or just the two of you, there’s a holiday for everyone. Feel invigorated by the fresh mountain air as you sail down the side of beautiful mountains. Relax, let your hair down and get your body moving, it’s what skiing is all about.

FOR FAMILIES

You can’t beat a family skiing holiday over the festive period, enjoying hearty meals and hot chocolate around the fire in a cosy chalet. Even if the kids aren’t yet into skiing, family friendly resorts have a range of childcare options available, so you don’t have to miss out on your time on the mountain. There are also ski classes available, divided by ability and age, and delivered by English speaking instructors. You’ll be going on family runs down the slopes before you know it. Meribel in France is the perfect resort for your first family ski holiday, located in the world’s biggest interlinked ski area, Three Valleys and the resort has a friendly, village atmosphere.

FOR FRIENDS

The best times are often spent with friends, so why not arrange a group ski holiday this year? Enjoy the crisp mountain air and make memories that last a lifetime. Dine on the side of the mountain between runs, sharing cheese fondue and bottles of wine – and let your hair down in the evenings at the best après-ski parties. The resorts of Mayrhofen and Saalbach in Austria are renowned for not only their nightlife but also their incredible off-piste through the trees, so perfect for intermediate skiers.

FOR COUPLES

If your other half is looking for more of an active holiday rather than a bit of winter sun, book into a boutique, chalet-style hotel and spend your evenings snuggled around an open fire. Pick one with spa and wellness facilities so you can book in for a couple’s massage after a long day out on the slopes. The Swiss ski resort of Zermatt is widely regarded as one of the most romantic and picturesque destinations.

HOT SPOTS

We’re very lucky in the Midlands to have access to so many amazing choices on our geographical doorstep.  Here are some of our favourites…

Austria

Austria is well known for charming alpine villages and vast, well-maintained slopes that are suited to skiers of all abilities. Home to famous resorts such as St Anton, Mayrhofen, Kitzbühel and Lech, there are also a good number of high-altitude resorts like Sölden and Obergurgl-Hochgurgl that ensure good snow conditions right through to April. The Austrian hospitality is second to none so you can also look forward to some truly awesome après-ski.

Italy

Italy’s northern borders are beautifully defined by an arc of enormous mountain peaks, including some of the tallest in the Alps and the unforgettable Dolomites in the East. Blessed with several beautiful ski regions with resorts that are rich and diverse, from traditional scenic alpine villages to giant ski areas, there is something to suit everyone. The slopes of Passo Tonale are perfect for beginners and intermediates will enjoy the resorts of South Tyrol. Experts can experience the challenging and enormous slopes across Arabba, Cervinia and Courmayeur.

Switzerland

Ever since winter tourism was born in St Moritz in 1864, the Swiss have harnessed the magic of the mountains as ski perfectionists. Create memories with the breath-taking slopes of Jungfrau Region, Bernese Oberland – presided over by the ‘Big Three’ which rise to around 4,000 metres, offering a mesmerising view to the gigantic Aletsch Glacier. The slopes of Zermatt, Villars, Verbier and Crans Montana are some of the ski resorts that need to be explored once you are surrounded by the mighty beauty of slopes in Switzerland.

France

Most British skiers and snowboarders choose to make their way to France. The Three Valleys is one of the most popular ski destinations that merges eight ski resorts, including Courchevel, Meribel and Val Thorens. In the middle of the mountains, the Paradiski area offers skiing between La Plagne and Les Arcs. The French have a diverse après-ski scene. From the amazing Le Folie Douce, known for its huge afternoon parties, to top bars such as Cocorico, and more…

Yeah, we know it’s early but we’re embracing the party vibes at Brum Towers thanks to this fabulous little number christened Roll Over Paloma by the mixologists at the new High Line cocktail bar at Resorts World Birmingham. If you really want to wow your friends, go the extra mile and serve with the recommended garnish below – it’s well worth it! But remember to party responsibly.

Ingredients:

• 30ml Peach syrup

• 15ml Fresh lime juice

• 50ml Grapefruit juice

• 25ml Agave syrup

• 50ml Tequila

• 50ml Aquafaba

• 100ml London Essence pink grapefruit soda

Method: 

Add all the ingredients apart from the soda to a shaker filled with ice, then shake and strain into a citrus salt-dusted glass with no ice. Slowly top with soda so it doesn’t fizz over and garnish with jelly grapefruit (see recipe and method).

For a super cool garnish: 

Ingredients 

• 4g Agar-agar

• 350ml Still water

• 150ml Gomme syrup

Method

Add all ingredients to pan and heat. When boiling turn to simmer for 4 minutes, then pour into grapefruit halves and leave to set, cut into segments for garnish.

Dance fans across Birmingham will be delighted to hear that Diversity, the UK’s most successful dance group, has just opened a fantastic new dance studio in the Jewellery Quarter.

While we know that strutting yourself is a great way to stay in shape, for many of us the thought of going to a proper dance class is absolutely terrifying. But maybe it’s worth fighting the fear and embracing your inner Travolta because not only does dancing gets you seriously fit but it also helps you lose shedloads of weight. All while having loads of fun too.

So, to help you get over the hump here are just some of benefits of dance and why you should think about taking the plunge:

• Calorie and fat burning: Dancing is a great way to raise your heart rate. You can burn more than 400 calories an hour, helping with weight management.
• Improved coordination, agility and flexibility: Often your upper body and arms are moving in one direction, while your lower body and legs are doing something completely different. Keeping agile and flexible is especially important to maintain as you grow older.
• Improve concentration: Dancing is a mind workout too as you learn and remember new steps.
• Full body workout: Aside from heart-health benefits, dance provides a workout for the whole body. From head and shoulder rolls that loosen up the neck and warm up the upper body, to footwork that strengthens and stretches calves and ankles.
• Improved muscle tone and strength: Dancing really makes your muscles work hard, which helps to maintain and improve strength.
• Strengthen bones: Stronger bones helps reduce risk of osteoporosis.
• Increased aerobic fitness: Moving to the music is fantastic for aerobic fitness, building endurance and increasing the condition of your heart and lungs.
• Stress buster: Dance movement releases endorphins, improving your mood and helping reduce depression and anxiety.
• Increased empathy: To learn and practise a dance routine, you need to careful study and replicate the movement of others. Communicating in this way has been shown to improve levels of empathy and emotional recognition.
• Increased confidence: Feel good in your body and mind and you will feel more confident too.
• Makes exercise fun: You might find it hard to get excited about hopping on a treadmill but dancing is so much fun you’ll actually want to keep coming back for more. And all that smiling will stimulate your brain in a way few other things do
• It’s for everyone: There are classes for all levels and types, kids to grandparents. There are many styles of dance to choose from, each with its own attractions so one is bound to suit your needs.
• It’s social: Dancing provides a great way to meet fun and like-minded people.

So, if you’re feeling inspired and want to learn a new skill, get fit and meet new people, dancing could be a great form of exercise for you. Just remember to warm up, drink plenty of water and don’t push yourself too far or too fast, especially if you are a beginner.

TYPES OF DANCE

Pick a style that suits your personality and fitness goals and then just commit!

Ballet – Mostly performed to classical music focusing on strength, technique and flexibility.

Ballroom – For Strictly fans that love s bit of waltz, foxtrot, rumba and tango.

Hip-hop – This urban dance style involves breaking, popping and locking.

Latin – Lively and diverse including Salsa, Rumba and Samba. Expressive and sensual, it’s probably less suited to the self-conscious.

Pole – May not have initially sprung to mind but amazing for muscle endurance and all-round body strength.

Line – Performing a simple but choreographed sequence of steps is fantastic if you’re worried about free styling.

It’s November, and before we know it Christmas will be here. The shops, of course, have been in full Christmas spirit since the end of August, but this is the month when most of us will give what’s on the wine shelves extra-special attention. So, here’s some of my ideas for what to buy to toast the festive season in style. 

Welcome drinks

The classic choice is obviously Champagne. Elegant, refined and a classic drink for celebrations. As it’s Christmas, you’re probably going to want something a bit special. For that, I’d suggest the Pol Roger Pure Extra Brut NV Champagne from Waitrose (£56). The slightly drier style means you’re rewarded with a fresher, more floral wine with delicate peachy and tropical fruit notes taking centre stage. This will also pair well with canapes and light starters if you are serving them.

But there are other sparkles you could try. For a nice, refined Cava why not try the Roger Goulart Gran Reserva Cava Brut 2019/2020 which you can find at www.drinksdirect.com (£17.95). This has creamy and fleshy fruit aromas, with fresh fruit on the palate, as well as a toasted and nutty finish.

For something a little closer to home, try the Nyetimber Blanc de Blancs 2016 which you can find at www.thechampagnecompany.com (£52). This wine was recently named the best sparkling in the world at the International Wine Challenge competition of 1,000 sparkling wines, as well as receiving a 97-point rating.

For something great value and a little different, pick up a bottle of the very affordable Graham Beck Chardonnay Pinot Noir Vintner’s Selection Brut from Sainsbury’s (£14.50). The South African sparkling was served at Nelson Mandela’s inauguration and Barack Obama’s election party. Expect citrus and white fruit notes, with a nice creamy, nutty and toasty finish.

All of these would be possible options for New Year’s Eve as well! 

The main course

While normally convention would dictate lighter white wines with white meat, the combination of things on the plate for the traditional turkey dinner means lighter whites are going to be completely overwhelmed. So White Burgundy, Australian Chardonnay or Viognier are all good white options. Wines like these, with more body and a touch of oak can stand up better to the flavours on your plate.

A potential White Burgundy option would be the Louis Latour White Burgundy from Waitrose (£18.55). Alternatively, Penfolds Bin 311 Chardonnay 2023 is available from www.secretbottleshop.co.uk for £34.95 or the Matt Iaconis Napa Valley Chardonnay 2021 can be picked up from Naked Wines for £19.99. Alternatively, the Domaine de Saint Ferréol Viognier 2022/23 is £17 a bottle at Majestic.

Often a red is a good choice too. In terms of reds, lighter options would be a Pinot Noir or Beaujolais, but potentially even Rhone reds or a Rioja could work in this scenario, especially if there are additions such as cranberry sauce, rich gravy and pigs-in-blankets.

The Bread & Butter ‘Winemaker’s Selection’ Pinot Noir from Sainsburys (£16) could work well and would also pair nicely with any mushroom-containing vegetarian dishes. If you want to go patriotic, why not give the Barrel fermented Pinot Noir from www.aldwickwine.com (£22) a go. You could just as easily opt for the Château de Pizay Morgon 2022/2023 from Majestic (£15). Alternatively, the heavier Spanish Cune Rioja Gran Reserva from www.ndjohn.co.uk is excellent value at only £17.95. The additional age on the Gran Reserva adds depth but also makes it smoother.

And for the leftover turkey sandwiches, you might want to pick up a bottle of Pinot Noir from Oregon, such as the Erath Pinot Noir 2021/22 from Majestic at £25, or you could go for the Chilean Errazuriz Estate Pinot Noir from Waitrose (£10). Pinot Noir’s bright red fruit and soft tannins complement cold turkey without overpowering it. 

Dessert

Christmas pudding or cheese and biscuits naturally lend themselves to richer, sweeter wines. Try Graham’s Late-Bottled Vintage Port from Waitrose (£19.25) or Royal Tokaji 5 Puttonyos, Hungary 50cl 2017/18 from Majestic at £27. Occasionally at this time of year, the budget supermarkets also have ice wine which can also work well.

Whichever wines you pick, please drink responsibly and let me know if you find any hidden gems!

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR NOVEMBER 

Something Fresh and Fruity

Small & Small Gewurztraminer, 2024 – Naked Wines, £14.99.

Floral, fruity (white, citrus and tropical fruits), classic Gewurztraminer lychee flavours, and slightly off-dry with some nice creaminess on the finish. 

Something Sparkling

Radacini Blanc De Noirs – Morrisons, £7.

An alternative for Prosecco drinkers, coming from Moldovia. Citrus and flesh fruit flavours, with some hints of darker fruit (cherry). 

Something English

Chapel Down English NV Rose (sparkling) – Sainsbury’s, £33.

Notes of redcurrant and strawberry, with a nice balanced citrus note. Some lees aging adds cream and biscuity balance – think strawberries and cream / Eton mess. 

Something Big and Bold

VIK ‘A’ Cabernet Sauvignon 2022/2023 – Majestic, £19.

Big and bold, but still silky and smooth. Notes of ripe blackcurrant, cassis, dried fruits, spice and mocha. 

Something Classic

Gigondas Le Souiras, Clos des Cazaux 2020 – Wine Society, £38.

A big, powerful and complex Rhone red with layers of black cherry, spice, coffee and caramel. 

Something Different

Errazuriz Estate Cabernet Sauvignon – Waitrose, £10.

Red fruits on the nose and palate, medium body, with a subtle finish of chocolate, vanilla, warm spice and a hint of balsamic.

The clocks have gone back, the evenings draw in before you know it, and the garden seems to slip into hibernation mode. While growth has slowed almost to a stop, there is still plenty to do outdoors. November is a month of wrapping up, tucking in and getting things in order before winter really arrives. Jobs you do now will set things up for a blooming great spring. Here are some of my top jobs for November… 

Plant tulips at their best

If you only plant one thing this month, make it tulips. Unlike daffodils or crocuses, tulips actually do best when planted later in autumn, once the soil has cooled. This helps to prevent problems such as tulip fire disease and gives them the best start. Choose firm, healthy bulbs, dig a hole about three times the depth of the bulb, and plant them with the pointed tip facing upwards. Tulips look brilliant in pots, borders or even naturalised in grass, and they will reward you with colour and drama come April and May. 

Protect your pots from frost

Terracotta pots in particular are prone to cracking when frost gets into the clay, and tender plants in containers suffer even more. The answer is simple: raise pots off the ground on little feet or bricks so that excess water can drain away, and group them together in a sheltered spot. For precious plants, wrap the pots in fleece, hessian or even bubble wrap for insulation. Hardy perennials will cope, but anything less robust should be brought under cover if possible. 

Mulch your borders

Bare soil loses heat and nutrients over winter, but a good layer of mulch solves both problems at once. Spread compost, well-rotted manure, leaf mould or bark chips over the soil around your plants. Not only will this improve the structure and fertility of your soil, it will also suppress weeds and insulate plant roots against the cold. It is a simple job with a big payoff, and it gives your beds that neat, finished look too. 

Prune fruit trees

Now that apples and pears have dropped their leaves, you can see their shape clearly, which makes November an ideal time for pruning. Focus on removing any dead, damaged or crossing branches, as well as opening up the centre of the tree to let in light and air. This will reduce disease, encourage stronger growth and lead to better crops next year. Use sharp, clean secateurs or a pruning saw, and do not worry too much as fruit trees are tougher than they look. Just avoid plums and cherries for now, as they are best pruned in summer to reduce the risk of silver leaf disease. 

Look after the wildlife

As gardens wind down, birds start to rely more on us. Set up feeders with a mix of seeds, suet and peanuts, and top them up regularly. If you have a pond, float a ball or place a stick across it to stop the surface freezing completely, which ensures that wildlife can still reach the water. A messy corner of the garden with leaves, sticks and a few logs will provide shelter for hedgehogs and insects, so resist the urge to tidy everything too perfectly. Sometimes, a little mess is the best kind of care.

So, there you have it, five key jobs for November. Plant your tulips, protect your pots, mulch your borders, prune your fruit trees and spare a thought for wildlife. The days may be shorter and the weather colder, but the work you do now will protect and prepare your garden for the season ahead and make next spring all the brighter for it.

The Autumn Calthorpe Business Community (CBC) Networking Breakfast, hosted by Calthorpe Estates took place at Edgbaston Priory Club as part of the club’s 150th anniversary celebrations. Invited guests enjoyed breakfast, networking and a talk from MK Reformed, a contemporary reformer Pilates studio that recently opened its seventh site in Harborne Road, Edgbaston.

Captions:

1 Ralph Minott, Claire Daniel, Sam Batchelor, Haydn Cooper, Tom Foley
2 Demi Swingler, Dan Ellis, James Bishop, James Bridge, Amanda Morgan
3 Alex Dixon, Lucy Goodway, Demi Swingler
4 Kim Green, Claire Robinson, Rupa Parmar, Jason Smith
5 Deni Sharankova, Stuart Clark, Simon Trimmer, Jess Ward
6 Ralph Minott, Adele Pogmore, Simon Trimmer, Jenna Dienn
7 Jack Summers, Harvey Pearson, Tom Foley

Local spirits brand, the Warwickshire Gin Company has brought out a delightful vodka that’s been given a unique twist, adding a hint of frankincense to provide a regal, smooth finish. To celebrate the launch of Kingmaker vodka, here’s a nice easy recipe for a passionfruit martini. Utterly delicious, but please enjoy responsibly.

Ingredients: 

• 50ml Kingmaker vodka

• 50ml passionfruit juice

• 25ml passoa

• 25ml lime juice

• 25ml vanilla syrup

Method:

Fill a cocktail shaker with ice, add all the ingredients then shake hard and fast for 15 seconds, making sure there is foam on the top. Strain into a glass and garnish with half a passion fruit or a dehydrated slice of grapefruit. For extra indulgence add 25ml of Prosecco or have separately as a shot on the side.

If you’re looking for a workout that you can enjoy every day, that strengthens your core, improves your posture, tones your body, and clears your head – Reformer Pilates might be exactly what you’ve been searching for.

It’s a low-impact workout performed on a specialised machine that uses a combination of springs, ropes, and a sliding carriage to provide adjustable resistance, allowing for more dynamic, full-body exercises than traditional mat Pilates. This focus on resistance, along with the machine’s support, helps build core strength, flexibility and balance by making movements more challenging and precise.

In a world full of high-impact workouts and quick-fix fitness trends, Reformer Pilates has become hugely popular as it offers something refreshingly different with lasting results through mindful, intelligent movement. Strength doesn’t have to mean strain, and flexibility isn’t just for dancers.

Matt Kendrick, founder of MK Reformed which has seven sites across Birmingham and the Midlands, including in Edgbaston, explained what Reformer Pilates is all about and why you should try it. “Reformed is the best of Pilates, strength training, and yoga combined into one powerful, accessible workout,” he said.

WHY PEOPLE LOVE IT

• Posture perfection: Strengthens the muscles that support your spine, helping you stand taller and move with ease.

• Core control: Works your deep stabilisers not just your abs, for better balance and body awareness.

• Lean, toned muscles: Expect to feel stronger, longer, and more defined, without adding bulk.

• Injury prevention and recovery: Low-impact and alignment-focused, it’s ideal for safe movement and rehab.

• Mind-body connection: Every class encourages focus and presence. It’s as good for your mind as it is for your body.

HOW TO GET STARTED

Stepping into something new can feel a little daunting, especially when there’s unfamiliar equipment involved. But remember you won’t be alone and if you choose the right environment then you’ll feel the support of a welcoming community, and importantly, qualified instructors that will guide you through everything. Here’s how to make your start a confident one:

1. Start slow and smart – You don’t need to know a thing about the Reformer before you arrive. Every class is designed to guide you step by step, whatever your level.

2. Wear what feels good ­– There’s no need for fancy kit. Just comfortable, fitted activewear and grip socks so you can move freely and safely.

3. Focus on form, not speed – Reformer Pilates is about control, breath and precision. Not rushing through reps. Your body will thank you.

4. Be consistent – You’ll feel benefits from your very first class, but the real magic comes with regular practice. Two to three times a week is ideal to build strength and confidence.

5. Ask questions – Whether you want a modification, reassurance, or just a little encouragement, Instructors will support you.

D G Torrens, is a best-selling author and filmmaker from Birmingham with 27 published books. She is best known for writing Amelia’s Story which sold several hundred thousand copies worldwide, as far afield as Japan, Mexico and India.

She recently published Three For a Girl, book three in what will be a series of 10 domestic thriller stories that shine a light on abuse, including domestic violence, coercive control and narcissism, through fictional stories. It’s a subject close to her heart and with which she shares great knowledge as a survivor herself of childhood domestic violence who is now in her 50s.

Like many leading authors, her writing is from the heart and from experience. She says: Amelia’s Story, my first published book, is really my memoir. It was my story for my daughter, so when she was older she would have a deeper understanding of her mother’s difficult survival journey. It is a story of triumph over adversity.”

READING TO ESCAPE

D G (her first name is Dawn, although she everyone knows her as D G) was brought up in the state care system along with her three siblings and says the environment was so harsh that she tried to hide behind the curtains and shut out everything that was going on around her. The home they were in had a paedophile ring which preyed on the boys in care. The four children were split up and sent to care homes scattered across the country. She remembers running away from the home at night, wearing just her pyjamas to try and find her brother.

Amid the turmoil, D G  found comfort and escapism through reading, with her first books being Enid Blyton’s Famous Five series. She also discovered Charles Dickens and says she related to his writing, particularly Oliver Twist, a story that was in some ways similar to her own. “Dickens became a kind of mentor for me,” she said.

“I began writing aged nine with poetry and short stories, which was a welcome distraction. By the time I was 30, I had several half-written novels – half-written because I was working a day job and time was very limited. Nine years later, I left my day job and took the plunge to become a full-time author. It proved to be the best decision I ever made.”

DREAMS COME TRUE

Amelia’s Story became a Number One best-seller on Amazon, and D G said: “That first book gave me wings! I wrote about all my experiences in care and how I survived and grew – to show people how you really can fulfil your dreams if you try hard enough and never give in.”

D G’s writing process is highly creative but also very precise. “I write what is in my head, it is that simple.” she explains. “I make a skeleton outline with bullet points and transport myself to the emotional moments I am creating. I write in complete silence. I will be writing and I don’t hear anything else going on around me. I am totally immersed. I can even shed tears as I’m writing. And I always have a story lined up in my head before I finish my current work. After Amelia’s Story, which as I mentioned is my biography, my other books are fictional, although they still draw on themes from my life.”

AMAZING BRUM

Her works span diverse genres, from domestic thrillers, military romance to romantic suspense, drama/suspense, thrillers, contemporary romance novels, and even poetry collections. D G, who lives with her husband and daughter in Great Barr, said: “Birmingham has been amazing for me. I’ve been here for 37 years and I love the city and the people. My first cheque from Amazon was for just 25 dollars. Things have changed so much over the years and I am so proud of my success.”

That success includes film-making after she co-directed her first documentary titled Birmingham A City Rooted in Talent, celebrating the vibrant city, the remarkable talent that it has produced over the decades, and featuring 45 interviews with leading Birmingham celebrities. D G teamed up with co-director, co-producer and fellow author, Martin Tracey to form film production company Contrary Trees Productions. The film was named Best Documentary at the Birmingham Film Festival 2024.

The grape itself is a cross between Pinot Noir and Cinsault (chosen to combine elegance with hardiness); however, its flavour profile is distinct from both parents. Some would say it shares more flavour and structural characteristics with grapes like Shiraz, Merlot or Carménère. The berries are thick-skinned, and the vines thrive in warm, dry climates thanks to their drought resistance. When fully ripe, it can reach high sugar levels (so expect typically high levels of alcohol – 15% is not uncommon), and it also has high tannin levels due to those thick skins. Developed in the 1920s by Abraham Perold, Pinotage rose quickly in popularity after the first wines appeared in the 1940s.

TRADEMARK VARIETY

Along with Chenin Blanc, Pinotage has become one of South Africa’s trademark wine varieties. And for good reason. Pinotage comes in many styles, from light, fruit-forward reds, through jammy styles, to complex full-bodied wines with dark fruit, smoke, chocolate and robust tannins. As a result, Pinotage doesn’t have one fixed identity, but rather many faces, so there’s often a style to suit everyone. Pinotage’s relative obscurity can in many ways be attributed to its lack of presence outside of South Africa. Look out for examples from Stellenbosch and Paarl though, these tend to be the best examples.

One of the advantages of South African wines is that they do not generally attract the same high prices as typical French or Italian wines, so it is possible to pick up bottles of decent Pinotage for just over £10. Tesco’s Bellingham Pinotage is £11.50, and even the more exclusive Beaumont Jackal’s River can be picked up for £21 at The Wine Box.

The really good examples can be age-worthy and may be able to last 15 or more years with proper storage developing tertiary flavours (like leather or tobacco) and complexity over time. Expect full-bodied, high alcohol wines characterised by dark fruit, spice, leather, chocolate, coffee and silky tannins. Pinotage wines often benefit from decanting, as this helps soften the tannins and bring out the fruit. Pinotage is also used in Cape Blends, where it is blended with other Bordeaux varieties to create some fantastic wines. And there is good news for rosé fans as well, Pinotage makes a nice rosé.

GAINING QUALITY

However, Pinotage can often divide opinion. In the 80s and 90s, some producers over-extracted colour but thinned flavour, creating cheap, diluted wines that put people off. Since then, winemakers have refined vineyard and cellar techniques, massively improving quality. The variation in styles can sometimes also mean that people try one bottle, dislike it, and dismiss the grape completely.

It can also be difficult to grow and can develop high levels of volatile acidity which result in a sort of a nail-varnish or acetone-like aroma which makes it smell like paint, which is not a positive in tasting notes! This is usually the result of poor winemaking rather than the grape itself. To make a good Pinotage takes time and effort. Finally, it is rare to find Pinotage outside of South Africa, so many people have just never encountered it before.

As we celebrate Pinotage Day, whether you’ve never tried Pinotage or are a seasoned expert, I hope you find a Pinotage you like to mark the occasion. You don’t need to spend a fortune – just go a little above the cheapest bottle. Whichever one you pick, please drink responsibly and let me know if you find any hidden gems!

DAVID’S RECOMMENDATIONS FOR OCTOBER

Something Fresh and Fruity

Santodeno Grillo Sicilia DOC Vino Wine – Asda, £6.97.

Aromas of citrus, pineapple, apricot and orange blossom with refreshing acidity. Perfect with seafood.

Something Sparkling

Martial Richard Crémant de Limoux – Naked Wines, £18.99.

I tasted this alongside a well-known Champagne and the difference was virtually imperceptible. Citrus, green fruit and peach on the palate with a creamy, biscuity feel. Floral and mineral notes.

Something English

Brabourne Classic Cuvee, 2019 ­– www.brabournewine.com, £35.

A hidden gem from a small Kent vineyard. Definitely a champagne-beater. Citrus, fleshy fruit, honeyed notes, almond and brioche. Elegant with a strong finish.

Something Big and Bold

i-Latina La Armonia, Vineyard Petit Verdot, 2021 ­– Naked Wines, £23.99.

A big wine! Cherry, blackberry, plum, oak spice and vanilla, full-bodied but balanced and with a luxurious finish.

Something Classic

Paolo Leo Primitivo di Manduria – Waitrose, £14.

Full-bodied but elegant. Dark fruits and cherry with warm spice and savoury notes.

Something Different

Domaine Jones Vieilles Vignes Fitou – Loki Wines, £17.99.

Complex and concentrated with flavours of hedgerow. Black fruits, herby-leathery finish and succulent mouthfeel.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I have always been fascinated by those who can tell a great story and who can make an idea feel as real as real life. I have spent my whole career with those people, the storytellers, the creatives, those who want to change the world through ideas, working with the likes of the BBC, ITV, Google, Activision, Fox, Sony and many others to help them invest in and enable storytellers.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I am Chair of Create Central, whose role is simple: to grow the creative sector in the West Midlands as rapidly as possible. That means help funding and building tangible things like TV studios, such as the Bond in Digbeth, where Joe Lycett films his double BAFTA award winning Channel 4 chat show, alongside the BBC’s Silent Witness, its neighbour Digbeth Loc, Steven Knight’s very own studios (where he films you know what!), and his neighbour the Banana Warehouse where MasterChef is made. It also means running skills training. We have trained more than 500 apprentices who are now working in the creative sector, while Digbeth has gone from having tens of people working in the sector to over 1,000.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

My ambition is to help build a creative sector which is globally recognised as one of the greatest places for anyone, from anywhere to tell a story, and for the stories we tell the world.  With over 100 languages spoken in Birmingham alone we have so many stories waiting to be told, and I want to enable us to tell them.  I grew up listening to Benjamin Zephaniah and being amazed. Wouldn’t it be great to find the next one, 10 or 100 Zephaniahs!

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Professionally, it is building a media consulting business almost from scratch to be the largest in the world. Working with so many brilliant people to do some extraordinary things, such as helping the BBC launch iPlayer. More recently working with the Mayor and BBC to agree a partnership which will bring even more productions into the region. Personally, it’s been being able to live the life I wanted. I met my wife at school and have two lovely and spirited children.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Treat everyone as a friend and they will do the same.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Our deadpan humour. Walking through Newtown during the bin strike, I passed an old Birmingham City Council ‘Cleaner, Greener, Safer’ sign, and someone had piled bin bags and put a sofa on top, and changed one word on the sign so it read: Birmingham City Council ‘Cleaner, Greener, Sofa’.

DOWNTIME

Every two weeks I stand and sing in the Holte End at Aston Villa with my son. In the summer, I play cricket increasing badly as the years catch up with me.  And I am also a big proponent of rewilding, which my wife says is just an excuse not to cut the lawn…

Next month is Mouth Cancer Action Month which will see the Mouth Cancer Foundation and the Oral Health Foundation work to increase awareness of the disease and help raise funds for greater research and education. Devastatingly, one person every two-and-a-half hours dies from mouth cancer – that’s more each year than from cervical and testicular cancer combined.

Mouth cancer, also known as oral cancer, describes one of the areas where head and neck cancers can occur and includes various kinds of tumours affecting the lips, salivary glands, tongue, gums, palate and inside of the cheeks. Cancers further back around the root of the tongue, soft palate, tonsils and the upper part of the throat (the pharynx) are called pharyngeal cancer.

Anyone can get mouth cancer, but the risk increases with age. Most people are diagnosed between the ages of 66 and 70. The seriousness of the disease depends on the type of mouth cancer, how big it is, if it has spread, and your general health. It can grow and spread very quickly so it is really important that you see a GP or dentist as soon as possible if you think you may have any of the signs and symptoms.

SIGNS AND SYMPTOMS

When looking for signs and symptoms, remember the mouth is prone to all sorts of damage so don’t panic if you spot any of the following. We bite ourselves, burn ourselves with hot food and drink and damage the inside of our mouths with spicy foods or scrape it with hard things. Bleeding gums and loose teeth are commonly caused by gum disease. Many people are prone to mouth ulcers (never lasting more than three weeks).

WHAT TO LOOK OUT FOR

• Ulcers that do not heal within three weeks.
• Pain or discomfort in the mouth.
• Lumps and swellings with no obvious cause in the mouth or neck.
• Bleeding from the mouth or throat.
• Red or white patches inside the mouth.
• Changes in texture – hardness, roughness.
• Teeth that become loose.
• Difficulty or pain with swallowing, chewing or moving the jaw.
• Persistent hoarseness or changes to the voice.
• Persistent coughing or the feeling that something is ‘stuck’ in the throat.
• Numbness or tingling of the lips or tongue.
• Unexplained weight loss.

CAUSES

It’s not always clear what causes mouth cancer, but the risks increase if you smoke or chew tobacco, drink a lot of alcohol, have been exposed to a lot of sunlight or sunbeds, which can cause skin cancer affecting the lips, you’ve had cancer before, you have a weakened immune system or take immunosuppressant medicine. Mouth cancer has also been linked to a poor diet with social deprivation linked to a third of all cancer case

LOWER THE RISK

• You cannot always prevent mouth cancer, but there are things you can do to lower your chance of getting it:
• Eat a healthy diet, including lots of fruit and vegetables every day.
• Exercise regularly.
• Try to cut down on alcohol and avoid drinking more than 14 units a week.
• Try to quit smoking.
• Try to quit chewing tobacco, betel nut or paan.

FACTS AND FIGURES

• More than 10,800 people in the UK were diagnosed with mouth cancer last year.

• Last year 3,637 people in the UK lost their life to mouth cancer.

• Mouth cancer is twice as common in men than women, though an increasing number of women are being diagnosed with the disease.

• 53 per cent of mouth cancers appear on the tongue and tonsils.

• 78 per cent of cases occur in the over-55 age group.

• The incidence of mouth cancer has risen by 49 per cent over the past 10 years.

• More people in the UK die each year of mouth cancer than of cervical and testicular cancer combined.

• Mouth cancer causes more deaths in the UK each year than road traffic accidents.

Image credit: Dave Perry Photography

Local lass Bianca Rodrigues-Perry is a self-taught chef and foodie and the face behind

Bia’s Kitchen Show that’s streamed to audiences on YouTube, Spotify, Instagram and Facebook and aims to champion local independent businesses. She’s just bought out a new cookbook with some fab recipes, the proceeds of which are benefiting the charity, Coventry and Warwickshire Mind. To whet your appetite, here’s one from the book for beef carpaccio.

INGREDIENTS

• 50g fillet steak

• 1 tbsp capers

• 2 tbsp extra virgin olive oil

• 10g Parmesan cheese

• Handful of rocket

• 2 tbsp balsamic vinegar

• Salt and pepper to taste

METHOD

Freeze beef until very firm but not rock solid. (About 1-2 hours.) While the meat is in the freezer, chill the plates in the fridge. Once the beef is firm, slice thinly against the grain and place slices on chilled plates. Top each serving with a handful of rocket, capers, tomatoes, and parmesan cheese. Drizzle with vinegar or balsamic and olive oil, and add a pinch of freshly cracked black salt and pepper Serve immediately.

Top tip: Add a drizzle of honey for extra flavour.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I started singing with St Chad’s Cathedral Choir aged nine. I stayed with them for six years. As well as raising my confidence another chorister in the choir made me aware of the Midlands Arts Centre, which is where I spent nearly every summer from 12 to 18. I joined the children’s opera company there before joining Birmingham Youth Theatre. This then led to an interest in acting which pushed me onto drama school. 

HOMETOWN MEMORIES

I would walk to and from choir through town and then down the Bristol road to our flat. I got to know every inch of the area. I loved town. Meeting friends outside the library. Or on the Ramp before heading into the shopping precinct. (This is all quite a few years ago!) I particularly remember the teenage hip hop nights on a Monday at the Power House when kids 14 to 18 could meet friends, dance to hip hop, 80’s soul, funk and pop. Only soft drinks were sold, of course. All us kids would dress up and pay our 50p to get in. It was fantastic! 

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

One of my wishes is to see Birmingham take its place as a hotbed of artistic creativity in the country. I want it to be known for its dance and drama companies. We need more homegrown bands making a name for themselves internationally. 

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Personally, my kids. I have two girls and it is a real pleasure to watch them take their place in the world as young women. I am pleased to have gotten a Black Belt in Taekwondo. I wasn’t the youngest in the room and I had to push myself out of my comfort zone to get it. It still reminds me what I can achieve even when I am sure I will fail. 

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

There are so many situations that come to mind where I would do things differently. A common theme is that I would be more prepared to state clearly what I wanted and what I didn’t want and protect the boundary in between. 

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

The Rep, Midlands Arts Centre, and the fact that my family still live there.

WHAT ABOUT THE LOCAL ARTS SCENE

More! We need more of it. More kids being allowed easy access so that can have a go, More live music on Broad Street. The clubs should open their doors to live bands during the early part of the week. Get people playing, collaborating and working together in the understanding that it is possible to reach an audience and get a weekly following. Also, the knowledge that you get better in front of an audience by having places to practise.

DOWNTIME

I love watching films and series. I like other people’s work.

Much larger and more finished than the OG, the restaurant felt designed which isn’t a slur against the Worcester shop, the space is entirely different. Natural materials, exposed brick, cavernous ceilings, statement light fittings, padded seating – it’s stylish, fuss free and comfortable.

The restaurant had just moved to everyday opening when we visited – previously it had closed on Monday and Tuesday. It’s a bold move with lots of restaurants doing the opposite. Every weekday between 12 and 4pm it’s possible to order a smaller portion of any of the large plates for £8.50. A steal.

We kicked off with three small plates. Word to the wise, don’t expect refreshing from the smashed cucumber salad – it was packing some serious heat and spice – ginger, garlic, black vinegar, Sichuan chilli and furikake (Japanese seasoning) while the pork Gyoza was an overall more subtle affair – tasty but less in your face. Karaage chicken was high on the crunch scale thanks to its triple frying while the wild garlic and togarashi (Japanese spice mix) mayo topped it off brilliantly.

There’s no way we’d have managed full-size mains after that, so we opted for small. Roast duck Sichuan was the star of the show. While we can’t begin to describe the intricacies of the flavours going on in the bowl, trust us, it’s well worth trying. The roast duck broth alone was incredible so with all the other bits like crispy duck, soft noodles, pickled radish, greens, ajitama egg, shio tare (Japanese seasoning) and roast duck oil – it was a cracker of a dish. There was not a dribble of broth left.

The Maneki Donburi with Karaage chicken was also a joy – essentially a rice bowl (steamed sushi rice) with charred sweetcorn, sesame bean sprouts, pickled ginger and citrus miso sauce. It was a heady mix of sweet, sour and smoke that was pleasing. We’re salivating as we write which is a first.

Bear in mind we visited on a Tuesday lunch, there was a buzz about the place – a feeling. It’s exciting and different. Of course you can eat Japanese food elsewhere in the city, but this is electric, inventive and ambitious and we’re keen to see where it’s heading next.

Despite every parent in the UK reminding their little darlings that their worth will never be defined by just their exams grades, for millions of nervous children it’ll feel like their entire future is in the balance. Oh my, a stressful time for all!

Well Birmingham, we have your back so here’s our handy list of top tips for dealing with stress and anxiety, and not just for results day.

• Love it and list it: Don’t underestimate the power of creating a to-do list. Arrange things in order of importance and try to focus on the most urgent first.
• Break it down: If your to-do list seems overwhelming and difficult to start, try breaking everything down into easier chunks, and remember to give yourself credit for completing them.
• Easy does it: Try not to do too much at once. If you take on too much, it can be hard to complete any individual task well, which itself can be highly stressful.
• Allow yourself some positivity: Take time to think about the good things in your life. Think about what went well today and try to list three things you’re thankful for. There’s a direct link between how we think and how we feel.
• Be more active: Being active can help you to burn off nervous energy. It may not make your stress disappear, but it can make it less intense.
• Spend time in nature. Even if it’s as simple as going for a walk or spending some time outdoors, embracing nature can help provide a powerful mental boost.
• Talk to someone: Trusted friends, family and colleagues, or contacting a helpline can give perspective and be a massive help if you’re feeling overwhelmed.
• Accept the things you can’t change: Sometimes you just have to accept a difficult situation and try to concentrate on the things you do have control over.
• Avoid unhealthy habits: Don’t rely on alcohol, smoking and caffeine as your ways of coping.
• Embrace the healthy option: Instead, try to get into a good routine with a balanced diet and try to get enough sleep.
• Take a breath: Breathing techniques, such as the 4-7-8 method developed by Dr Andrew Weil (inhale for 4 seconds, hold your breath for 7 seconds, and exhale for 8 seconds) can really help reduce anxiety and often ease into a good sleep pattern.

And as for all those anxiously awaiting results, the very best of luck – we’re sure you’ve got this. And if things haven’t gone quite the way you hoped, there’s always the annual words from Jeremy Clarkson and his teenage failings to warm your cockles!

Twofold Spirits is a new spirits brand launched by husband-and-wife team, Charlotte and Tom Shepherd, who also own Michelin-star restaurant, Upstairs by Tom Shepherd. To celebrate they’ve created some special cocktails including this cheeky little number. Perfect for a summer sundowner, it uses their special Thai green gin which blends juniper, lemongrass and coriander with the flavours of kaffir lime and coconut – crikey! As always, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 10ml Spiced Agave

• 40ml Gin

• 15ml Fresh Lemon

• 50ml Cloudy Lemonade

METHOD

Combine all the ingredients, except for the lemonade, into an ice-filled cocktail shaker. Shake the mixture with ice and strain it into a stemmed glass. Finally, top it off with cloudy lemonade and enjoy!

Perfect on the barbie (or just grill, pan-fry, or bake in the oven if you can’t be bothered) this awesome recipe comes from the head chef of Three Church Road, Gupreet Singh.

Ingredients: 

• 450g Minced chicken breast

• 125g Red onion (finely chopped)

• 60g Red pepper (finely chopped)

• 6g Garlic paste (or minced garlic)

• 12g Ginger paste (or grated ginger)

• ½ Free range egg (beaten)

• 30g Gram flour (besan)

• 10g Fresh coriander (chopped)

• 4g Coriander seeds (lightly crushed)

• 5g Ground cumin

• 8g Ground coriander

• 3g Crushed chillies

• 2g Cracked black pepper

• 10g Salt

Method:

In a large bowl, combine all ingredients – minced chicken, chopped onion and red pepper, garlic, ginger, fresh coriander, gram flour and spices. Add the beaten egg and mix thoroughly until the mixture holds together well.

Divide the mixture into 6 equal portions. Shape each portion into a flat patty. Cook on a grill, pan-fry, or bake at 180°C (fan) for 15 to 18 minutes until fully cooked through and lightly browned.

Serve in a warm pita or flatbread with yogurt-mint sauce and a handful of salad.

Think France and Italy have the monopoly on great wine? Think again! The two largest wine-producing countries may boast a long winemaking heritage dating back to 100 BC, but wine was being made in Georgia while the Roman Empire was still a dream – and some of Europe’s most exciting bottles are now coming from regions you’ve probably heard of.

If you care about wine heritage, it might surprise you to learn that while Châteauneuf-du-Pape earned PDO status back in 1936, Hungary’s Tokaj claimed official recognition nearly 200 years earlier, and Cyprus’s Commandaria was protected as far back as the 12th century.

With centuries of experience, Central, Southern and Eastern Europe produce wines that rival the global powerhouses – often at better value. The region offers everything from traditional method sparkling wines to bold, complex reds nearing 16% ABV.

It’s tempting to stick with the familiar when choosing wine – a trusted label, a grape you can pronounce. But by passing over a crisp Cserszegi Fűszeres from Hungary, a bold Saperavi from Georgia, or a bright, aromatic Xynisteri from Cyprus, you could be missing your next favourite bottle.

Many countries in the region don’t produce enough volume to export widely, so if you visit, plan wine tastings or cellar tours – and bring a case home. That said, some hidden gems are starting to appear on UK shelves if you know where to look. 

Sparkling Wines

Germany consumes the largest amount of sparkling wine (Sekt) per capita in the world; however, finding the best ones can be a little tricky. Alternatively, Hungarian Pezsgő or sparkling wines from Moldova or Romania offer good quality at entry-level Champagne prices or less.

Some good choices here are:

• Radacini (Moldova) Blanc de Noirs. Morrisons, £7.

• Allendorf (Germany) N/V Riesling Sekt Brut. www.thewinebarn.co.uk, £19.60.

• Thummerer (Hungary) Blanc Brut Nature 2017. www.hungarianwinehouse.co.uk, £23.59.

• Blanc de Blancs Brut from Carassia (Romania). www.amathusdrinks.com, £26.50. 

White Wines

For white wines, consider a German Riesling, an Austrian Gewurztraminer, or even a Greek Assyrtiko, all of which are quite obtainable. Going further afield, there are some great whites in Romania, Serbia and Slovenia. You could even reach for a bottle of the Hungarian grape, Juhfark. For something different, I recently attended a masterclass on Cypriot wines – the whites were outstanding and well worth exploring.

Some options here are:

• Incanta Fetească Regală (Romania), 2023. Majestic, £9.00.

• Diamantakis Petali (Greece) Assyrtiko. Lokiwine, £15.99.

• Kozlović Malvasia (Croatia). Lokiwine, £17.99.

• KEO Saint Panteleimon (Cyprus) Xynisteri. Drink Supermarket, £8.99. 

Orange Wines

If orange wine is your thing, then I’d point you firmly in the direction of Georgia. They have been making it for 8,000 years and are very good at it. You might also want to consider Slovenia.

Options include:

• Bedoba (Georgia) Orange 2021. www.georgian-wine.co.uk, £17.50.

• Matić (Slovenia) Postopoma Natural Orange Wine 2023. www.secretbottleshop.co.uk, £20.95. 

Rosé Wines

In Hungary, rosé is taken seriously and enjoyed by everyone – regardless of gender. Look out for local varieties Kékfrankos and Kadarka, or Zweigelt; and wines from Villány, Szekszárd, or Eger. You might also want to explore Austria, Greece, or even Cyprus.

Obtainable options are:

• Bolyki (Hungary) Egri Rosé. www.bestofhungary.co.uk, £12.50.

• Sauska (Hungary) Rosé. www.nywines.co.uk, £14.75.

• Lentsch (Austria) Zweigelt Rosé. Waitrose, £10. 

Red Wines

Red wine lovers will find no shortage of exceptional options throughout Central, Southern, and Eastern Europe. There are some great examples from Georgia, Greece, and even Ukraine. Further north, look for Mavrud from Bulgaria, Bordeaux blends from Slovenia, and fantastic Cabernet Francs from Hungary.

Examples include:

• Tbilvino Saperavi (Georgia), 2023. Majestic, £12.50.

• Dúzsi Tamás (Hungary) Cabernet Franc, 2018. www.hungarianwinehouse.co.uk, £14.99.

• Thymiopoulos (Greece) Xinomavro, 2021/22. Majestic, £15.

• Stakhovsky Ace Saperavi (Ukraine). Lokiwine, £23.99. 

Sweet Wine

It has to be Tokaj from Hungary for sweet wines. These are some of the most complex wines in the world, once described by King Louis XIV as “The Wine of Kings, the King of Wines.” The famous style here is Aszú, but also try late harvest (sweet), Szamorodni (dry and sweet), and Essencia (very sweet) wines.

Some examples are:

• Royal Tokaji (Hungary) Blue Label 5 Puttonyos Aszú. Waitrose, £16.50.

• Royal Tokaji (Hungary) Late Harvest 50cl 2018/19. Majestic, £13.50.

• Tokaji (Hungary) Aszú 6 Puttonyos 2014 – Pannon Tokaj. www.hungarianwinehouse.co.uk, £39.99.

Clearly, the above is just scratching the surface, with whole regions and countries not even mentioned. But as you can see, there is a whole treasure trove of discoveries to be made when you venture outside the staples of Western Europe. 

A Final Word on Ukrainian Wine

Ukrainian wine might not have the centuries-old heritage of its neighbours, but it’s quickly making a name for itself. I recently tasted the full range from the Ukrainian Wine Company and was genuinely impressed – the wines are full of personality, expression and heart.

Right now, supporting Ukrainian producers isn’t just about trying something new – it’s a small but meaningful way to stand with a country facing immense challenges.

So why not raise a glass for a good cause? Whether you’re curious to explore something different or just want to show your support, you can order a mixed case or individual bottles at uawines.co.uk.

DAVID’S TOP PICKS FOR SEPTEMBER 

Something Fresh and Fruity

Small and Small Marlborough Sauvignon Blanc 2024. Naked Wines, £15.99.

Zingy, tropical, and citrusy with green apples, pear, melon, subtle peach, and minerality. It is medium bodied with high acidity and some slightly grassy notes. 

Something Sparkling:

Pol Roger Pure Extra Brut NV Champagne. Waitrose, £56.

The slightly drier style allows greater expression from the grapes to shine through with delicate, light, fresh and elegant flavours of citrus and white fruit which develop into breadcrumb and yeasty notes. This is complemented by hints of rose and clove on the nose. Pure by name, pure by nature. 

Something English:

Nyetimber Blanc de Blancs, 2016 (or 2017). £46.99, Loki Wines.

Nyetimber wines are all characterised by complexity and flavours from extended lees ageing and this one is no exception. The 2016 has had six years on lees and has beautiful brioche, biscuit and subtle nutty flavours as a result, which complement the delicate white and citrus fruit palate which has a touch of florality and minerality to it. 

Something big and bold:

Journey’s End, Griffin 2016. Ocado, £27.25.

This Syrah from Stellenboch packs a beautiful cherry nose with some hints of pepper. On the palette the use of oak gives it weight, which is balanced by a silky smooth texture with flavours of blackberries, ripe fruit and liquorice. 

Something classic:

Morrisons The Best Picpoul De Pinet. Morrisons, £10.50.

An easy drinking simple wine which represents great value bringing fresh flavours of citrus zest, lime, grapefruit along with some minerality and slightly floral notes of honeysuckle. 

Alzheimer’s disease is the most common type of dementia, the UK’s biggest killer and very possibly the largest health and social care issue of our time. The impact on the lives of those it affects, on the healthcare system and society in general is enormous.

There are currently around 900,000 people in the UK living with dementia. It mainly affects people over the age of 65 and is also more common among women than men. Although the likelihood of developing dementia increases significantly with age (one in 14 people aged over 65 has dementia, rising to one in six for people aged over 80), it can affect younger people too. Often called young-onset dementia, around one in 20 with dementia are younger than 65. There are more than 70,800 people in the UK who have young-onset dementia.

WHAT IS DEMENTIA?

Dementia is a group of symptoms. It’s caused by different diseases that damage the brain. It’s a progressive disease which mean the symptoms can start off mild, but sadly they get worse over time.

Some of the common early signs and symptoms include:

• Memory loss
• Difficulty concentrating, planning or organising.
• Struggling to make decisions, solve problems or needing help with daily tasks such as cooking.
• Problems with language and communication.
• Difficulties following a conversation or finding the right word for something.
• Problems judging distances, perceiving the edges of objects and misinterpreting patterns or reflections.
• Losing track of the time or date or becoming confused about where you are.
• Mood changes or difficulty controlling emotions.

It’s very important to remember that if you have of these symptoms, it doesn’t mean that you necessarily have dementia.

TYPES OF DEMENTIA

Around 19 out of 20 people with dementia have one of four main types, although everyone is affected individually and may have symptoms of more than one type.

Alzheimer’s disease
The most common type of dementia and for most people, the first signs are problems with their memory, thinking, language or perception.

Vascular dementia
The second most common type of dementia with common signs that include problems with planning or organising, making decisions or solving problems.

Dementia with Lewy bodies (DLB)
Closely related to Parkinson’s disease, symptoms include having difficulties staying focused, experiencing delusions, and problems with movement and sleep.

Frontotemporal dementia (FTD)
Sometimes called Pick’s disease or frontal lobe dementia, this less common disease has symptoms that include changes to personality and behaviour and/or difficulties with language.

CAUSES AND TREATMENT

It’s still not clear what causes dementia. Although it’s rare that it’s passed down from parent to child, there is some evidence that some things can increase your chances of developing dementia, including:

• High blood pressure.
• Physical inactivity.
• Drinking too much alcohol.
• Smoking.
• Hearing loss.
• Diet.

While there is currently no cure for dementia, the right diagnosis, care and treatment (both medication and non-medical) can help a person with dementia live well for as long as possible.
Early diagnosis has many benefits so if you are concerned or you’re worried about symptoms that may be dementia, it’s important to start by talking to your GP and you’ll be supported every step of the way.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I have worked at Edgbaston since August 1973 in a variety of roles, but until the date of my retirement last month I was Cricket Operations Manager working closely with the Warwickshire team, match officials as well as visiting International and domestic teams. There’s been many milestones during 51 years – receiving the British Empire Medal in the Queens New Year’s Honours in 2019, visiting Buckingham Palace on three different occasions with the team, and travelling the world with Warwickshire. I’ve met many famous sportspeople over the years, as well as royalty. I was recently awarded two of the highest accolades in the game for my work at Warwickshire – Honorary Life Membership of Warwickshire County Cricket Club and Honorary Life Vice Presidency of England and Wales Cricket Board.

IT’S WHAT I DO

My role was very much operationally based, planning and delivering major matches at Edgbaston, plus keeping a vibrant group of Warwickshire players ‘on the road’ at all times. I do feel that during my time with the club I was able to deliver on most occasions, and always with a smile (where possible).

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Professionally I don’t have any more ambitions within the game, my job was incredibly challenging in terms of time and commitments – especially during the summer months, so retirement now means more down time, catching up with family and friends and also travelling more with my wife Karen. Our ‘bucket list’ holiday, travelling around Italy, is looming.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Finishing up after 51 years working at the same place and being able to count upon so many wonderful friends who are a massive part of my life story. Success to me isn’t counted in big bank balances, cars or flashy homes, it’s a about the people you meet along the way and the way they weave themselves into your life.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

I once wrote something that is printed on the walls of the entrance into the players area at Edgbaston and would be read by all players young and old who journey through those doors in their career which reads: “This isn’t just a job, it’s a life choice. Not everyone will make it to be top, but you will all have your moment. Take it with both hands, enjoy it to the maximum and remember it well”. I feel that we can all connect with that in some way in our lives.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I’m a born and bred Brummie, so my home city is always in my heart wherever I travel. The best thing about Birmingham is the people – I’ve met some amazing characters.

DOWNTIME

Catching up on 51 years of jobs at home that I was never able to get around to. Love to walk the local lanes and when time allows and really enjoy a day fly fishing.

It’s a bit of a dichotomy. The décor’s not for everyone. Graffiti is not the friend of the older ladies who lunch set, but neither is Digbeth probably. If you can embrace the leftfield paint job and see beyond the gothic, there’s a foodie experience that’s at least on a par with any restaurant in Birmingham and beyond.

EXPECT GOOSEBUMPS

A welcome note from owner Kray Treadwell read like a love letter to Brum and included references to the music, kindness, warmth of the accent, No 14 bus and the diversity of cultures. A trio of gently spiced beautifully presented nibbles dubbed the Balti Triangle looked like works of art and tasted unbelievable. I don’t know what we expected but it wasn’t this. We won’t list every dish as it’s impossible to do the chef’s skill and inventiveness justice but we’ll say with confidence, expect goosebumps.

GIDDY AND PROUD

If you want to stick a label on it, it’s absolutely in the fine dining camp. It’s Adam’s but more exciting and surprising and we love Adam’s so that’s not a slight. This is fresh and different. What Kray and head chef Sacha can do with a simple hispi cabbage or a humble Jersey Royal is unfathomable. From punchy hoggat to delicately cured cod and an indescribably pleasing chai milk bun, everything we ate made us go quiet. The wine flight made us coo incessantly and the sommelier, Rume was excellent.

As well as the Signature tasting menu which we sampled, there’s a five-course menu available for a steal at £50 – an affordable way to try something incredible. Lots of restaurants in the city are in use it or lose it territory and if this one went, we would be gutted. It made us feel giddy and proud of Birmingham in a way no other restaurant has. Don’t take our word for it. Go.

Summer is finally here, spreading joy and smiles across all of Brum. But sure as eggs is eggs, unfortunately this will send many of us into a complete meltdown about not being ready to (nearly) bare all on the beach.

Well, here at Brum Towers we’re committed to helping make life that little bit easier so here’s a quick guide to some mighty fine ways to help you slim down.
Firstly, let’s get one thing straight: while exercise is undeniably important and offers many fantastic benefits to our overall health, research shows us that losing fat can’t be achieved by exercise alone. You can’t ‘out-train’ a bad diet and increasing your level of exercise while still eating junk food will not help fat loss. So be prepared to make some sacrifices people…

Right, on with the top tips…

Hello weights

It’s so tempting to focus solely on cardio-based workouts when trying to lose weight but combining aerobic exercises with strength training has been shown to be particularly effective for losing body fat.

Adding resistance to your workout with weight training can help the body preserve fat-free mass, which increases the number of calories your body burns while resting. Consistent weight training, that is safe yet challenging for your body will also help you to build lean muscle – this, combined with the fat loss, helps to create a more toned and sculpted physique.

HIIT man and her

We looked at High Intensity Interval Training (HIIT) in some detail last month so you’ll probably now be aware that it can be a fantastic form of exercise to incorporate into your fitness routine. Not only is HIIT a great way to boost your mood, but research shows that the increased metabolic rate caused by strenuous and high intensity exercise can last up to 38 hours, meaning your body will burn significantly more calories in a resting state.

Start with the simple ones – squats, sit-ups, burpees and mountain climbers are all fantastic exercises to try for 30-second intervals with a 20-second rest.

You are what you eat

Diet is fundamental to fat loss. Latest research suggests that 80 per cent of your fat loss is dependent on a good diet, which shows why many people struggle to lose fat despite frequent exercise.
If your goal is to lose fat, then you need to be in a calorie deficit – this is when you consume slightly fewer calories than you are burning which in turn makes your body tap into the stored body fat for extra energy.

To ensure you are still consuming the nutrients your body needs while in a calorie deficit, it’s a good idea to work with a personal trainer to create a healthy and balanced diet plan.

It’s not all about the gym

OK, a sweaty gym session is great for burning calories but having a more active lifestyle outside of the gym will also promote fat loss and improve your overall health.
Increase your daily activity levels with simple lifestyle changes – avoid driving short distances and try walking instead, use stairs instead of lifts, or take up hobbies that involve movement, such as climbing or swimming. If you are struggling to stay motivated to be more active in day-to-day life, then combine this with socialising and seeing loved ones. For example, you could suggest swapping your next afternoon in the pub for a trip to a beautiful nature spot where you can enjoy a long walk and picnic.

Take it easy, my friend

When you’re trying to get in shape, it’s so tempting to push your body to its limits with a rigorous and relentless training schedule. The good news is, this really isn’t the most effective way to lose body fat or maintain a healthy exercise routine.

Too much vigorous exercise without enough recovery days can lead to overtraining which actually causes your body to store more fat, due to an increase in the stress hormone cortisol. Listen to how your body feels and what it needs – if you feel particularly lethargic or achy then vigorous exercise is probably not the best idea. Instead, consider an activity that will allow you to rest while also benefiting your mood, such as reading or meditation.

Sleep is also crucial to the fat burning process – aim for at least seven hours of quality sleep per night and ensure that you have an optimum environment for falling into a deep state of sleep.

Final thought…

Hopefully these simple tips will help you get in to the kind of shape that will help really embrace your summer but if you’re still struggling remember to just ask for help. There are so many cracking (and affordable) personal trainers and fitness coaches out there for your benefit who will be delighted to help you reach your goals faster and safer. Happy holidays all!

Now is the time when the garden is in its prime. Colour is everywhere, fruit and veg are ripening fast, and borders are buzzing with pollinators. But before you sit back, admire and hang up your trowel, there’s still plenty to do – like deadheading, feeding and watering. All make a real difference to how your garden performs. And if you’re away on holiday, planning ahead will help keep everything looking good while you’re gone.

Keep Deadheading for Continuous Flowers

Deadheading is the simplest way to prolong flowering. Snip off spent blooms on dahlias, roses, cosmos and sweet peas to keep energy focused on new growth. Not only does this tidy things up, it can give you weeks more colour.

If you’re growing hanging baskets or containers, they’ll need a little extra love. Feed them every week with a high-potash liquid fertiliser and water daily in warm weather. Even a missed day can see them wilting, so consider setting up an automatic watering system if you’re planning to be away.

Watering and Feeding Wisely

With longer, warmer days, water becomes your most important tool. Focus on watering thoroughly and less frequently to encourage deeper roots. Early morning or evening is best to reduce evaporation. Veg plants, especially tomatoes, cucumbers and beans, need consistent moisture now.

Feeding is just as vital. Tomatoes benefit from a weekly tomato feed once the first fruits appear, while cucumbers and courgettes appreciate a balanced fertiliser every fortnight. If you mulched in spring, top it up now to keep the soil cool and moist.

Harvesting and Sowing for Late Crops

Now’s the time to start harvesting regularly. Pick courgettes while still small, lift first potatoes, and enjoy salads and herbs fresh from the garden. Keep picking beans to encourage more to form, and don’t let anything go to seed unless you’re saving it on purpose.

You can still sow plenty in July too. Try beetroot, lettuce, chard and spring onions for an autumn harvest. Direct sow into well-watered ground and keep young seedlings shaded during the hottest part of the day to help them get established.

Support Tall Growers and Check for Pests

Climbers like sweet peas, runner beans and cucumbers need regular tying in to keep them tidy and productive. Tall dahlias, delphiniums and sunflowers may need a bit more support as they get top-heavy.

Watch out for common summer pests like aphids and cabbage white caterpillars. A regular inspection helps keep things under control. Encourage natural predators like ladybirds and birds by keeping a wildlife-friendly corner in the garden.

Final Thoughts

This is the time that’s all about enjoyment as much as action – flowers, food and sunshine all wrapped into one. Whether you’re picking ripe tomatoes or sipping tea among the blooms, take time to appreciate the rewards of all your earlier efforts.

Gardens thrive on consistency, and a little regular care will keep yours looking its best. So, water well, deadhead often, and take a moment to admire how far your patch has come. Summer doesn’t last forever – make the most of every golden day. Happy gardening!

The two-course 1961 menu consisted of a choice of six starters and six main courses for £20.95. Because the 1961 is listed on the main menu – anything with a gold badge beside it is available – it’s difficult not to be lured by the dishes you can’t have. Human nature’s a funny old thing!

There are some smashing sounding summer dishes like burrata and heritage tomato salad, a sea bass dish and roast rump of lamb that aren’t part of the 1961, but we stuck with it and sampled a beetroot and goat’s cheese salad – wafer thin beetroot slices with earthy goat’s cheese, sweet candied walnuts and merlot vinegar. We’d have liked more goat’s cheese, but it was tasty and summery nonetheless. A mustardy scotch egg did what it said on the tin. The coating lacked a bit of crunch but the meat was packed with flavour and the egg was soft, so happy days.

SPOT-ON

An escalope of chicken al la Milanese served with a mound of rocket and tomato salad hit the spot as did the avocado Caesar salad which we added grilled chicken to. The eggs were a bit hard, but apart from that, what’s not to like? We threw in an Eton Mess to share for good measure which was heavy on the meringue (yes please) and not so heavy on the fruit (not so good).

The restaurant is even better after dark as the rooftops of Birmingham look a tad more attractive by night, with twinkly lights as a distraction, but the number of people enjoying afternoon tea suggested we might be alone in that. Overall, it was a lovely lunch in a nice setting.

Inspired by the beloved dessert, tangy lemon meets rich cream and the nostalgic warmth of a biscuit base, creating a cocktail that’s as dreamy as it is delicious and crafted to satisfy your sweet tooth. Cor Blimey! But please do enjoy responsibly.

Ingredients:

• 40ml – Tempus Two Pinot Gris White Wine
• 30ml – Limoncello
• 30ml – Frangelico
• 30ml – Fresh Lemon Juice
• 25ml – Cinamon syrup
• 25ml – Gingerbread syup
• 25ml – single cream

Method:

Shake all ingredients with ice and double strain into a glass rimmed with biscuit dusting. Garnish with an edible flower for a beautiful finishing touch.Box out:

Birmingham City University hosted BCU Presents: 1000 Threads – an unforgettable open-air fashion show in Brindleyplace’s Oozells Square, shining a spotlight on the outstanding work of 10 emerging student designers. Hosted by BBC’s Kathryn Stanczyszyn, the event brought together industry professionals, creatives and members of the public, all of whom were wowed by 30 diverse and innovative runway looks. It formed a key part of BCU’s Inspired Festival celebrating creativity across the Faculty of Arts, Design and Media. Guests also enjoyed a VIP reception, exhibition viewing and an exclusive after-party featuring a live DJ set from Pussycat Dolls’ Kimberly Wyatt.

Captions:

1 Professor David Mba, Vice-Chancellor at BCU, Kimberly Wyatt, Lee Lapthorne, Head of the College of Jewellery, Fashion and Textiles at BCU

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I’m a Brummie born and bred and started out as a journalist on the Sutton Coldfield Observer. I moved into PR and communications, working on everything from pubs to pipe work and dating to dumper trucks. When I hit 40, I decided to take the plunge and started working in the charity sector with hospices, sight loss and young people’s charities before I landed in my current role.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I’m CEO of Martineau Gardens, a 2.5-acre community garden which offers therapeutic horticulture for people with a range of support needs. We’re a registered charity and are open to the public six days a week, alongside school visits, events and hiring the space. I’m involved in the running of the charity, fund-raising, events – everything that doesn’t involve digging or planting. (I have a track record of killing plants!)

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

My ambition this year is to lead a fund-raising appeal for the gardens for a new building, which the brilliant team at Martineau will be launching in June. It’s a fantastic opportunity for the gardens to become more accessible. We are launching a crowdfunder to support the next steps in the build process.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

In my personal life, raising three children solo while also caring for my mum who lived with dementia. Professionally, it’s finding a role where I see the impact of what the charity does every day. I read the other day about glimmers, tiny moments of joy that spark positive feelings. I realised just how many of those come through some wonderful moments at work for me.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

There is a fine line between being courageous and a bit daft! I’ve never been afraid to try new things, but on several occasions I’ve ended up over-committed and overstretched as a result.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

It has to be the food. It demonstrates the diversity of the city – from the pop-up traders at Digbeth Dining Club to Michelin-starred restaurant, like Opheem. One of my favourite nights ever was a fund-raising pop-up restaurant at Martineau Gardens run by Ben Wright, who was a chef at Opheem at that time. I waitressed – it was brilliant fun. But I’m equally happy with a hot, fresh samosa from the Desi Sweet Centre on Soho Road.

DOWNTIME

I’m a huge fan of a live gig and regularly organise meet-ups for a local rock group. This year I’m off to Cardiff to see Alanis Morissette, Liverpool for Bruce Springsteen and Paris for AC/DC. I also love a smaller gig closer to home – the blues afternoon at the Hare and Hounds, Kings Heath is a favourite.

ANYTHING ELSE TO ADD?

Whatever you do today, take a walk in the fresh air if you can. Connecting with nature and being outside is one of the simplest and most powerful ways of boosting wellbeing.

Joe Baker who founded Midlands construction firm Second City Screed is shining a light on the 7,000 construction workers who have taken their own life in the last decade and hopes to prompt change. His aim is to reduce the stigma around mental health in construction, increase awareness and boost education and support for workers. More training about coping mechanisms and how to spot someone who might be struggling is key.

Joe is very open about his own battle with addiction as well as isolation during Covid and ultimately his attempt to end his life. He says: “I attempted suicide. I was deep into addiction. Really, really struggling. It was talking to people that saved me. That and becoming sober. I haven’t trained for this, but that’s the point – it’s meant to be hard because this is a hard issue.” It’s a personal mission for Joe, one rooted in pain and optimism that things can change.

LOST CITY

Joe’s supporting the Lost City, a powerful campaign exposing the human cost of mental health neglect in trades. By visualising exactly what they could have built, the Lost City shows the true scale of construction suicides – the city that could exist if the construction suicide crisis didn’t.

The campaign says that the 7,000 lives lost in a decade is equivalent to 150,000 homes, 80 schools and three hospitals that will never be built. The construction industry has a suicide rate four times the national average. Ninety-six per cent of tradespeople have worked in isolation, 65 per cent face severe financial pressure and 64 per cent turn to drugs or alcohol to cope. Yet support across the industry is woeful.

In 2024, the sector lost £2.4billion due to mental health related absence. Joe says: “The roads, the railways, the homes we live in — they’re all built by people like us. But we’re undervalued. Underappreciated. And when we break, no one notices until it’s too late.” Joe’s message is enough is enough. He’s raising money for Band of Builders and Construction Sport – two charities at the forefront of mental health support and suicide prevention in the trades.

LONELY BATTLE

The industry faces challenges including an ageing workforce and a shortage of skilled labour exacerbated by Brexit and the Covid-19 pandemic that hit the availability of workers hard. While the industry grapples with these issues, it also needs to address the drivers that result in poor mental health. Increased job security and improved working conditions would boost overall well-being and productivity.

Talking openly about the issues is a start and Joe hopes that by completing his challenge and sticking his head above the parapet to tell his story will help to effect change. He says: “Each run is a symbol of the mental load so many in the industry carry silently. Fatigue. Financial stress. Loneliness. Grief. These runs are for them — for the ones still battling, and the ones already lost.”

It’s the tenth Birmingham Rum Festival this month. The ticketed event will showcase some of the finest new rums on the market with live music, street food and a bumper new cocktail festival menu.  To celebrate, the Cuban Embassy in Moseley has created this cracking Spicy Margarita to get you in the party mood. Que comience la fiesta! But please continue to enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS 

• 50ml Island Slice Scotch Bonnet Rum

• 1 Lime

• 15ml Agave/Simple Syrup

• 15ml Triple Sec/Cointreau

• 1 Chilli Pepper (optional but why wouldn’t you!)

• 1tsp Salt

METHOD

Rim the glass with lime juice and salt. In a shaker, combine Scotch Bonnet rum, the juice of half a lime, agave syrup and triple sec. Fill the shaker with ice and shake well for 15 seconds. Strain into the rimmed glass filled with ice. Garnish with a slice of Scotch bonnet pepper or a lime wheel.

Life is rushed, I’d love to stay in shape but there’s just not enough hours in the day, we hear you lament. Well, there’s always enough time to catch up with Corrie but we know what you mean! However, there is a way to keep up with your favourite soap and stay fit – and it’s called High Intensity Interval Training (HIIT).

HIIT consists of short bursts of intense exercise alternated between periods of recovery. It is one of the best ways to maximise your workout and your time. And there’s loads of research that suggests HIIT is also the fastest, most effective way to boost your fitness. It can also help you live longer, help your heart and keep your memory super-sharp! It’s easy to fit into a busy schedule and doesn’t take up much room at home.

The science suggests our peak oxygen uptake is much higher following a HIIT session and this is what drives the excellent associated health benefits.

WHERE TO START

To get you on your way, here’s a small selection of HIIT exercises that provide an all-round mix of upper body, lower body, core and cardio moves.

Start with 30 seconds of exercise and then 30 seconds rest following each exercise. The exercises listed will make up one round. See if you can build up to two or three rounds as your fitness level increases.

Burpees

Starting in a squat position, lean forward down onto your hands kicking your feet out behind you into the push up position. Do one push up, and as you come up bring your legs up and drive up into the air with a small jump before landing back down into the squat position and repeating. 

High plank with arm and leg raises

In a high plank reach forward and lift opposite arm and leg before alternating to the other side.

Up down plank

Start in a high plank and drop down onto your elbows. Alternate the arm that you drop down onto and push up with.

Reverse lunges with knee drive

Standing with your feet together, step back with the right leg into a reverse lunge keeping your back straight. Drive forward bringing your right leg up in front of you. Add a little jump as you do so for extra effort. Repeat using your left leg to lunge.

Side shuffle

Keeping the knees bent, shuffle four or five paces from side to side reaching down to touch the ground at either end.

Bicycle crunches

Lie on your back with your hands behind your head and lift your feet just off the floor. Curl up and rotate bringing your elbow to meet your opposite knee and repeat alternating sides as you go.

Spider lunge

From a high plank position bring your right foot up and place it next to your right hand. Step back into a high plank and then do the same with your left foot. Keep alternating legs for each move.

Crab toe touches

Sit on the floor and lift yourself up on your hands and feet into a crab position. At the same time straighten one leg up in front of you. Reach forward with the opposite hand to touch your toes.

Side plank

Hold your body straight in a side plank with your arm straight up, concentrating on holding your core tense. Hold for 15 seconds and then swap to the other side.

June has arrived, and with it the garden shifts into overdrive. The days are long, the warmth is more reliable, and growth is almost unstoppable. Flowers are blooming, veg is thriving, and it finally feels like summer is truly here. After the hustle and preparation of spring now is the time to nurture, tend and, most importantly, enjoy.

While some jobs slow down, there’s still plenty to do. Tender plants are settling in, borders need attention to keep looking their best, and the veg garden is demanding regular care. With a little time and attention, your garden will reward you handsomely. So, let’s roll up our sleeves and make the most of June. 

Pinching Out and Supporting Dahlias

If your dahlias are in the ground and growing strongly, now is the moment to help them become bushier and bloom more generously. Pinch out the growing tips when they reach around 30cm tall – this encourages branching and a much fuller plant. It might feel counterproductive, but you’ll get more flowers in the long run.

Support is just as crucial. By now, dahlias are shooting up quickly, and a good staking system will prevent damage from wind or heavy rain. Bamboo canes and soft twine work well, or invest in purpose-made supports for a neater look. Keep up with fortnightly feeding and regular watering, especially in dry spells – they’re thirsty plants once they get going! 

Deadheading and Summer Colour

With borders bursting into bloom, June is all about maintenance. Deadheading – removing spent flowers – is key to keeping plants flowering for longer. Roses, cosmos, marigolds and sweet peas all benefit from this simple job. It also stops plants wasting energy on seed production.

This is also a great time to plug any gaps in your borders. Garden centres are full of flowering perennials and bedding plants ready to go. Geraniums, salvias and rudbeckias will slot in beautifully and provide instant impact. Don’t forget to water them in well and mulch around them to conserve moisture and keep weeds at bay. 

Caring for Courgettes and Tomatoes

June sees a boom in vegetable growth, and two stars of the show – courgettes and tomatoes – need regular attention. For courgettes, keep picking young fruits to encourage more to form. They’re prolific producers and regular harvesting stops them turning into marrows overnight! A weekly liquid feed will help boost their output.

Tomatoes, especially cordon varieties, should be side-shooted – that is, pinching out the leafy shoots that appear in the leaf joints. This keeps the plant focused on producing fruit rather than getting too leafy. Tie them in to their supports as they grow and make sure they’re getting a consistent water supply to avoid problems like blossom end rot.

A mulch around your veg plants will help lock in moisture and reduce watering needs. If you’re growing under cover, ventilate greenhouses well in hot weather to avoid heat stress and fungal issues. 

Final Thoughts

June is a month of abundance, colour and progress in the garden. With longer evenings and warmer weather, it’s the perfect time to lose yourself in the joy of gardening. Whether it’s pinching out dahlias, topping up borders or tending to your crops, a little effort now goes a long way.

Most of all, remember to enjoy it. Sit with a cuppa and watch the bees go about their business, breathe in the scent of the roses, and take pride in what you’ve created. Summer has truly arrived, so let’s savour every minute of it. Happy gardening!

For lots more top tips, advice and ideas – make sure to follow Adam on Instagram and TikTok where you’ll find him as @viewfromthepottingbench on both.

Compared with the likes of France, Spanish-produced wines can often represent great value. This is certainly true of Rioja (prounounced ‘Ree-o-ha’) wines from Northern Spain. These wines are often compared with Côtes de Rhône red, which attract significantly higher prices. On 9 June, it’s International Rioja Day, so what better time to become familiar with the surprising variation in styles of wine from this region.

Each year approximately 343 million bottles of Rioja are sold, 41 per cent of which are exported. The UK is a key market accounting for just over 30 per cent of all exports, and for good reason. When we think of Rioja, we tend to think of big, bold, red wines available at a very affordable price. Typical Rioja wines are red, full bodied, fruity, oaky and great accompaniments to food. These wines are dominated by the Tempranillo grape, although often the wines are blends with other varieties. But did you know, Rioja is not just producing big bold red wines?

It is also possible to get white, rosé and sparkling Riojas. In fact, of the 14 grape varieties permitted within the Rioja region, nine of them are white varieties and only five are red. White wines account for around 10 per cent of production and rosés for around 5 per cent. White Rioja is typically a wine of good acidity, lemon curd and honeycomb flavours, with some minerally characteristics. ALDI’s Rioja Blanco (Barron Amarillo) at £6.49 is a very affordable easy-drinking example. You might look to try white Rioja if you tend to go for white Burgundy wines or even some more acidic pinot grigios, and your bank account will thank you for it!

The sparkling wines are surprisingly good! If you want to pick one up, Majestic has the Viña Pomal Reserva Blanc de Noirs Rioja Sparkling 2020 at £15 a bottle or £12 on mix six. It has a nice balance of red and white fruits, good citrus acidity and some light spice. 

Not all Riojas are created equal

Spain is one of the few countries in the world that classifies its wines by the amount of time they have spent maturing. Generally, the longer a wine has spent maturing the smoother, more rounded it will be, and the greater the complexity of flavour.

To grasp the categories of Rioja we have four levels to understand. Examples given below are for red Rioja, there are slightly different rules for other styles.

• Rioja without any ageing designation (sometimes referred to a Joven or young wines). These wines are usually wines with less than two years of age, which are likely to have had only very short or possibly no time aging in a barrel. These wines are fresh, sometimes quite acidic, with aromas which are primarily fruit based. Flavours are likely to be of strawberry, cherry, liquorice or violets. Sometimes a wine making technique known as carbonic maceration is used, which increases the fruit flavours and can sometimes add notes of ripe banana, strawberry bubble gum, cinnamon and kirsch. If you want to try one of these young wines, you could pick up a bottle of Campo Viejo Rioja Tempranillo from Tesco for £9 or from most other supermarkets. They are often available on mix 6 or cheaper with loyalty cards.

• Crianza Rioja. These wines must spend at least two years in the winery, of which at least 12 months must be in 225-litre oak barrels. These wines retain some floral and fruit aromas but pick up notes of vanilla, coconut, warming spice and some toasted wood. I recommend decanting these for 30 to 60 minutes to allow some air contact, which will significantly improve their drinking potential. If you are looking to pick up a typical example of a Crianza Rioja, then have a look at the Tesco Finest Vina Del Cura Crianza which you can purchase for £9.

• Reserva Rioja. These wines are selected due to having the right qualities to age and must spend at least three years ageing, including at least one year in a barrel. Aromas and flavours will become more complex over time, with some balsamic and spice notes. A great example of a reserva wine is the Cune Rioja Reserva 2019, it is a mix of Tempranillo, Garnacha, Graciano and Mazuelo varieties and has had 18 months in American and French Oak barrels. You can find it at Majestic or Sainsburys for around £14.

• Gran Reserva. The total maturation period here must be at least five years of, which at least two years must have been in oak and two in the bottle. These wines are much more complex with aromas of dried fruits, clove, nuts and toasty roasted notes. They can also take on aromas of leather, tobacco and forest floor. Decant to allow them to breathe a little before drinking. Majestic has the Viña Alarde Rioja Gran Reserva for around £13 a bottle which is great value. Morrisons also has The Best Marques de los Rios Rioja Gran Reserva at £15 a bottle.

DAVID’S TOP WINE PICKS FOR JUNE

Something sparkling:

Viña Pomal Reserva Blanc de Noirs Rioja Sparkling 2020 – £15 a bottle or £12 on mix six, Majestic. 

Something English:

Candover Brooke Brut NV – £37, https://www.candoverbrook.co.uk/

A beautiful, slightly floral, sparkling wine which has been aged in the bottle for 3.5 years so has developed flavours of vanilla, nuts and toast. The fruit is citrusy with some green apple and a hint of red apple coming through from the Pinot Noir. A lasting finish which is a little minerally/savoury. 

Something fresh and fruity:

Errazuriz Estate Reserva Pinot Grigio 2023 – £11, Ocado.

A special Pinot Grigio from Chile. Smooth, easy drinking, but with a bit of minerality and complexity. On the nose expect pear, apple, melon and citrus and some floral notes. On the palette this is smooth and refreshing, with some hints of tropical fruits (pineapple and passionfruit) but not tart. 

Something classic:

Boekenhoutskloof ‘The Chocolate Block’ – £24, Tesco.

Think dark fruit flavours, with very smooth tannins and a dark chocolate finish. This is a great wine for those who enjoy very deep flavourful wines. Great on its own, or with food.

Something different:

Invincible Numero Um Branco, 2021 – £16, Majestic.

A sophisticated and delicious wine from Portugal. Well balanced, with some passion fruit coming through as well as some very enjoyable oaky sensations. This wine has layers, which mean a long satisfying finish.

Calthorpe Estates marked the official opening of Edgbaston Village Community Garden with a ribbon-cutting ceremony attended by its chief executive Haydn Cooper and Birmingham City councillors Deirdre Alden and Matt Bennett. Located in the heart of Edgbaston Village, the new garden is designed to promote wellbeing, sustainability and connection among residents, businesses and visitors. It has benefited from the input of local schools, businesses and community partners – including Birmingham Botanical Gardens and Martineau Gardens. A notable feature is a Chatty Bench, donated by Audley Court as part of their national Chatty Bench Initiative.

Captions:

1 Haydn Cooper, Deirdre Alden and Matt Bennett

2 Vanessa Powell, Billie Frain, Ben Mabbett, Izzie Gould

3 Kesaven Cuniappen, Mavis Hughes, Caroline Nicoresti, Tanya Ashby, Junie Rabone, Ann Foster, Haydn Cooper

4 Adelaide Heagney, Sharon Gordon, Sabina Henley

5 Adrian Mitchell, Lewis Roberts, Jack Bennett

6 Demi Swingler, Ros Wilson

7 Roop Kang, Adele Pogmore, Neelam Nahar, Lucy Goodway

8 Denise Kerby, Geraldine Leonard

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I have always had a passion for marketing and communications and latterly behavioural economics – looking at what motivates us in our decision making. In my teens I was privileged to be offered work experience at Headline Communications on Newhall Street where I developed a love for PR. I went on to work at Golley Slater PR for nine years before joining Midlands Air Ambulance Charity, heading up the marketing and communications team within a cause I deeply care about.

IT’S WHAT I DO

While my fellow charity team members and I are not advanced clinicians on-board our helicopters, our roles still help to give patients in critical need the best chance of life and a good recovery. My team and I are responsible for raising awareness of our cause and to help raise vital funds as our emergency pre-hospital service does not receive Government funding for our daily missions, it is purely through charitable donations. The interactions I have with our former patients, supporters and volunteers is both humbling and rewarding. Their bravery, selflessness and generosity give me a great sense of pride and in turn motivates me to build further awareness of and engagement with our service, to ultimately help keep those helicopter blades turning.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I have a number of career goals still to achieve. Creating an award-winning world record is definitely still top of the list – watch this space!

BIGGEST SUCCESS

I do appreciate little everyday wins, but my biggest achievement professionally was leading the team at Midlands Air Ambulance Charity to win the Communications Team of the Year at the national Third Sector Awards in 2021. During Covid, our We Can’t Work From Home campaign highlighted our crews were still responding to call-outs and that we needed the public’s support to continue to operate. It was a moment in time I will always be exceptionally proud of.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Never ever take credit for someone else’s idea, effort or chance to shine. This is my number one leadership rule. By recognising others’ achievements, you earn the respect of your team and your wider network.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I have a confession! I have never moved out of a Birmingham postcode and I’m proud of it! Birmingham is my home in every sense, you can find tranquil space, cool new places to eat and drink, and even find a blast from the past – DJ Fitchy at the Stoodi Bakers reunion last summer was incredible!

DOWNTIME

Without a doubt, my second home is the Edgbaston Priory Club. As a life-long member, I get a real sense of belonging there – whether it’s a kick ass class, picking up a racket or simply meeting with great friends.

ANYTHING ELSE TO ADD?

Midlands Air Ambulance Charity’s High Flyers initiative allows you to add your name, or a loved one’s to the iconic chevrons on the air ambulance helicopter: highflyers.midlandsairambulance.com

Sometimes called ‘meditation in motion’, Tai Chi is low-impact, slow-motion exercise that consists of a series of different postures that flow into each other while focusing on deep, slow breaths. It may look gentle but a whole host of worldwide studies suggest an array of health benefits that make it as effective as conventional exercise for helping keep you in tip-top order.

THE BASICS

So, what’s it all about. Essentially during a Tai Chi session, you plant your feet into the ground and shift your weight from the right to left leg as you perform various movements that flow from one to the next without pausing.  You can also do it sitting down if you’re confined to a wheelchair or have very limited mobility. The movements are usually circular and never forced, and your muscles and joints are nice and relaxed. As you move, you breathe slowly and deeply, focusing your attention on how your body feels.

THE BENEFITS

This gentle form of exercise can help maintain strength, flexibility, and balance, and could be the perfect activity for the rest of your life. Here are just some of the associated benefits: 

Healthy heart

In a recent study comparing Tai Chi to brisk walking, the martial art was found to be significantly better at reducing blood pressure and other risk factors for heart disease, like blood sugar levels and cholesterol.

Brain power

Tai Chi has been found to improve brain function with more activity encouraged in the prefrontal cortex, the area of the brain responsible for higher-level thinking skills so memory and mental flexibility are both improved.

Fat burn

Well, who knew?  Evidence suggests it burns the same number of calories as conventional exercise and is just as effective for helping with weight loss and reducing obesity. Great news if you can’t stand the gym or have limited mobility.

Low-impact

Tai Chi doesn’t call for the same flexibility as yoga, nor is it as strenuous as other forms of exercise, making it easier on your joints and muscles.

Stress reduction

Because you need to focus on your breathing and gentle movements, Tai Chi helps quiet the mind bringing a sense of quiet and tranquility… aaah.

Boost your immunity

Several studies have suggested that Tai Chi has positive impacts on the immune system and its response to inflammation.

Improve balance

Falling over can be dangerous and even deadly, especially in older adults. Some studies have highlighted that people who practised Tai Chi had up to 50 per cent fewer falls than those who didn’t.

Better sleep

Sleep is crucial for all aspects of health, and regularly practicing Tai Chi may help you to have more restful kip with all the massive health benefits associated. Research surrounding Tai Chi and sleep has found improvements in just 10 weeks.

Lengthen your life

Tai Chi is particularly popular in Hong Kong, where residents have one of the highest life expectancies in the world. Is this connected? Given all the above, it’s not a massive surprise.

GET STARTED TODAY!

Feel inspired? What are you waiting for…? You don’t need special equipment or expertise to start so it’s super affordable and accessible for any age and fitness level. If you’ve never done it before, suffer from any form of long-term illness or you’re not quite as young as you used to be, we’d recommend talking to a health professional first before giving it a crack.

But don’t be afraid. It doesn’t call for the same flexibility as yoga, nor is it as strenuous as other forms of exercise, and it’s generally considered to be a safe exercise with few side effects, although you may experience some aches or pains at first. Good luck!

Cricket has always been in the blood of Amu Surenkumar – from the very early days as a small child playing bat and ball in the garden with her dad through to her realising her dream of becoming a professional cricketer for Warwickshire.

The youngest member of the Bears Women squad is looking forward to the challenges ahead by making a major contribution with bat and ball to the team’s success this season after making her debut at Edgbaston last month.

Despite having only just turned 18, Amu knows all about facing challenges and overcoming them. As a 10-year-old fledgling bowler, she suffered a stress fracture to her back. But she managed to turn the fact her bowling was temporarily limited into a positive as it meant she spent more time practising her batting. And that allowed her to develop into the all-rounder she has become today.

WORLD CUP

There was also the challenge of being a girl growing up in what until relatively recent years was a predominately boys’ sport. That has all changed now, but Amu admits it was probably the hardest thing she had to overcome as she pursued her dreams as a young teenager.

Amu underlined her promise alongside fellow Bear Davina Perrin with a strong showing at the Women’s Under-19s World Cup at the turn of the year. Taking three wickets for just 17 runs proved crucial in securing England’s group stage win against Pakistan U19s as she dismissed both openers.

That game was played in Johor, Malaysia and the following month Amu was back in class for her A-Levels in History, Politics and Economics. “Balancing school and cricket has certainly kept me busy, especially since I’m in my final year,” she said. “However, being a boarder at Rugby School does help and they have been very supportive, allowing me time to train and play, as have the Bears in giving me additional study time.

BRILLIANT BEARS

“The World Cup in Malaysia was amazing, a great experience and an opportunity to test myself against the best up-and-coming players in the world. I’m happy with how I performed. I’ve learned things and benefited from some excellent coaching, things I can bring back with me to the Bears. I will be doing whatever I can to help the team have a good first season.”

Amu was part of Sunrisers’ Academy from 2021-23 before making her senior debut in July 2023 and signing for Bears Women last year. “I’ve loved being a Bear so far,” added Amu, who plans to study law at university alongside her cricket commitments. “The team has a great group of girls, and it has created a really fun atmosphere to be a part of.

“There is a big ethos driven by the coaches to ensure that sessions are done with a purpose so that made pre-season super productive, and I am eager to get stuck into the season. It’s a new team with a lot of great players, so it’ll be about finding my role within the squad and performing to the best of my abilities.”

Delicious and versatile, Michael’s recipe is awesome served with pasta dishes, tossed with roasted new potatoes – or alongside one of his favourites, steak and chips!

 Ingredients:

• 150g washed wild garlic

• 100g spinach

• 60g lightly toasted pine nuts

• 60g parmesan

• 150g extra virgin olive oil

• 1 lemon zest

• Maldon sea salt

Method:

Place all of your ingredients into a blender. Blend until you have a nice coarse pesto. Season with Maldon sea salt.

May is here at last, and the garden is finally hitting its stride. The days are longer, the sun has a bit more warmth to it, and everything seems to be growing at double speed. The first real signs of summer are creeping in, and after months of careful planning and early sowing now is the time to get stuck in and enjoy it.

With the last frosts behind us, there is plenty to be getting on with. Dahlias can go into the ground, borders can be topped up with new plants, and seeds can be sown directly where they are to flower. The vegetable garden is also in full swing, with potatoes needing attention and other crops getting well established. It is a busy time, but an exciting one too. So, let’s grab our tools, head outside and make the most of May. 

Planting Out Dahlias

If you have been looking after dahlia tubers indoors or in the greenhouse, now is the moment to plant them out. These bold, beautiful flowers love a warm, sunny spot with free-draining soil, and getting them in the ground in May gives them plenty of time to settle in before they start flowering later in the summer.

Dig a hole deep enough to comfortably fit the tuber, making sure the growing tip sits just below the surface. Give them a good watering after planting and, if slugs are a problem in your garden consider adding some organic slug deterrents. Dahlias can be a bit floppy when they get going, so it is worth staking them early to avoid damage later on. A fortnightly feed with a high-potassium fertiliser, such as tomato feed, will help keep them strong and full of blooms right through to autumn. 

Sowing Poppies and Filling Gaps

May is a brilliant time to scatter annual flower seeds straight into the soil. Poppies, cornflowers and nigella are all easy to grow and fantastic for filling in gaps in borders. They will bloom in just a few weeks, adding bursts of colour and attracting pollinators to the garden. Simply rake the soil lightly, scatter the seeds and water them in. No fuss, no complicated techniques – just let nature do the rest.

If your borders are looking a little sparse, now is also the perfect time to add in summer bedding plants or perennials. Salvias, cosmos and marigolds are all great choices that will flower reliably for months. When planting, make sure to water them in well and keep an eye on any late cold snaps, as May can still throw in the odd chilly night. A layer of mulch around new plants will help retain moisture and suppress weeds, giving them the best possible start. 

Earth Up Your Potatoes

If you are growing potatoes, May is the month to keep on top of earthing them up. As the plants grow, gradually mound soil around the base, covering the lower leaves but leaving the top growth exposed. This encourages strong tuber development and stops the potatoes from turning green and becoming inedible.

It is also important to keep your potatoes well watered, especially if the weather is dry. They need a steady supply of moisture, particularly as they start forming tubers. A deep soak once or twice a week is far better than little and often, as it encourages strong root growth. If you are growing potatoes in containers, make sure they have good drainage and do not let them dry out completely.

A useful tip for keeping your crop healthy is to mulch around the plants with straw or grass clippings. This helps the soil retain moisture and reduces the risk of blight by keeping the leaves drier. With a bit of care now, you will have a tasty harvest to look forward to in the months ahead. 

Final Thoughts

May is a month of real momentum in the garden. Everything is growing at pace, and the jobs you do now will shape how your garden looks for the rest of the year. Whether it is planting out dahlias, sowing annuals or tending to your vegetable patch, there is plenty to keep you busy.

But amongst all the hard work, do not forget to take a step back and enjoy it. Watch as new shoots emerge, listen to the bees buzzing around the flowers and soak up the sights and scents of the season. The groundwork of spring is behind us, and now we get to enjoy the rewards of all that effort. Happy gardening!

Fancy an alternative to an intense session at the gym? Well, there’s always a nice brisk walk along the canals, or maybe an energetic cycle in one of Brum’s beautiful parks? Or how about a sing-song?  No really, there’s a lot of evidence that singing is very good for you. Whether it’s singing at a concert, in the shower or while sat at traffic lights it exercises those vocal chords – and that delivers a number of health and general well-being benefits.

Here are just a small number of ways singing can improve your lifestyle… 

Stronger and more toned body

Singing can be of huge benefit to your heart and circulation by improving your aerobic capacity and decreasing muscle tension. It also improves posture and if you sing regularly you’ll be consistently exercising the mouth area, so facial muscles are toned up too. 

Stress busting

Singing doesn’t just have a positive impact physically, it can also increase a person’s self-esteem and confidence as well as being a useful stress reducer. Researchers at a leading university in Sweden found that when people sing together their heartbeats synchronise – giving a calming effect that is as beneficial to your health as yoga. 

Stimulates the immune response

Previous scientific studies at Frankfurt University in Germany have also found that singing helps the immune system, giving it a boost to help fight against disease. Another recent study compared the effects of singing with the effects of simply listening to music and those who sang showed higher levels of immunoglobulin A, an antibody your body secretes to help you fend off infections. 

Improves lung function

Because singing involves deep breathing and the controlled use of muscles in the respiratory system, it may be beneficial for certain lung and breathing conditions. 

Better sleep for you – and your partner

Physically, singing can improve your sleep. Research has shown a set of daily vocal exercises can often strengthen a weak throat as well as your palate muscles which are known to be significant causes of snoring. Your partner will thank you for taking up the new hobby! 

Happier outlook

Even better news is the decrease in depression as during singing the body releases pain-relieving endorphins to give a positive boost to mentality. Music itself stimulates specific parts of the brain responsible for concentration and memory. 

Helps you make new friends

OK, maybe not so relevant if you just sing in the shower but why not join a choir? There are hundreds of choirs out there for a whole range of abilities and it’s a great way to make new friends and guarantee that you have a jam-packed social diary. Scientists have actually found that singing groups bond much more quickly than any other social activity group.

In Britain, we have a love affair with white wine. Three of the most popular choices have their very own celebration days in May – Sauvignon Blanc (2 May), Pinot Grigio (17 May) and Chardonnay (22 May) – giving the perfect excuse to make this month a celebration of white wines!

As we flirt with the idea of warmer summer temperatures, retire our winter coats for another year, and see the spring buds begin to flourish into summer flowers, we may also be thinking about transitioning to a lighter style of wine more in keeping with the early summer. So, many of us will be considering filling our shopping baskets with some refreshing white wines.

Sauvignon Blanc is by far the nation’s favourite white wine. This is a highly aromatic and acidic grape which oozes fresh, zingy, tongue-tingling flavours. Depending on how ripe the grapes are, we can expect flavours from citrus, green apple, grapefruit and the British speciality gooseberry, through stone-fruits and even tropical fruits such as pineapple and passionfruit. Many examples have aroma and taste qualities which are floral – elderflower or white blossom, but also slightly herbaceous notes such as grass, asparagus, and green bell pepper which are a result of the Methoxypyrazines contained in this variety. It is also not unusual for feline lovers to detect the familiar aroma of ‘cat pee’ in the wine, which comes from a sulphur bound compound known as 4MMP.

FLINTY QUALITY

As a rule, most Sauvignon Blanc wines are for immediate consumption, especially those from places like Marlborough in New Zealand and South Africa. However, a notable exception to this rule are Sancerre wines, which are more complex, have a minerally or flinty quality and which can age well. Generally, these wines are made in stainless steel tanks or old oak barrels and so have little to no characteristics of having been oak aged. It is, however, possible to find oaked Sauvignons, from places such as Bordeaux, the USA and Australia. Sancerre is a very marked contrast with New Zealand, so if you are not a big Marlborough fan, you might want to try a Sancerre instead. On the other hand, if you can’t get enough of that New Zealand Sauv, then just maybe you should look out for a Spanish Albariño as an alternative.

If the high acids in Sauvignon Blanc are too much for your constitution, you may well want to consider Pinot Grigio as an alternative. This Italian tipple is less aromatic and therefore tends to get more flavour from the winemaking process, than from the grape itself. Pinot Grigio is usually light, refreshing and dry in style, with characteristics of green or citrus fruits, and sometimes peach, some minerality and depending on where it was made and almond notes. All of this makes it the ideal patio wine: easy drinking, delicious and uncomplicated. Like Sauvignon Blancs, most Pinot Grigios are going to be produced for immediate consumption rather than ageing.

SUMMER MEALS

Pinot Grigio is a great wine for get togethers but also particularly pairs well with white meat, sea food dishes, as well as salads, making it the ideal wine to serve with light summer meals. It is also possible to make a more sophisticated style of wine from this grape, which is usually labelled Pinot Gris and even sweet wines made from grapes, which are harvested later. In terms of other varieties, you may want to try if you like this style, you may want to opt for Soave, another native Italian style made from the Garganega grape.

Chardonnay has an extraordinarily bad reputation in the UK, largely based on a lot of very heavily oaked cheap Chardonnays of the 80s and 90s, from places such as the USA and Australia. While there are certainly still a few cheap, overly oaky chardonnays out there, generally winemakers are now making much more subtle wines with these grapes. Many are now unoaked. Like Pinot Grigio Chardonnay, is non-aromatic, so tends to take on the flavours of the wine making process. Flavours can range from citrus and green fruits, through to peachy and even pineapple-like flavours. The grape usually produces much more golden coloured wines. Oaked wines may have toasty, vanilla and nutty notes as well.

SPARKLING FORM

Of course, if you prefer a different take on your chardonnay, you may want to consider consuming it in sparkling form. Chardonnay is one of the most popular grapes used in sparkling wine making and can be found in many Champagnes, English Sparklings, South African Cap Classiques, Crémants, and even in some Cava, Prosecco and Franciacorta. Chardonnay often contributes some floral notes, citrus flavours and enhances aging potential. If you like a little oak in your chardonnay, you may want to also try white Rioja for something similar.

So, with three options to celebrate in May which ones will you choose? As always, whether you celebrate one or all three, please drink responsibly.

DAVID’S TOP WINE PICKS FOR MAY

Something sparkling:

Krone ‘Borealis’ Cuvée Brut 2022/23, South Africa – £15, Majestic.

A nice refreshing and light sparkling from South Africa, which combines delicate fruit flavours of melon, stone fruit and pineapple, with subtle minerality and biscuit flavours on the finish.  

Something fresh and fruity:

M&S Garganega Pinot Grigio – £7, Marks & Spencer.

A good typical example of a Pinot Grigio with white fruit, subtle acids, notes of lime, peach and almonds. A nice easy drinking wine, which is very affordable. 

Something big and bold:

Paolo Leo Primitivo di Manduria, 2022 – £13, Waitrose.

A rich, full bodied and well-balanced wine with black fruit notes of blackcurrant, blackberry and black cherry. Strong oak influences of smoke, spice and earthiness to finish. 

Something classic:

Tesco Finest Pouilly Fume – £16.50, Tesco.

A Sauvignon Blanc with some character and complexity. Flavours of lime, gooseberry, and green apple meet minerality and cream, to create a very enjoyable mouthfeel. 

Something English:

Three Choirs Classic Cuvee Sparkling Wine – £18.69, Hay wines.

A sparkling wine from one of the lesser-known varieties – Seyval Blanc, with a touch of Pinot Noir. Think white and citrus fruits with some nice brioche, bread and biscuit notes. 

Something different:

Honey Drop Chenin Blanc 2023/4 – £14.99, Majestic.

Stone fruit, tropical fruit, and honied notes, give way to creamy layers of smoke, vanilla, and with complex coconut and butterscotch on the finish. This is a wine which seriously delivers and which deserves to be savoured.

A more sustainable option than lamb, hogget is a sheep aged between one to two years. Opting for hogget or mutton means the sheep have had the time to mature at pasture, so the meat has more fat and a greater depth of flavour.

Ingredients: 

• Herdwick Hogget rack and shoulder (bone separate)
• 100g garden peas
• 100g broad beans
• 1 bunch of mint
• 50g goat’s curd

For the sauce: 

• 2 shallots
• 4 cloves garlic
• 3 sprigs rosemary
• 1ltr chicken stock
• 150ml Madeira
• 150ml red wine
• 75ml brandy

Method:

Prepare the lamb shoulder and brine in a 10 per cent salt brine for 24 hours. Cook it for a further 24 hours at 78 degrees after the brining process, make sure you wash the shoulder for at least 20 minutes before cooking. Once cooked, carefully flake it down and roll it into a ballantine (sausage shape) allow to set in the fridge and then slice it into 1cm thick slices ready to fry in pan later.

For the sauce, roast the lamb bones for 40 minutes, take out and drain excess fat. In a large pan, fry the shallots, garlic and rosemary, add the bones and fry for a further 2 minutes. Deglaze with all the alcohol and reduce to a glace, add stock and cook down until desired consistency. Pass through a sieve ready to serve.

Roast the lamb rack for 8 to 10 minutes at 180 degrees, allow to rest for 10 minutes. While the meat is resting, ensure your sauce is hot and begin to cook the peas, broad beans and fry lamb shoulder disc. Once cooked begin to assemble on a plate and finish off with a few spoonfuls of goat’s curd.

First the facts! Bowel cancer is the fourth most common cancer in the UK and the second biggest killer cancer. Nearly 44,000 people are diagnosed with bowel cancer every year in the UK. More than nine out of 10 new cases (94 per cent) are diagnosed in people over the age of 50.

But bowel cancer can affect anyone of any age. More than 2,600 new cases are diagnosed in people under the age of 50 every year. One in 17 men and one in 20 women will be diagnosed with bowel cancer during their lifetime. But the positive news is that it’s both treatable and curable, especially when diagnosed at an early stage.

What is bowel cancer

Bowel cancer starts in the large bowel. It can also be called colorectal cancer. The bowel is part of the digestive system. It is made up of the small bowel and the large bowel. The large bowel is made up of the colon and rectum. Bowel cancer is a general term for cancer that begins in the large bowel. Depending on where the cancer starts, bowel cancer is sometimes called colon or rectal cancer. Cancer can sometimes start in the small bowel (small intestine), but small bowel cancer is much rarer than large bowel cancer.

What are the symptoms?

They can include:

• Bleeding from your bottom and blood in your poo
• Persistent and unexplained change in bowel habit. You might be going more or less often, or have diarrhoea or constipation that might come and go
• Sudden and unexplained weight loss
• Feeling very tired with no obvious reason or cause
• A pain or lump in your tummy

However, remember that having these symptoms doesn’t always mean you have bowel cancer, but it’s still important to find out what’s causing them.

Who’s at risk

It’s not known exactly what causes bowel cancer, but there are a number of things that can increase your risk. These include:

Age – Nearly nine in 10 cases of bowel cancer occur in people aged 60 or over.

Diet – A diet high in red or processed meats and low in fibre can increase your risk.

Weight – Bowel cancer is more common in people who are overweight or obese.

Exercise – Being inactive increases the risk of getting bowel cancer.

Alcohol and smoking – a high alcohol intake and smoking may increase your chances of getting bowel cancer.

Family history – having a close relative (mother or father, brother or sister) who developed bowel cancer under the age of 50 puts you at a greater lifetime risk of developing the condition.

What to do

If you are concerned, seeing your GP as soon as you can when you have symptoms is vital. The earlier that bowel cancer is diagnosed, the more treatable it’s likely to be. Firstly, try not to be embarrassed to ask for help. Most of us are pretty reticent talking about poo and our toilet habits, but the doctor or nurse will be used to discussing these symptoms and they want to help. Keeping a note of your symptoms can help you to explain what you’re experiencing. Write down anything that makes them worse or better and tell the clinician if you have any family history of cancer.

At long last April has arrived – and with it comes the realisation that spring is well and truly here! The days are noticeably longer, the sun has a little more warmth to it, and the garden is responding in kind. Everywhere you look, there’s fresh growth, from the first unfurling leaves to the vibrant splashes of colour provided by tulips, primroses and bluebells. It’s a month of transformation, as the slow emergence from winter suddenly gives way to a burst of activity.
April is a busy time in the garden, but it’s also one of the most rewarding. There’s plenty to be getting on with, from planting and sowing to pruning and feeding. Whether you’re a seasoned gardener or just starting out, now is the time to roll up your sleeves and make the most of the season ahead. So, let’s dig in and get started!

Prune, Feed and Shape

Now is the perfect time to give shrubs, perennials and climbers a little TLC. Roses will benefit from a final prune to shape them before they burst into full growth. Cut back any dead or damaged stems and shape your plants to encourage strong, healthy new shoots. If you haven’t already done so, feed your roses with a good-quality fertiliser to give them a boost for the season ahead. A sprinkle of slow-release fertiliser around their base will set them up nicely for strong, healthy blooms in the months to come.
April is also a great time to tidy up any early-flowering shrubs that have finished their display. Forsythia, for example, can be pruned immediately after flowering to maintain its shape and encourage new growth for next year. Hardy fuchsias and penstemons, which may have held onto their woody stems over winter, can now be cut back to encourage fresh, bushy growth. A little effort now will keep your garden looking its best well into summer.

Get Sowing!

April is prime time for sowing hardy annuals, vegetables and salad crops. If you’re growing flowers, now is the moment to sow the likes of cosmos, cornflowers and marigolds directly into the soil. These easy-to-grow beauties will bring vibrant colour to your garden in just a few months. Make sure to prepare the ground by raking it to a fine tilth before scattering seeds and lightly covering them with soil. Keep the area moist, and in no time, you’ll see seedlings popping up.
For the kitchen garden, there’s still time to sow broad beans, beetroot, carrots and lettuce outdoors. If your soil is on the heavy side, consider starting seeds in trays or modules and planting them out once they’ve developed strong roots. Courgettes, pumpkins and runner beans can also be started indoors now, ready to plant out once the risk of frost has passed. Keep an eye on the weather – April can be unpredictable, and young seedlings may still need some protection from chilly nights.

Lift, Divide and Conquer!

If you have perennials that are getting a little overcrowded, now is the time to lift and divide them. Plants like hostas, asters and daylilies will thrive when split and replanted, giving you even more to enjoy across your borders. Gently dig up the clump, taking care not to damage the roots, then use a sharp knife or spade to divide it into smaller sections. Replant immediately, ensuring each section has a good root system, and water them in well to help them settle.

This is also a great moment to check in on your bulbs. If daffodils and tulips have finished flowering, deadhead them to prevent energy going into seed production rather than strengthening the bulbs for next year. Resist the urge to cut back the foliage too soon – letting it die back naturally will ensure the bulbs store plenty of energy for next spring’s display. With a little care and attention now, your garden will continue to flourish well into the months ahead.

So, with April in full swing, it’s time to embrace the season and enjoy every moment in the garden. There’s plenty to do, but the rewards are more than worth it!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I worked on the Birmingham 2022 Commonwealth Games as director of legacy. I’m a fan of sport but having never worked in sport or events it was a random career swerve. I was at Aston University for 14 years as director of careers and employability and another five years as a national policy advisor and commissioner for the government, so I had developed a grounding in how to get things done on a big scale with public money. When the opportunity came to join the Games’ organising committee, I had a blend of skills and experience for the role. It was very hard work, but I adored my time at the Games – however as the director of legacy, the hard work for me started once the Games were over…

IT’S WHAT I DO

For the last two years I’ve been running the charity founded to keep the good legacies going after the Games left town. The event created such an upswing in optimism, people told us they felt united by the summer of 2022 and asked us to keep that feeling alive. The charity has played a main role in ensuring £15million has gone to communities all around the West Midlands. If you’ve seen the orange uniforms of the volunteers at any of the 72 events around the region, that is what we do. We’ve also supported more than 2,000, 16 to 24-year-olds who face incredible hardships, providing experiences on our youth volunteering pathway. The young people might be carers, care leavers, disabled or living with a mental health condition which gets in the way of their dreams and prospects. We’re also upskilling hundreds of community groups to help them find sustainable funding, and we advise local employers on how they can be a better friend to local communities.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I’d love the rest of the country to believe in Birmingham the way I do. My latest mission is to get our businesses and public sector employers working on the same social challenges – like youth unemployment and health inequalities. It would be unbelievably powerful to combine the buying power of the council, the NHS, and businesses to make some coordinated asks of the suppliers they purchase from and turn that into tangible opportunities for local people.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

I set up Degree Apprenticeships in England. It’s gone from zero in 2016 to 55,000 degree apprentices today. By working and earning as a degree apprentice, and not having to pay university fees, it opens up a completely new pathway to people of all ages who wouldn’t otherwise consider a degree. I’m so proud of that.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

In leadership – credit the team when things go well, take the hit when things go badly. In management – discretional effort is the biggest untapped resource on the planet. Personally – purpose gives me wings, wish I’d known that when I was 18.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Our people are funny, humble, diverse, creative and we get stuff done. Plus, we’ve got three Bulls and a Mr Egg. What’s not to love!

DOWNTIME

My ultimate stressbuster is kayaking out to a secret Welsh beach to watch dolphins as the sun sets. Preferably with a cold beer.

Finally, we’ve been blessed with some beautiful weather. The world seems a better place and life is sweet. It’s also slightly raises the anxiety levels as it serves as a little reminder that summer is coming and it’s time to prepare for swimwear.

Fancy a few tips on how to lean up without leaving the house? Here are six easy exercises which you can do at home in only a matter of minutes.

1 Stair climbing

Run up and down stairs at a fast pace non-stop for one minute – it will boost your heart rate and as it’s weight-bearing it will load your bones too. If you find it easy, then try carrying something heavy (evenly loaded carrier bags full of books will do fine).

2 Squats

Unless we do some strengthening exercises we lose muscle and that means we have less calorie-burning dense tissue which leads to a reduction in your metabolic rate. Stronger, denser muscles burn more calories even when you’re at rest.

Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart (or slightly wider) and push your hips back as if you’re sitting into an imaginary chair. Lower down so your thighs are as parallel to the floor as possible, with your knees over your ankles. Press your weight into your heels then push up to bring yourself back to the starting position. Work up gradually to squat for 30 seconds then build it up to one minute.

3 Ropeless skipping

Imagine holding a skipping rope then rotate the ‘rope’ forward as if you’re skipping. Add in the footwork, you can hop from one foot to the other or jump lifting both feet simultaneously. Remember to keep the arms turning – you can alternate circling forward and backward – and keep going for up to one minute.

4 The plank

The plank works 100 per cent of your abdominal muscles compared to 64 per cent for sit-ups. You’re also less likely to strain your neck, which is common when doing sit-ups.

On the floor, get into a push-up position then bend your elbows at 90° and rest your weight on your forearms. Your elbows should be directly beneath your shoulders and your body should form a straight line from your head to your feet. Hold the position for as long as you can up to one minute (and remember not to hold your breath).

5 Pelvic bridge

A great exercise to engages your core and glute muscles which can really help improve your posture and any potential back pain.

Lie on your back with your arms by your sides, feet flat on the floor with your knees bent. Squeeze your butt while lifting your hips off the ground until your knees, hips and shoulders form a straight line and hold for a few seconds before easing back down.

6 Lateral raises

Stand with feet hip-width apart, arms by your sides holding weights in each hand. You could start with bottles of water or tins of soup then build up to using hand weights. Raise your arms up and out to the side to shoulder level then slowly lower them back down and repeat. Don’t be tempted to let your arms drop suddenly, try to resist gravity. Keep going for up to one minute.

Do each exercise for up to one minute then as you improve turn this into a circuit by repeating the sequence twice, then three times so it takes less than 20 minutes. Then prepare to rock your favourite swimsuit – you deserve it!

As we begin to emerge from spring and begin thinking about the prospect of better weather in just a few months’ time, International Malbec Day on 17April offers a timely reminder that Malbec is the natural pairing for steak and other BBQ foods, when we eventually get outside again.

Malbec has small berries, which are dark in colour and have thick skins. The resulting wines tend to have a characteristic purple colour and bright magenta rim. And we Brits love them! The UK is the second biggest importer of Argentinian Malbec in the world.

A BRIEF HISTORY

It is thought that the Malbec grape was first widely adopted in France, where it had become famous as early as Medieval times. There are a number of stories around how Malbec was introduced to France, one of which was that it was introduced by a Hungarian peasant of the same name.

The British love affair with Malbec dates back to the 12th century. Imports of Malbec grew significantly around this time, as a consequence of new trading routes developing when Eleanor of Aquitaine married the English prince who would eventually become King Henry II.

Despite the popularity of the ‘black wines’ of Cahors and Bordeaux in Medieval times, production today is much more limited. The word Malbec is thought to be closely related to the French words ‘mal bouche’ or bad mouth, which reflects the somewhat negative views and lack of love the French have for the grape.

During the 1850s, almost all of the vines of Europe were affected by a pest known as phylloxera, which pretty much wiped Malbec out in South-West France. This, combined with significant frosts of 1956, largely sealed the grape’s fate and it fell out of fashion. Given it is quite a difficult grape to grow, and the French didn’t particularly like it anyway, most vines were replaced with other varieties. It is, however, still one of the red Bordeaux blend varieties, where it is used mostly to add colour.

Thanks to French botanist Michel Pouget transporting Malbec cuttings to South America in the 1850s, today the largest plantations of Malbec can be found in Argentina, where it is usually grown at altitude. Some vineyards are among the highest in the world, located at over 3,300m above sea level. At this altitude the intensity of the sunlight enhances the aromas and flavours of the resulting wines. It also helps create polymeric tannins, which are much softer and rounder, rather than astringent and bitter. The sun helps fully ripen the berries, allowing sugar levels to get very high, and this can result in some very high alcohol wines. Argentina now accounts for around three-quarters of the world’s Malbec plantations.

ABOUT THE WINES

Perhaps one of the reasons the Brits love Malbec is that it is possible to pick-up well-made wines for very good prices. Argentinian styles tend to be easy drinking and fruit dominated with black cherry, raspberry, plum and blackberry flavours depending on the climate in which it has been grown. They often have notes of vanilla, tobacco, cocoa and violet. There are of course still Cahors Malbecs, which tend to be more leathery, tart, and more acidic with black plum, black pepper and spicy notes. Both will benefit from serving just below room temperature, decanting and serving in a large glass to allow them to breathe. Of course, there are examples of rosé style Malbecs and even white and sparkling Malbecs as well.

Despite the obvious pairing with steak, Malbec can also match well with strong (especially blue) cheese, aubergine dishes, meaty fish, smoked foods, and French styles with duck. So, as you dust off the BBQ and prepare for summer, why not look for some International Malbec Day offers in preparation? And however you choose to enjoy your wine, please drink responsibly.

DAVID’S TOP WINE PICKS FOR APRIL

Something sparkling:

Codorniu Vintage Organic Cava Brut – £10, Tesco.

Cava is one of the most underrated sparkling wines and this Codorniu Vintage is a good example of a well-made entry-level Cava. Flavours of ripe white fruits, with good acidity, notes of brioche, dried fruit and nuts. A fine mousse and a long finish. 

Something fresh and fruity:

Chosen by Majestic Riesling 2023, Rheinhessen ­– £9.99, Majestic.

Rieslings have a fairly poor reputation, but this one is fresh, vibrant and has notes of stone fruits and honey which makes it the perfect pairing to Asian dishes. 

Something big and bold:

Abbotts & Delaunay ‘Les Fleurs Sauvages’ Malbec 2021/22, Languedoc – £11.99, Majestic.

An old vine French Malbec with concentrated and bold red and black fruit flavours and some liquorice and spice on the finish. 

Something classic:

Zuccardi Serie A Malbec 2022 ­– £15, Tesco.

A full-bodied Malbec with black cherry, plum and subtle raspberry aromas, plus some chocolate on the finish. Spicy notes, but very accessible smooth tannins making it deceptively easy drinking. 

Something English:

Chapel Down, A Touch of Sparkle – £15.99, Waitrose.

Tropical, citrus and floral aromas – think pineapple, grapefruit and elderflower. A nice mousse which is persistent. Nice earthy minerality and herbaceous nettle finish. 

Something different:

Sainsbury’s Sicilia Doc Grillo, Taste the Difference – £9, Sainsburys.

Fresh, fruit palette with strong citrus flavour, tropical fruit notes and mild floral aromas of jasmine. A great wine to pair with light pasta, chicken salads or sushi dishes.

This year’s Signature Awards were hosted by Aaron Jones and held at the Vox Conference Venue in Birmingham. The awards celebrate some of the best businesses from the region and highlights the professionals and entrepreneurs who drive operational excellence in their field. Winners included Elisabeth Lewis-Jones, CEO of communications consultancy Liquid, who was voted Business Woman of the Year

Captions:

1 Host, Aaron James
2 Business Woman of the Year, Elisabeth Lewis-Jones
3 Ninder Johal with keynote speaker, Peter Waddle
4 Community Excellence, Sandwell College
5 Young Business Person of the Year, Michael Parinchy
6 Start-up of the Year, Laser Skin
7 Entrepreneur of the Year, Manny Athwal
8 Excellence in Legal Services, Sydney Mitchell

Ahead of Mahtab’s exhibition at Ikon Gallery, we’re shining a light on the artist’s thought-provoking work which highlights the richness of the British Muslim community and the artist’s strong connection to Birmingham. The exhibition explores the fine line between photographic documentation and surveillance culture by addressing the intelligence sites established to monitor the Muslim community.

To give the work some context, in 2010 West Midlands Police and Birmingham City Council were forced to apologise over a network of cameras installed in two predominantly Muslim areas. Titled Project Champion, the scheme monitored Sparkbrook and Washwood Heath with 216 cameras including covert devices installed in the street to track the residents’ cars and capture and store data.

Implemented largely without formal consultation, the initiative was revealed to be a counter terrorism project based on racial profiling and paid for by the Terrorism and Allied Matters fund. The handful of councillors who were consulted say they were led to believe the scheme’s aim was to tackle anti-social behaviour and were not made aware it was paid for by the Terrorism and Allied Matters fund. The cameras were dismantled in 2011.

CELEBRATNG COMMUNITY

Mahtab’s new exhibition, What Did You Want To See? explores the impact of Project Champion and prejudice more widely. Commissioned by Ikon and international photography platform, Photoworks, the exhibition will include a series of installations creating a communal space in the gallery fostering inclusion and intercultural dialogue.

For instance, one space will include portraits displayed within a prayer room alongside a video of five prayer sequences that visitors can observe or join in. Another room will be set up as a surveillance hub, with more than 200 cameras installed making the viewer feel watched and potentially uncomfortable. Additional videos take a look at the Muslim experience in the UK by celebrating community while also reflecting on Mahtab’s experience growing up in Birmingham.

CHALLENGING STEREOTYPES

One element of the exhibition is Mahtab’s documentation of 160 mosques in Birmingham. Mahtab began taking photos of the city’s mosques in the summer of 2023 resulting in a collection of images highlighting the diversity of architecture from the iconic minarets of Birmingham’s Central Mosque to the Arts & Crafts designs of terraced houses and yellow brick churches. Collectively, the photographs underscore the pervasive act of data collection and classification.

The exhibition also includes a series of black and white portraits highlighting the city’s vibrant Muslim community embracing their individuality and snubbing stereotypes like the photograph of Daddy Shaf in his mechanic’s clothing, pictured. There is clearly an irony in Mahtab using photography as a medium to highlight the misuse of cameras and infringement of people’s rights, however, he combats this by talking to his sitters one to one about their shared experiences and his creative process. He also uses consent forms and strives to create something the sitter would be happy to have on their wall.

Circling back to Project Champion, the removal of the cameras left odd patches of tarmac dotted along the pavement which have been repurposed for the exhibition. They serve as a memory of the tension between security and freedom and a reminder of community resilience. Mahtab says: “Through my work, I strive to reflect the richness and resilience of Muslim communities, celebrating their individuality while challenging stereotypes. Each portrait and installation is a story, an invitation to connect, and a reminder of the beauty in our shared humanity.”

With Lent almost upon us, and no doubt many committed Brummies putting chocolate to one side for 40 days, why not treat yourself to one final little sweet hurrah with this delicious recipe, packed with white chocolate and pineapple goodness.

Ingredients 

• 125g sugar

• 140g egg yolk

• 400g white chocolate

• 50g butter

• 600ml double cream

• Splash of water

• Pre-baked tart case

• Pink peppercorns

• Pineapple prepared into dices

• 50g sugar

Method

Add 50g sugar to 2 tbsp of water in a pan over medium heat. Allow sugar to melt and bring to a boil and wait for it to turn dark amber in colour. Remove from heat, toss in the pineapple chunks until coated in the caramel then set aside until cooled

Add egg yolks into a mixing bowl. Add sugar into saucepan with a splash of water, heat to a soft ball then pour into the mixing bowl of egg yolks while whisking with electric mixer. Continue to whisk the eggs until they become light and form a sabayon (light sauce). Melt the butter and chocolate together over a bain-marie and fold into the sabayon.

Whisk the double cream in a mixing bowl until you get soft peaks, fold into it the sabayon mixture and then using a piping bag fill your pre- baked tart case. Add the pineapple chunks in caramel to the top of the tart. Garnish with the crushed pink peppercorns. And enjoy!

Founded in 2017, Hyrox is the latest fitness craze that’s gym bunnies across the globe are clamouring to get involved in. Essentially, it’s a high intensity workout involving a number of specific disciplines, creating a challenging full body workout that provides an all-round fitness regime.

There’s also the added spice of a competitive element with Hyrox races events taking place everywhere. All the events use the same running distance, with the same exercises, in the same order – so it’s super easy to gauge your competency levels and track personal development.

WHAT IS IT?

Hyrox is made up of eight separate ‘movements’ which involve a mixture of cardio work and strength challenges. Crucially the exercises are meant to be approachable for gym-goers of all standards, so in theory anyone can participate, but they’re still tough and the challenge is really with your own progression.

There’s a good deal or running at its core with 50 per cent of a Hyrox race featuring a run between stations. If you’re new to running, you may want to invest in a specific running training regime before you commit to the main event.

THE POWER OF EIGHT

As already mentioned, there are eight distinct ‘stations’.  Initially you kick off with a 1k run before beginning at the first station and then you’ll complete a 1K run in between every subsequent station. You complete the stations in the following order: 

1km Ski Erg

While the ski erg is primarily an upper body movement using the lats and triceps, it also works the core, hip flexors, hamstrings, calves and glutes. 

50m Sled Push

Split into four lengths of 12.5 meters, you’ll have to push the sled over the line, then walk around to push it back the other way. 

50m Sled Pull

As above but pulling the sled. There are a number of techniques you can use here, backward walk works best for us, but you should experiment on what works best for you. 

80m Burpee Broad Jump

A burpee with a forward jump at the end… as if a simple burpee wasn’t enough! 

1km Row

Pretty straight forward and the most important thing with the rowing machine is to incorporate a good technique. 

200m Farmers Carry

This exercise engages your upper back and core and good grip strength is required. At first it can feel a bit weird running with kettlebells so it’s worth practising. 

100m Sandbag Lunge

As it sounds, you carry a sandbag and perform walking lunges for 100 metres. Make sure your knee touches the ground on each rep. 

100 Wall Balls

For each rep, you must throw the ball up to strike the centre of the designated target (nine feet high for women, 10 feet for men).

BEAUTIFUL BENEFITS

It’s exhausting just reading about it but obviously with such a full-on workout there’s going to be loads of potential health benefits – but to name just a few:

• Increased strength. flexibility and endurance.

• Improved agility and co-ordination.

• Reduced body fat and also helping build lean muscle mass, improving overall body composition.

• Improved cardiovascular health.

• Improved mental health.

Hyrox really is accessible to people of all fitness levels. It’s designed to test overall fitness and obviously you can manage the workout without necessarily taking part in the events themselves. Please note the events have a minimum age restriction of 16.

So, what are you waiting for?  Pop down to your local gym to find out more and discuss tailoring a regime that suits your current fitness level.  Welcome to the revolution!

This simple and delicious cocktail comes from the guys at the Warwickshire Gin Company, a local independent distillery that boasts a collection of award-winning spirits. Honeybee Cocktail uses one of our favourites – Pugilist Honey Rum – which is part of the range named in honour of Warwickshire’s own boxing legend Randolph Turpin. As always, please enjoy responsibly.

Ingredients 

• 50ml Pugilist Honey Rum

• 10ml lime juice.

• Sicilian lemonade to taste

Method 

Put two or three large ice cubes into a tall glass. Add the rum and lime juice then top up with the lemonade. Stir gently, garnish with a slice of dried lime and enjoy!

Spring is officially here this month, and I couldn’t be more thrilled! There’s a real shift in the air now – the days are stretching out, the birds are in fine voice, and everywhere you look the garden is slowly but surely waking up. After what has felt like an endless winter (and let’s be honest, it really has dragged on!), March finally brings the promise of brighter, warmer days ahead.

With the spring equinox landing on 20 March, we can say with confidence that the new season has arrived. The first daffodils are nodding in the breeze, buds are bursting into life, and if you were organised in autumn, your tulips won’t be far behind. The excitement is building and I, for one, can’t wait to dive into everything this month has to offer.
So, let’s dust off those gardening gloves and step outside – the garden is calling!

Tidy up and cut back

Now’s the time to give your borders a good tidy-up. After months of cold, wet weather they’ll be crying out for a bit of attention, and trust me, a little effort now will make all the difference in the months ahead. Start by clearing away any dead leaves and cutting back the last of the winter dieback – your perennials will thank you for it! Then onto the weeds. Those pesky little things are quick off the mark as the temperatures rise, and if left to their own devices, they’ll soon take hold.
Established weeds should be dug out, roots and all, to stop them making an unwelcome return. As for newly germinating ones, a quick hoe on a dry day will do the trick. Just leave them on the surface to wither in the sun. With your borders weed-free and looking sharp, your plants will have the space, light and nutrients they need to thrive. It’s all about setting the stage for a glorious growing season ahead.

Tuck up your plants

Mulching is one of the best things you can do for your garden at this time of year. A generous layer of garden compost will not only tidy up your borders but also work wonders for the health of your soil. It helps to lock in moisture, suppress weeds and feed your plants as it breaks down over time. If you get into the habit of mulching every spring, your borders will thank you for it.
Start by making sure your borders are weed-free and the soil is damp. There’s no point mulching dry ground, as the moisture needs to be sealed in rather than kept out. Spread a good, thick layer of compost over the surface, around five centimetres deep, taking care not to smother emerging shoots. If you have particularly hungry plants, such as roses or dahlias, now is a great time to add a little feed before mulching over the top.

A well-mulched border looks fantastic and makes a real difference to plant growth throughout the season. It keeps everything looking neat while giving your plants the best possible start. So, grab a wheelbarrow, get spreading and let nature do the rest. Your garden will soon reap the rewards.

Sow… get to work!

If you haven’t already, now is the time to sow tomatoes, chillies and peppers indoors. These warm-weather favourites need a head start before they can be moved outdoors, so get them going now to be prepared. By starting them indoors, you’ll give them the best chance to establish strong, healthy roots before the warmer weather arrives.

Start with good-quality seed compost and small pots or trays. Make a very shallow hole in the compost, drop in your seed, and cover very lightly with more compost. Then, pop the pots somewhere warm, like a windowsill or heated propagator, to encourage germination. Tomatoes, chillies and peppers all love warmth, so the warmer you can keep them, the better.

Keep the compost moist but not soaking, and once the seeds have sprouted move the pots to a brighter spot with plenty of light. If you’re growing tomatoes, remember to pinch out the growing tips of the plants when they get a few inches tall to encourage bushier growth.

By sowing these delicious crops now, you’ll be well on your way to a bumper harvest later in the summer. It’s a small job now, but a big reward come harvest time!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

This year marks my 20th year with the West Midlands Growth Company and BBC Radio WM – thank you if your first thought was ‘he doesn’t look old enough!’ – having joined both organisations after graduating from Aston University. The variety, experiences and enjoyment gained from working as a communications officer with media during the week, and then the reverse at the weekend, has seen me working in Cannes, at Conservative Party conferences and the Commonwealth Games, so it’s rarely dull!

IT’S WHAT I DO

During the week, I am a communications manager for the West Midlands Growth Company. My job is to liaise with local, national and international media – as well as our seven local authorities, stakeholders such as VisitBritain/VisitEngland and our great tourism venues – with the aim of creating positive coverage about the region and attracting more tourists, conferences and major sporting events to the West Midlands. I hope that by reading, hearing or watching upbeat stories about the West Midlands in some of the outlets I’ve worked with in recent years, that tourists and event organisers are encouraged to think about coming here. At weekends, I commentate on one of the West Midlands’ five Premier League or EFL football teams – normally Aston Villa or Walsall – so I could end up being in Newcastle, Nottingham or Newport on any given Saturday afternoon!

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I would love to see Birmingham and the wider West Midlands featured more in national newspapers’ weekend travel sections as a viable and serious option, rather than as a surprise alternative. It still seems fashionable to bash Birmingham and its surroundings by people who’ve either never been or have outdated views. On the football side, to commentate on one of our teams winning a trophy or gaining promotion would be a great thrill.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

It’s hard to look beyond that fantastic summer in 2022 when Birmingham hosted the Commonwealth Games. It was fantastic to see Birmingham and the West Midlands getting its time to shine and so many positive headlines. Having interviewed Peaky Blinders creator Steven Knight for our Visit Birmingham website back in 2013 before the first series launched, it’s been incredible to see how that drama has exploded into a global phenomenon – it’s helped me to get some big national and international stories. I love commentating on Aston Villa in big Premier League fixtures. It’s been something I could’ve only dreamed of as a child.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

I wish I had had thicker skin when starting out – I remember being called a ‘wet lettuce’ on social media after one of my first Birmingham City matches – but I’ve learned not to be quite so offended nowadays.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I absolutely love all of the big sporting events that Birmingham and the West Midlands hosts. We’ve christened this region the ‘heart of sport’ in the UK, and with the All England Badminton Championships, Kabaddi World Cup and Rocket League Championship Series in March alone, there’s so much to enjoy.

DOWNTIME

Taking my six-year-old and three-year-old out and about to explore the West Midlands fills my weekends when I’m not at a football match. I also love watching game shows and will tell anyone who’ll listen (more than once) about my win on Countdown a few years ago. It’s probably time I went on another one!

The Mayor of Leamington Spa was among guests at the launch party of the town’s new Hush Bar. Cllr Judith Clarke made a toast as part of the special evening, which showcased the speakeasy-inspired cellar bar, taking guests back in time to the Prohibition era of 1920/30s America. Offering a five-star service, elevated cocktail menu and live music experiences from the period, it is the result of a transformational makeover of the former Robbins Well cellar bar underneath The Terrace, which closed its doors 10 years ago.

Captions:

1 Leamington mayor Cllr Judith Clarke, Naomi Bishop

2 Faye Miles, Maddy Payne, Reece Saysell, Ashley Rahim

3 Ivor Thomas, Diane Leathem, Bernie Leathem, Ian Hughes

4 Jo Isherwood, Jo Jones, Jenny Smith, Jacob Isherwood

5 Jordan Williams, Sophie Eyers

6 Julie McGarrigle, Tracey McAtamney

7 Laura and Rob Avery

8 Leanne Nguyen, Kirsty Lo

9 Mica Pinczuk, Kiran Mann, Caroline Ingold

Padel tennis is recognised as one of the fastest growing sports in the world. It’s a mix between tennis and squash that’s great sport for players of all ages and skills as it’s both quick and easy to pick up. Most players get the basics within the first half-an-hour of playing so that they can really enjoy the game.

Padel courts are usually designed for four players and are roughly one third of the size of a tennis court. The speed of the game, combined with the smaller size of a padel court, makes singles play difficult, and most padel matches feature two pairs of players. The enclosed courts are surrounded by walls of glass and metallic mesh and the game is played with a short, stringless racquet and a low compression tennis ball.

HOW TO PLAY

One of the main differences to tennis is that padel begins with an underarm serve and the server must allow the ball to bounce once before hitting it and the ball must be hit below waist level. The balls can then be played off the back and side walls, in a similar way to squash, allowing for longer rallies. Players can bounce the ball off a wall on their own side of the court and you can also volley the ball during a rally, however the ball is determined as ‘out’ should it hit a wall directly.

Like tennis, a set is won when a team wins six games and there is at least two games difference – failing that the set is decided by a tie-break. Matches are best of three sets.

MAJOR BENEFITS

• Padel tennis is for all ages. Young or old, it’s a great sport and easy to find someone to play of a similar standard.

• It’s great for de-stressing. Switch off your worries for an hour or so with a few friends, smack the ball around a bit and properly unwind.

• It improves co-ordination. Padel tennis sharpens up your reflexes and eye-hand co-ordination.

• It’s not weather dependent. The sport can be played indoors or outdoors, so there’s no worries if it’s too hot or raining.

• It increases strength and muscle tone. Padel tennis is especially good for the legs and glutes but it’s also a cracking all-body workout, burning up to 400 calories per game.

• It’s good for your heart. Like all aerobic exercises, padel tennis improves the cardiovascular system, reducing the risk of heart attacks or failure.

• It’s social. As 90 per cent of matches are doubles, it’s a great way to meet people.

• It’s fun. Regardless of how good you are, padel tennis is guaranteed to put a smile on your face.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

In my twenties, I was a civil servant in Whitehall, a teacher in North London and in Uganda. Working in a remote village in this beautiful East African country was a formative experience and a stepping-stone to my ordination. As an ordained minister in the Church of England, I have worked in Surrey, Essex and now Birmingham. I am married to Jenny and we have two grown-up married daughters.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I am vicar of St Paul’s in the JQ and chair Thrive Together Birmingham, the Church of England community generation arm with a mission to tackle poverty and build community. My role as vicar is to connect the Christian community that worship and prays at St Paul’s with the businesses, residents and institutions of the JQ. I am also custodian of this historic and iconic church building, the jewel in the city’s crown. Urgently, we need to replace the roof before it fails and results in catastrophic water damage. The Raise the Roof campaign has been running for 14 months and has raised £170,000, bringing significant grant applications into play, but there is still some way to go to reach our total of £660,000.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

For St Paul’s, I want to see the church grow in numbers and in faith and to find new ways to serve the people of the JQ. Once the roof is replaced, my ambition is to modernise the interior while retaining its key heritage features, so that it can be an even better venue for concerts, the arts and a hub for community activities. On a personal note, I am working towards accreditation as a coach and the draft of my fourth book. You can find the other three on Amazon!

BIGGEST SUCCESS

I am most proud of my two daughters! In terms of work, I am motivated by shaping and leading churches that are loving and fruitful communities. When it comes to leisure, I have cycled from Land’s End to John O’Groats in 15 days, climbed Mount Kilimanjaro and trekked to Annapurna base camp in Nepal.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Mutual supportive relationships are what make life and work enjoyable. That means that when it comes to recruitment, qualities of character, collaboration and colleagueship would have more sway now than in the past.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Its rich diversity and down-to-earth friendliness, along with its art, music and heritage. The Edwardian Tea Rooms in the Museum and Art gallery in the city centre and Edgbaston Cricket are two of my favourite places outside of the Jewellery Quarter which is so vibrant. I am also aiming to get to all the football grounds on match days in the West Midlands – so far, I’ve been to the Hawthorns and Villa Park.

DOWNTIME

I am a keen West Ham fan and was at Villa Park for the recent FA cup tie to see them lose! I have enjoyed playing football and cricket in my younger days but now focus on cycling. This year, I am cycling from Minster on Sea on the Thames Estuary to Weston-super-Mare in June. Besides pedalling, I like cooking, reading, walking in the countryside, going to the theatre and watching drama on TV. I am coming to the end of the seven seasons of The West Wing, the American political drama for the second time.

Let’s face it, great food is symbolic of love. So, for Valentine’s day why not show that special person just how much you love them by knocking up this awesome dish from Mimmo Ruggiero, the head chef of La Bellezza. 

Ingredients for the Genovese sauce 

• 3 types of onions (this is very important!): 2 red onions, 1 white onion, 1 yellow onion

• Meat: Pork or beef cuts such as pork shoulder, shank, knee, or cheek. Use any fatty scraps you have on hand. This dish is all about utilising every part of the animal.

• 1 glass of red wine

• ½ tablespoon of tomato paste

• Salt and pepper to taste

• 1 bay leaf

Method: 

In a large pot, sear your chosen meat cuts over medium heat until browned, pour in the glass of red wine and let it simmer until reduced, leaving behind a rich flavour. Cut the onions into large chunks and add them to the pot. Stir well.

Add the tomato paste for a touch of colour and mix it in thoroughly, then reduce the heat to low and let the mixture simmer gently for 5 to 6 hours, stirring occasionally to ensure it doesn’t stick. Show it some love! Add salt, pepper, and a bay leaf during cooking to enhance the flavours. Once the sauce reaches a creamy rich consistency, it’s ready.

Now cook your favourite pasta, ideally ‘Ziti’, and toss it with the Genovese sauce.

Image by Dave Perry Photography

A new Speakeasy Bar has just opened its doors, immersing guests back in time to the Prohibition era of 1920/30s America. To celebrate, bar manager Bethany Gaunt of the awesome Hush in Leamington Spa has created this marvellous cocktail that’s inspired by and named after the slang term used at the time for feisty and fiery women. Please note the actual version of the cocktail made in the Hush bar is even better as the Ancho Reyes Verde is infused with Gochujang, but that requires a water bath and who has one of those at home! As always, please enjoy responsibly.

Ingredients:

• 40ml El Jimador Reposado Tequila
• 10ml Cointreau
• 10ml Ancho Reyes Verde
• 10ml Yuzu purée
• 15ml Lime juice
• Smoked sea salt rim

Method:

Before making the cocktail prepare the glass with Smoked Maldon sea salt for the rim. Use a freshly cut wedge of lime to run round the edge and push into the salt. Use a napkin to tidy the rim and remove any salt that has fallen into the glass.
Add all the wet ingredients to a Boston shaker, plus ice and give it a hard shake. Double strain the cocktail into the prepared glass and serve with a wedge of lime on the edge of the glass.

There’s a sense that spring is just around the corner, with wildlife waking up and the garden slowly coming back to life. It might still be chilly but there’s plenty to get stuck into, both indoors and outside. From sowing seeds to tidying up beds, this is the perfect time to shake off the winter and get everything ready for a blooming, busy season ahead.

Get Prepared

Getting organised with your seeds now will save you heaps of stress later. Start by sorting your seed packets by sowing date – it’s a simple but brilliant way to kick off your gardening year. All you need is a box with dividers (an old shoebox or biscuit tin works perfectly). Label each section by month, then file your seeds according to when they need to be sown. It’s an easy, satisfying job for a rainy afternoon and it makes such a difference when things get hectic in spring.

When March, April, or May rolls around, you’ll be so glad you don’t have to rummage through piles of packets, frantically searching for what needs planting next. Everything will be ready and waiting, making it much easier to stay on top of your gardening schedule. It’s practical, it’s satisfying and it gives you a head start for a successful growing season!

Split and Share

Dividing snowdrops after they’ve finished flowering is a brilliant way to spread the magic around your garden. If you’ve got big clumps of these lovely little flowers, it’s time to give them a bit of attention. Once the blooms have faded, gently lift the clump with a garden fork, being careful not to damage the bulbs. Separate the bulbs into smaller groups—try to keep a few together to help them settle quickly—and then replant them wherever you’d like to see a new patch of snowdrops pop up next year.
Choose spots with dappled shade or under trees where they’ll feel right at home. Water them in well, and before you know it, they’ll establish themselves and start creating new colonies, giving you even more of those delicate white blooms to enjoy. It’s a little effort now for a big payoff next spring – your future self will thank you!

Pots of Winter Joy

Give your garden or patio a splash of colour by potting up containers with hardy spring bedding plants. Primroses, wallflowers and forget-me-nots are perfect choices ­– they’re tough enough to handle unpredictable spring weather while still looking gorgeous. Start with a decent-sized pot and some good-quality compost, then get planting.
You can mix and match colours for a cheerful, vibrant display or stick to a simple colour scheme for something more refined. These plants love a bit of sunlight but don’t mind partial shade, so they’ll work in most spots. Once they’re in, give them a good water to help them settle and keep the compost moist – but not soggy – over the coming weeks. The great thing about spring bedding is how instantly it transforms a space. Whether it’s a dull doorstep or an empty balcony, these hardy plants bring life and brightness just when we all need it most!

Start your Spuds

Get a head start on your spuds by chitting first-early potato tubers – it’s an easy job that pays off with earlier, healthier crops. A great variety to try is Rocket, known for its reliable harvests and delicious flavour. To chit your potatoes, stand the tubers in trays or empty egg cartons with the ‘rose’ end (the one with the most eyes) facing up.
Pop them somewhere bright, cool, and frost-free, like a windowsill in a shed or porch, and let nature do its thing. Over the next few weeks, you’ll see sturdy little shoots forming, which gives your potatoes a proper head start once they’re planted out. I aim to chit them for about six weeks so they’re ready to go in the ground as soon as the risk of frost has passed. It’s a simple step that makes all the difference, especially when you’re after those early, buttery new potatoes!

From young children on stabilisers, through to adults going for long countryside rides, cycling is for everyone. And it’s one of the easiest ways to fit exercise into your daily routine.

BENEFITS OF CYCLING

There’s plenty of health benefits from cycling:

• Low impact, high intensity – Cycling is perfect way of raising your heart rate but being low impact there’s less risk of injury.

• Social/therapeutic – Cycling gives a great opportunity to exercise at the same time as a good natter. And don’t forget the coffee and cake stops to fuel up!

• Sense of achievement/fulfilment – There’s no better feeling after conquering your furthest, hardest ride.

• Explore the world – Cycling is a great opportunity to find new places. And rather than travel alone you can always hook up with a local cycling club who will no doubt be very welcoming.

STAY STATIC

Nervous about cycling out in the wild? If you want to build your fitness up and don’t fancy going out onto the road, why not get on board a static bike. There’s plenty of apps out there to support you and there’s some added benefits form cycling indoors.

• It is safer exercise in your own home.

• You can ride with people across the globe 24-hours-a-day.

• You can race.

• Or do organised training programmes.

• And it’s any-weather!

It’s worth investing in getting a static bike set up properly as it’ll be a lot more enjoyable. It makes sense to speak to a bike fit specialist prior to purchasing a machine as they can tell you which best suits your build and requirements.

TOP TIPS

So, you’re on board with getting into cycling.  Here are a few more tips to make it plain sailing:

• Use your local bike shop to purchase your machine. It’s not only great to support local businesses but also they are usually happy to do a deal. You can pick up a well-specced bike for less than £1,000. Don’t forget you can save up to 42 per cent on a new bike if you use  the ‘bike to work scheme ‘. See more details at cyclescheme.co.uk

• Girls… don’t get sucked into to purchasing a ‘ladies’ model – it actually may not suit your body type and you may even find yourself paying a premium for female-specific bikes!

• Invest in a good tyre. Continental Grand Prix GT Folding Road Tyre are geared up to prevent punctures as much as possible. You could also add a tyre sealant which will help you get home if you do get a puncture and can’t fix it.

• There’s no need to go crazy on lots of expensive kit. Buy a well-fitting cycling helmet, set of lights – even if you don’t plan to go out after dark always have a rear light on to make you more visible – make sure you get a good tool-kit and a windproof/waterproof jacket. The brighter the better to be seen!

• Download the free social app Strava to your phone. It will track your ride and you can compare your progress as well as see how your friends’ training is going.

As far as I’m concerned, there are two important dates in February and they both occur within 48 hours of each other. On the 14th it’s Valentine’s Day, and just two days later is International Syrah day. And, while we typically associate Valentine’s Day with sparkling or Rosé wines, Syrah is actually a great choice to accompany your Valentine’s meal.

ABOUT SYRAH

The Syrah grape is likely a grandchild of Pinot Noir and has small egg-shaped deep purple berries and thick skins. It also has high levels of both sugar and acid. All this means that it is capable of producing rich fruity, bold, tannic wines with high levels of alcohol. Typical flavours/aromas tend to be of blueberries, blackcurrant, blackberries, black cherry, plum, violets, bacon, chocolate, pepper, liquorice, and tobacco.

Apparently, this grape is full of antioxidants and so may well be looking after our hearts when consumed in moderation. What else would you expect from a Valentine’s wine?! And depending on the style of the wine, it is usually a good choice to pair with game, red meat, mushrooms and cheeses. It can even handle a little spice. So, if your Valentine date includes steak frites, roasted meat, something with mild Asian spices or a cheese board, this might just be a great wine of choice.

BLENDING IN

There is a misconception which some people have that blended wines are lower quality ones. While it is true that many poor-quality wines are blends, some of the best quality wines in the world are in fact blends as well. Syrah is frequently blended with Grenache, Mourvèdre and other varieties to produce wines such as the infamous Châteauneuf du Pape, Côte-Rôtie, and Côtes du Rhône wines, as well as with Sangiovese and other varieties to produce the so-called ‘Super Tuscan’ Italian wines. In this context Syrah helps to add body and structure to the wine (or more weighty mouth feel), as well as black fruit flavours.

A GRAPE BY ANOTHER NAME

It might surprise you to learn that the Syrah and Shiraz grapes are in fact the same grape. Syrah tends to be more widely used in France, where the styles of wines are slightly acidic, medium bodied and slightly savoury. In contrast, due to the warmer climate, Shiraz wines tend to be rich, bold, fruity styles of wine. Generally, whether a wine is labelled Syrah or Shiraz will indicate which of the two styles it has been made in.

SURPRISING SPARKLE

Speaking of Shiraz wines, it is possible to get hold of sparkling Shiraz. These wines are usually from Australia and tend to have a fruity, full-bodied style and often have a slight sweetness (while still being dry in style) which balances out the tannin. These wines can be made using the champagne method or the prosecco (tank) method of wine making, which will give them slightly different flavour profiles.

So, whether you are celebrating your Valentine’s Day with someone special or opt to celebrate Syrah day instead or as well, why not take a look at my Top Picks of the Month…

DAVID’S TOP PICKS OF THE MONTH

Something sparkling:
Morrisons The Best Crémant De Limoux ¬– £12, Morrisons.
Green apple, citrus notes of lemon curd, biscuit, honey and subtle floral notes of white blossom. Slightly creamy with a nice feel on the palette.

Something fresh and fruity:
Villa Maria Reserve Sauvignon Blanc – £11, ASDA.
This classic New Zealand Sauvignon Blanc has notes of passionfruit, lemongrass, lime, guava and melon. Some well-balanced acidity, minerality, and a good length finish.

Something big and bold:
Penfolds ‘Koonunga Hill Seventy-Six’ Shiraz-Cabernet Sauvignon 2019/21 ¬– £16,99, Majestic.
Think dark fruits such as plum, blackberry, blackcurrant and blueberry, subtle red cherry, chocolate, vanilla, and spice. This will definitely tick the big and bold box.

Something classic:
Chapoutier Les Meysonniers Crozes-Hermitage 2022 – £22.99, Majestic.
If you’re looking to splash out on some classical Syrah, this is a good example from a great winemaker, without the very eye-watering prices of the Northern Rhone. Crozes-Hermitage wines tend to represent good quality to price ratio. This one has notes of black fruits – cherry, plum, blackberry, with white pepper and spice notes.

Something English:
Chapel Down Bacchus, 2023 – £13.50, The Wine Society.
Aromas of elderflower, herbaceous nettle notes, green apple, lime, melon, pineapple, grapefruit and gooseberry, fresh acidity, and a light delicate finish. Fans of crisp refreshing Sauvignon Blanc may well like this one.

Something different:
Jacob’s Creek Sparkling Shiraz NV – £8.99 Waitrose
For those who want to try a red sparkling Shiraz, this is a typical example of the style. This one is a prosecco (tank) method wine. Think red fruit flavours such as raspberry, citrus notes, hints of spice and pepper, with a slightly creamy flavour but with the sensation of bubbles and a berry flavour on the finish.

Boxing is a knockout way to enjoy training that’s high intensity and high fun. And it’s not about punching like Nicola Adams or Anthony Joshua. What boxing does is provide an unbeatable training regime which also boosts your all-round flexibility and well-being.

Here are just some of the benefits:

1. Improve your heart health

To be good at boxing you need to be light on your feet and able to move around quickly, so boxing-style workouts incorporate lots of high intensity training – jump rope, circuits and running – to improve your cardiovascular health.

2. Improve your bones and joints

Boxing is a great weight bearing workout with all the lunging and punching, which makes it a perfect way to build bone mass. Boxing helps makes bones and joints stronger and less prone to breakages and osteoporosis in later life.

3. Improve your muscle tone

Perfecting all the boxing moves requires fast movements that combine speed with strength to provide your arms, shoulders, legs and core muscles with a great workout – resulting in toned and taut muscles.

4. Improve your coordination

Boxing-style training improves your all-round coordination as you master the skill of bouncing around while landing those punches.

5. Helps with weight control

On average, you’ll burn 400 to 500 calories an hour during a sparring session and the intense physical exercise means that your metabolic rate remains high, even after your workout is over, helping you burn even more calories.

6. Improves balance and posture

Boxing strengthens the core and back muscles leading to better balance and posture, which in turn reduces your susceptibility to back pain.

7. Increases endurance

The combination of the cardiovascular workout with the muscle strengthening exercises helps build your overall endurance which means you can train for longer without getting tired.

8. Improve your self-esteem

As your physical health improves with boxing so does your self-esteem. In no time at all you’ll begin to feel stronger, healthier, in better shape and ready to go the distance!

9. Improve your self-defence skills

Of course, boxing-style workouts are designed to make you fit but there’s no doubt that the skills learned in boxing may well come in handy in real life situations!

10. Improve your mental well-being

All that punching practice is a good way of getting rid of life’s anxiety and frustrations but the all-round exercise boxing-style workouts provide also releases serotonin in your brain leaving you feeling all round much happier.

So, what are you waiting for? 2025 is YOUR year – pop down to your local gym or sports club and sign up with a reputable coach to develop for a one-to-one session or check out which group classes will be best suited for your fitness level. Good luck!  We know you’re going to smash it!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

Well, I came to gardening quite late to be honest – when we were all stuck at home about four years ago, I picked up a spade, put on some gardening gloves and never looked back! Over the last four years, I’ve gone from turning our humble little garden into a floral paradise to now sharing with others online, how to do the same. Never in a million years did I think I’d be talking on some of the biggest gardening stages in the world too!

IT’S WHAT I DO

Essentially, I’m a writer, podcaster, gardener and I’m also very busy on social media. My aim is to share, in whatever way possible, just how simple gardening can be and how anyone (literally anyone!) can do it. Now more than 60,000 people follow me over Instagram and many of those will have taken up gardening too.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Personally, my aim is to reach as many people as possible and continue doing what I’m doing. It makes me so incredibly happy to know that some people will have picked up gardening off the back of one of my videos, or by listening to my podcast, or seeing me talk at a show.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Gosh, that’s a difficult one – so tough to answer! I’m not sure I can pick just one, but having sat down and interviewed THE Alan Titchmarsh has got to be up there for sure. I remember my parents watching Ground Force and Gardener’s World when I was a lad, and going from just seeing him on the television to now talking to him – that blows my mind a wee bit.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

I’d have started earlier! Why oh, why did I wait until I was 32 to start gardening properly?! You can pick up gardening at any age, and I think some people still think it’s something that the older generations do – but no, get gardening everyone!

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Birmingham is such an underrated city. As far as city centres go, it’s so accessible and most things are within easy walking distance – but I’ve got to go with a garden haven’t I? It would be mad not to! We’re blessed with some fantastic gardens and one hidden gem, just out of the centre itself is Winterbourne – in the grounds of Birmingham University. Beautiful flowers and a cracking afternoon tea too – what could be better?

A new year really does bring us an open-ended list of options in the garden. To try things you’ve not done in the past, to bring forwards those ideas that did work last year, to improve, to grow (pun intended!) and to really plan for how you’d like your garden to be this time around.

For me, I’ll be starting the year with some planting, pruning and plotting! Time to get the tools out the shed, dust them off after a Christmas break and get back into action again. So, let’s get to it!

Drop some Snow!

Starting new snowdrop colonies in your garden is a cracking idea for January. While you can plant snowdrop bulbs in autumn, now’s the time to focus on establishing them in the green. This means transplanting established clumps or buying them freshly dug up while they’re still leafy. It’s much more reliable than dried bulbs.

To get going, dig a nice hole in well-drained soil, in a shady or semi-shady spot – snowdrops love dappled woodland spaces. Loosen the soil a bit and pop the clump in, ensuring it sits at the same depth as before. Gently backfill, firm down and water well. Keep them moist but not waterlogged while they settle in. If you’re pinching some from your garden’s existing clumps remember to divide them after flowering, not now. Snowdrops are slow starters but give it a couple of years, and you’ll have a lovely drift of white nodding flowers!

Sort those Seeds!

January is the perfect time to sort through your seed stash and get prepped for the growing season. First, drag out that tin box, or whatever chaotic corner you’ve been stuffing packets into. Check the dates – most seeds have a shelf life, and while some, like tomatoes, can surprise you after a few years others lose their mojo fast. Bin anything ancient or that you know deep down you’ll never sow. Be ruthless! If they’re still ok, but you don’t want them then consider sharing with friends.

Next, take stock of what you’ve got. Got loads of courgettes but no carrots? Write it down. Dreaming of a new wildflower patch or some jazzy dahlias? Now’s your chance to get creative. Make a wish list and start browsing seed catalogues or websites for fresh inspiration.

Finally, organise what’s staying – maybe sort by sowing month. You’ll thank yourself later when spring madness hits. Get the kettle on; this is garden admin at its finest!

Winter Salads

January’s not just for garden planning – you can still grow winter salad! If you’ve got a greenhouse, cold frame, or even a sunny windowsill, you’re sorted. Lamb’s lettuce is a cracking choice. It’s hardy, tasty and keeps going in chilly weather. Scatter the seeds thinly in trays or direct into well-drained soil under cover. Keep them moist and in a few weeks you’ll have tender, nutty leaves perfect for perking up winter meals.

If lamb’s lettuce isn’t your vibe, try winter varieties of spinach. Regular picking keeps them producing, so you’ll have fresh salad when everyone else is dreaming of spring.

Happy Houseplants 

January is tough on houseplants, so give them a bit of TLC. With shorter days most plants grow slower, so ease up on watering – damp roots are a big no-no in winter. Stick a finger in the soil to check. If it’s dry, water sparingly.

Keep an eye out for dust on leaves which blocks light and give them a gentle wipe with a damp cloth. Watch for sneaky pests like spider mites which thrive in central heating. If your plants are sulking in the gloom move them closer to windows, but avoid cold draughts. Happy plants now mean lush growth later!

Many doctors now believe that sugar is the single worst ingredient in the modern diet, contributing to all sorts of diseases. Here are just some reasons why you should try to avoid it…

Added sugar contains no essential nutrients and is bad for your teeth: There are no proteins, essential fats, vitamins or minerals in sugar… just pure energy. And because it provides easily digestible energy for the bad bacteria in the mouth it’s harmful for teeth.

Fructose can overload your liver: Before sugar enters the bloodstream from the digestive tract, it is broken down into glucose and fructose. A little bit of fructose is fine but too much can overload the liver.

Resistance to insulin: Insulin allows glucose to enter cells from the bloodstream and tells the cells to start burning glucose instead of fat. Having too much glucose in the blood is highly toxic and one of the reasons for complications of diabetes, like blindness. One feature of the metabolic dysfunction that is caused by the Western diet, is that insulin stops working as it should. The cells become ‘resistant’ to it. Insulin resistance is believed to be a leading driver of many diseases especially type II diabetes.

Type II diabetes: When our cells become resistant to the effects of insulin, the beta cells in our pancreas make more of it. Eventually, as insulin resistance becomes progressively worse, the pancreas can’t keep up with the demand of producing enough insulin to keep blood sugar levels down. At this point, blood sugar levels skyrocket and a diagnosis of type II diabetes is made.

Increased risk of cancer: There is considerable evidence that sugar, due to its harmful effects on metabolism, can contribute to cancer. Insulin is one of the key hormones in regulating this sort of growth. For this reason, many scientists believe that having constantly elevated insulin levels (a consequence of sugar consumption) can contribute to cancer.

Raises cholesterol that contributes to heart disease: For many decades, people have blamed saturated fat for the number one killer, heart disease. However, there is growing evidence that sugar rather than fat, may be one of the leading drivers of heart disease.

Unique fat-promoting effects: High fructose intake may leave you feeling hungrier leading to increased calorie intake. The link with obesity in children is especially strong, where daily intake of sugar-sweetened drinks is associated with a 60 per cent increased risk of obesity.

Sugar is highly addictive: Like abusive drugs, sugar and many junk foods cause a release of dopamine in the reward centre of the brain. This in turn increases the need for more sugar.

MAKE THE CHANGE

It’s easier said than done so here are some top tips to help you avoid sugar:

1. Watch what you consume. Make sure you keep a close watch on your food and drink and, crucially, know how much added sugar they contain.

2. Always be realistic. Kicking an addictive substance like added sugar is not going to happen overnight. There will be times when your body needs fuel and you have a limited choice of food and drink to choose from.

3. Check the label. There are lots of different ways added sugar can be listed on ingredients labels. These include sucrose, glucose, fructose, maltose, fruit juice, molasses, hydrolysed starch, invert sugar, corn syrup, honey.

4. Nutrition labels tell you how much sugar a food contains:

High in sugar – 22.5g or more of total sugar per 100g

Low in sugar – 5g or less of total sugar per 100g

5. Some packaging uses a colour-coded system. That makes it easy to choose foods that are lower in sugar, salt and fat. Look for more greens and ambers and fewer reds in your shopping basket.

6. Eat less ready meals. Ready-made soups, stir-in sauces and meals can be higher in sugar than you think. Condiments and sauces such as ketchup can have as much as 23g of sugar in 100g – roughly half a teaspoon per serving.

7. Beware snacks. Swap crisps and chocolate for fruit (fresh, tinned or frozen), unsalted nuts, unsalted rice cakes, oatcakes, or homemade plain popcorn. And buy smaller packs. Beware cereal bars which can be very high in added sugar.

8 Beware sweet drinks. Nearly a quarter of the added sugar in our diets comes from fizzy drinks, sweetened juices, squashes, and cordials. Try swapping for water which you could flavour with a slice of lemon or lime.

Like many people, you may have decided that after indulging and possibly overspending during Christmas and New Year, January is the time to cut back on wine. You may be reasoning that reducing your intake of fermented grapes will lead to both a healthier body and wallet. And like many, your New Year’s resolutions may include participating in dry January.

Research suggests that 88 per cent of New Year’s resolutions fail within the first two weeks of January. So, I’d like to present an alternative which might put you in the 12 per cent of people who actually make a resolution and stick to it. Let’s call it, ‘semi-dry January’ (pun intended!). My proposition is that instead of cutting out wine altogether, buy better wine, but less of it.

Let me clarify. What I am suggesting is instead of buying two bottles of your usual wine, buy one that costs a bit more. So, two-times the quality for one-and-a-half times the price!

Would it surprise you to know that the £10 of wine in your weekly shop only has around £2 worth of wine in it? Factoring in the bottle, cork, label, shipping, duty, the supermarket’s profit margin and VAT in January 2025 that is roughly what the wine in your bottle will have cost to produce. But in a £15 bottle of wine, the wine it worth about £4.54 – a 216 per cent increase in value. And in a £20 wine, a 300 per cent increase in value. Like chocolate, typically the better the quality the longer it will take to drink and the less you need. 

Drinking at the right temperature

However, some people often feel that they cannot really taste the quality difference. Often this is because it not at the right temperature. Generally, white wines tend to be served too cold and may need a little time to warm if they have been chilling in the fridge prior to serving. With red wines we tend assume ‘room temperature’ is best, but actually somewhere between 12 and 18 degrees is optimal, with fuller bodied wines being towards the higher end. 

Decanting the wine

Another reason, especially with red wines, is that we don’t allow the wine to ‘breathe’. Aerating the wine helps to release gasses built up in the bottle and to enhance the fruit flavours and soften the tannins. High quality wine tends to need a bit longer to allow this to happen. This is one the reasons that we decant wine.

This simply involves transferring the wine out of the bottle where there is little exposure to oxygen into a vessel with more space for air to come into contact with the wine. You don’t need an expensive decanter; you can use a glass jug and achieve pretty much the same effect. Thirty to 60 minutes decanting can make a world of difference.

If you get the temperature right and decant your red wines, you should taste the improvement in quality. Hopefully then, your wallet, waistline, liver and palette are all going to thank you for paying a little bit more but buying less when it comes to wine.

So, whether you decide on a dry, semi-dry or exuberant approach to wine in January, please drink responsibly and remember ultimately whatever the wine costs, the best wine is the one you enjoy drinking! If you do decide to drink, you may want to consider the wines below…

DAVID’S NEW YEAR TOP PICKS TO TRY

Something sparkling:

Graham Beck Rose Brut, £17 Waitrose

Expect red fruits, such as cherry, raspberry and other red berries, with a creamy and citrusy mouth feel.

Something Fresh and Fruity:

Babich Black Label Sauvignon Blanc, £18.99 Loki

A step up from a generic New Zealand Sauvignon, more complex, with lime, gooseberry, grassy and floral notes.

Something Big and Bold:

Tenuta Ulisse Masseri Primitivo 2022, from https://thewinerackni.co.uk/

An elegant Primitivo from Abruzzo with wild berry flavours, sour cherry, plum, blackberry, dark chocolate and smooth tannins.

Something Classic:

Clos Saint Vincent Saint Emilion Grand Cru, £20 Sainsburys

Expect dark fruit notes of blackberry, black plum, cherry, some tobacco, vanilla and some subtle earthy, leathery and smoky flavours.

Something British:

Alwick Estate Barrel Fermented Pinot Noir 2022, £22 from https://aldwickwine.com/

Not your typical light bodied pinot noir, this one is more medium bodied, with cherry and red fruit characteristics, earthy flavours and some vanilla from the barrels, and some subtle tannins.

Something Completely Different:

Navajas Rioja Crianza Blanco 2018, £13.29 from https://haywines.co.uk

Expect orchard fruits such as apple and pear as well as a good body and woody, nutty notes from oak ageing.

Queen Ethelburga’s (QE) is set within 220 acres of beautiful North Yorkshire countryside between Harrogate and York. Every boarding house is on-site, allowing students to roam the site and access all the facilities safely. The campus is secluded with 24/7 security so parents can be confident their children are safely looked after.

QE welcome boarding students from Year 3 to Year 13. At the heart of QE boarding there are three central characteristics; opportunity, individuality, and a caring community. Being a QE boarder gives students opportunities beyond the ordinary, whether that is in academic studies, the clubs they choose, the trips they attend or in the friends that they make, their experiences here will shape their life. The school strives to help their students develop the life skills they need to be the very best that they can be and to prepare them for their undoubtedly successful futures.

Children are cared for by a team of supportive staff who are skilled at helping to make boarding feel like home, promote independence, and who are separate to our academic staff. QE has won or been awarded finalist in a range of prestigious boarding awards including BSA Belonging and Inclusion (finalist, 2024), BSA Innovation in Boarding (won, 2022), TES Boarding School of the Year (finalist, 2022) and Muddy Stilettos’ Outstanding Pastoral Care (finalist, 2022).

All boarding students can take advantage of specialist academic support during ‘Power Hour’ and homework prep sessions to boost their understanding and knowledge of various topics. There are more than 150 extra-curricular activities onsite covering a wide range of sports, art and design specialisms, music, dance, drama, technology, life skills, and academic areas.

The hustle and bustle around campus makes the school feel like a town. Students have access to an activity centre, which is home to a cinema, climbing wall, a weekend fast-food café and a selection of board games and game consoles. They can also access the on-site medical centre, gym, swimming pool, uniform and essentials shop, tuck shop, coffee shop, 312-seat theatre, and plenty of outdoor space. By far the best benefit of boarding is having access to all the amazing school facilities outside of the normal school day including elite sport pitches, music practice rooms, dance studios and sports courts. There is plenty on offer at weekends too, including performing arts or creative arts academies, timetabled activities and exciting trips to local cities, towns and activity centres.

QE prides itself on the quality of its modern accommodation. Students in Years 6 to 13 have ensuite bedrooms kitted out with TVs, phones, desks and storage. They all have access to a modern, well-equipped common room where they can socialise and enjoy downtime. Sixth form students also have items like game consoles, coffee machines, ovens, kettles and washing machines whereas younger students have specialised dorms and common rooms designed for little people. They have chill-out spaces, a wellness room and study pods in addition to the communal open plan kitchen dining lounge space. Every young boarder can also ask for a house parent to read them a bedtime story and tuck them in at night.

Birmingham-based accountants and chartered tax advisers Ark & Co celebrated the launch of its new brand and the appointment of Mandeep Rajput as managing director with an exclusive event in the city centre. Clients, businesses and colleagues came together at Chapter restaurant in Edgbaston Village to mark the occasion with drinks, canapés and networking. Previously Ark Aurora, the financial services firm has rebranded as part of its ambitious growth strategy with Mandeep joining existing partners Bally Ark, Gurnek Ark and Suchy Lidhar.

Captions:

1 Sharan Sohal, Monique Royle, Mandeep Rajput, Jaz Sohal
2 Gurnek Ark, Sukhi Saini
3 Robert Casey, Upinder Pokhriyal, Andy Jones
4 Paul McKeown, Suchy Lidhar, Satnam Parwana
5 Michael Kelly, Jag Uppal, Rav Bagri, Mandeep Rajput
6 Omar Rashid, Jamil Shabir, Anjum Khan, Sapreena Kumari
7 Bally Ark and Tanya Chana with prize winner
8 Dr Sarj Bhaia, Ranjit Bhaia, Jodi Flint

Try this cracking twist on the classic Cosmopolitan, incorporating a dash of the exotic with the sweet and tangy gorgeousness that is passion fruit! And not just because it’s January, please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS

• 25ml Absolut Citron
• 25ml Passoa Passionfruit Liqueur
• 12.5ml Lime
• 12.5ml Cranberry juice
• 12.5ml Passionfruit juice
• Garnish with orange peel

METHOD

Add ingredients into a shaker with Ice. Shake well. Double strain into a martini glass. Enjoy!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I decided I wanted to be a quantity surveyor at the age of 13 (long story!!!), and made it. I followed my QS dream through consultancy and contracting until redundancy in the early 90’s recession led to a chance role of development manager in the care home sector. The company I worked for morphed in 1998 from elderly care development to under-5’s childcare, when I became one of the five founders and head of property of Leapfrog Day Nurseries, a venture capital equity-based start-up that grew to 39 locations across England and Scotland by 2004.
In 2004, Nord Anglia Education plc acquired Leapfrog and within 12 months I became their group property and development director. I managed an ‘eclectic’ property portfolio and development, growing the nursery division to 110 sites, alongside supporting Learning Services across the UK, and the International Schools, which included its expansion into China. When Nord Anglia sold its day nursery division in 2007 and then moved to Hong Kong, I chose to stay in the UK, joining Calthorpe Estates.

IT’S WHAT I DO

My role covers masterplanning, development and place-making across the 1,600-acre estate, working closely with the city planning and policy teams, visioning for the estate for decades ahead. This has led to the redevelopment of Pebble Mill, New Garden Square, Edgbaston Mill opposite ECG, and development of Edgbaston Village including Greenfield Crescent.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Personally, for me and my wife Natalie to see our three ‘boys’ – Reece, 24, an architectural assistant, Corey, 23, an apprentice/trainee quantity surveyor, and Perry, 20, a site operative – to continue to be happy and enjoy success in the construction industry that was a foundation for me. Professionally, to help maintain the important synergy of the Calthorpe Estate and Birmingham City Council, for growth and continuing successful regeneration of the estate.

BIGGEST SUCCESS & DOWNTIME

Taekwondo! I took up the martial art in 1978 as something to do while studying quantity surveying at Trent, Nottingham, and passed my black belt in 1981. I became an England and GB international competitor and represented GB at the 1988 Seoul Olympic Games. I started teaching inner-city kids in 1984, to try and inspire belief to achieve, and still teach classes in today. In 2020, I was promoted to 8th Degree World Master.
Professionally, I have great pride in driving the success of our Pebble Mill site, from 27 acres of fields and ‘dirt’ in 2008, to the established medical park today; with two hospitals, Circle and the NHS Dental, Bupa care home, Vita student, and our amenity retail and F&B site.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I live in a village called ‘Nottingham’ and work in a major city called ‘Birmingham’, but would love to see a Nottingham-esq tram and bus system here, especially through the estate along Hagley Road to Quinton.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

The redevelopment of Paradise Circus, Arena Central, Centenary and Victoria Squares. That vision of Birmingham’s Big City Plan of 2010 now realised is just WORLD CLASS!

A delightful mix of chocolate and coffee liqueur with added notes of toasted almonds, apricot, vanilla and a hint of toffee – what could be more Christmassy. As always, please enjoy responsibly.

Photo credit: Picture by Harrison Charles Design

Ingredients

• Absolut Blue Vodka
• 50ml Mozart White Chocolate Liqueur
• 25ml Galliano Espresso Liqueur
• 25ml Disaronno Velvet

Method

Start by filling a martini glass with ice to chill. Next, fill a Boston shaker with ice, add all the ingredients and shake vigorously for 30 seconds, strain into the chilled martini glass, dust with cocoa powder – and enjoy.

Christmas is all about the love. This year why not show your loved ones just how much you care with some delicious, homemade cranberry sauce rather than the miserable stuff in a jar. And this powerful little winter berry is considered a superfood, a great source of vitamins and antioxidants, helping keep your nearest and dearest healthy this festive season.

Ingredients

• 100g light muscovado sugar
• 100ml orange juice
• 250g pack fresh cranberries (or frozen if you prefer)
• Large pinch ground allspice
• Large pinch ground cinnamon

Optional to make it proper festive:
• 25ml port
• 25ml cider vinegar

Method

Tip the ingredients into a pan, stir and bring to the boil. Then simmer for around eight to 10 minutes until the cranberries are tender but still holding their shape. The sauce will thicken as it cools. It should keep in the fridge for about a week. On the day, bring to room temperature before serving.

Hours hunched over your desk at work, not warming up properly before exercise, slouching in front of the TV… sound familiar? Almost one in three of us in the UK suffers with some kind of back pain – it usually feels like an ache, tension or stiffness and can be triggered by sitting badly, bending awkwardly, or lifting incorrectly. (Budding Santas beware of those heavy sacks crammed with pressies!)

Pain is most common in the lower back, although it can be felt anywhere along your spine, from your neck down to your hips. But it doesn’t have to be this way and there are some preventative steps you can take to avoid it.

Here are just a few things that can lead directly to back pain that are also easily avoided:

• Poor posture – In our busy lives the postures we adopt are often subconscious and habitual. Poor posture while sitting can cause muscles and tendons to overstrain, leaving them vulnerable to going into spasm.
• Improper lifting techniques – If you lift something without bending your knees or twist while lifting, you put pressure on many of the structures in your lower back. A proper lifting technique ensures all the weight and pressure is distributed throughout your leg muscles.
• Tight buttock and hamstring muscles – Your lower back is vulnerable to injury if your buttock and hamstring muscles are too tight. These muscles attach to your lower back and support it when lifting something from the floor. They also absorb the force when walking.
• Poor core strength – Our core muscles are responsible for holding the spine and pelvis upright. The core also protects certain structures within the spine, like discs and ligaments from injury. If your core muscles are weak then it can lead to too much force from a particular movement going through your lower back causing either a ligament sprain or slipped disc.
• Inactivity – General lack of movement and exercise causes many of our low back muscles to lose strength and forget how to coordinate, leaving us vulnerable to injuring from just simple routine movements.
• Misalignments – These can be the result of limping from a previous injury, soft mattresses, repetitive movements and even pregnancy. Misalignments of the spinal joints puts pressure on the low back muscles during every movement you make.

USE IT OR LOSE IT

In the past, doctors advised rest for back pain, but most experts now agree that long periods of inactivity are actually bad for you. Back pain can be improved, or even prevented by doing some gentle, regular activity. And it’s not always heavy exertion that causes back pain. Regular day-to-day activities can cause frustrating tweaks and niggles.

Here are a few top tips for avoiding back pain:

• Before gardening or DIY… do some warming-up exercises. Remember to always work within your limits and take regular breaks.
• If you wear high heels… try to only wear them when necessary. Walking in high heels can tilt your pelvis too far forward and place unnecessary strain on your lower back.
• Beware the ironing… most people have their ironing board too low. Make sure it is at waist height to minimise back strain.
• When driving… all controls should be within easy reach. If your vehicle has any lumbar support, adjust this to provide a gentle pressure against the lowest part of your back. If your seat lacks support, try using a lumbar roll.

BEDTIME ROUTINE

We spend nearly one-third of our lives sleeping, so it’s important to look at your sleep environment and posture. These tips can help reduce the development or occurrence of back pain:

• Sleeping on your side – This position leaves your upper leg unsupported and the top knee and thigh tend to rest on the mattress. This rotates the lower spine and may contribute to back pain. Place a pillow between your knees and thighs to prevent.
• Sleeping on your back – Placing a pillow under your knees can help maintain the natural curve of your lower back. A small rolled towel under the small of your back may also help. You should support your neck with a pillow.
• Sleeping on your stomach – This can be particularly hard on your back. If it is the only way you can sleep, you can reduce back strain by placing a pillow under your hips and lower abdomen. If a pillow under your head places too much strain on your back, try not using one.

A fund-raising appeal to build the UK’s first holiday village for critically ill children has been boosted thanks to a gala dinner which raised £119,000. The event was held at the Grand Hotel, Birmingham, where it was also revealed that £1.52million in pledges have now been received towards the £5million needed to build the village in the Staffordshire countryside. The Kids’ Village charity was co-founded by cancer survivor Sam Fletcher-Goodwin and is led by chief executive Katrina Cooke and chair Doug Wright. The gala dinner was hosted by Heart FM presenter Ed James and attended by more than 200 guests.

Captions:

1 Gary Fletcher, Sam Fletcher-Goodwin, Ed James, Doug Wright
2 Mike Hopkins, Ninder Johal
3 Jane and Paul Faulkner
4 Ed James, Kerrie Pope
5 Anjna Mahey, Katrina Cooke
6 Inez and Winston Brown
7 Jamie and Sam Fletcher-Goodwin
8 Tom and Charlotte Shepherd
9 Tim Andrews and guest

As the festive season begins to get into full swing, it’s time to think about wines that will elevate our celebrations and bring joy to our tables. For both Christmas and New Year’s Eve, wine plays an integral role, not just as a celebratory tipple but as a complement to seasonal foods and traditions. So, whether you’re toasting to family on Christmas Day or ringing in the New Year, here are some fantastic wine options to enhance your festive gatherings.

Christmas Traditions and Wine

The classic Christmas meal is a lavish spread of roast turkey, stuffing, rich sides, and indulgent desserts, all of which pair beautifully with a range of wines. Reds with depth and character, such as a good Rioja or Bordeaux, are classic choices to match the weight of the meal. White wines with bright freshness, like a Sauvignon Blanc, can add a refreshing contrast to rich foods. And, of course, no Christmas feast is complete without a bottle of something sparkling to kick things off.

Wine Pairing Ideas for Christmas Dinner

To choose wines for a Christmas meal, consider both the flavours and the variety of dishes. Roast turkey, with its lean texture, pairs well with both medium-bodied reds and rich whites. If you fancy splashing out a bit then Burgundy Pinot Noir complements the turkey without overpowering it, while a Chardonnay can balance the creaminess of sauces or side dishes. For the festive puds and desserts, a sweet dessert wine like Sauternes or a rich, fortified wine like a Tawny Port is an excellent way to finish the meal.

New Year’s Eve: Ringing in 2025 with Style

New Year’s Eve calls for a bit of glamour and is often a celebration focused on quaffing and canapés rather than full meals. For New Year’s, think bubbles. Rosé Champagne is an excellent choice for pairing with snacky foods, particularly shellfish. If you are looking for a great value alternative, then pick up a bottle of Crémant – it’s basically Champagne but from a different region in France. My favourites are Crémant de Loire or Crémant de Jura.

KATIE’S 5 FESTIVE WINE RECOMMENDATIONS

1. Sainsbury’s Taste the Difference Chablis ¬– £13 (Perfect for turkey, goose and creamy side dishes)

This Chablis is a classic choice that brings elegance and versatility to the table. Chablis, from the Burgundy region, is known for its crisp acidity and mineral-driven flavours, which make it an excellent pairing for lighter meats like turkey or goose, as well as creamy potato or root vegetable sides. The wine’s fresh citrus and green apple notes cut through rich flavours, keeping the palate refreshed throughout the meal. If you’re serving a traditional Christmas turkey, this Chablis will be a winning choice to balance the feast.

2. M&S Found Touriga Nacional – £8 (Perfect for roast beef with hearty sides or nut roast)

M&S’s Found range includes this excellent Touriga Nacional, a grape known as the backbone of Portuguese wines. It delivers excellent value and depth with flavours of dark berries, plum and subtle spices. The wine pairs beautifully with the stronger flavours of roast beef or a vegetarian nut roast, as well as side dishes like spiced red cabbage or roasted root vegetables. Touriga Nacional has a medium to full body, with soft tannins that bring warmth and depth to a winter meal, making it a stand-out choice for Christmas dinner.

3. Waitrose No.1 Côtes du Rhône Villages – £12 (Perfect for turkey, ham and root vegetables)

Côtes du Rhône Villages wines are celebrated for their versatility, and this one from Waitrose is a fantastic example. Rich yet well-balanced, this red combines notes of ripe red fruits with hints of herbs and spice. The soft tannins and medium body make it a lovely pairing with turkey, stuffing and cranberry sauce, as well as gamier meats like ham or lamb.

4. Sainsbury’s Taste The Difference Crémant de Loire – £12 (Perfect for your New Year’s Eve party)

An elegant blend of Chardonnay and the local Chenin Blanc variety, both grapes are well-suited for making traditional method sparkling wine. This wine has a zesty freshness combined with a complexity on the palate that will fool any of your guests into thinking it cost double the price!

5. Morrison’s The Best 10-Year-Old Tawny Port – £15 (Perfect for traditional Christmas pudding or cheese boards)

This is an own-brand steal made by one of the top Port-producing dynasties. Rich and sticky sweet with flavours of raisins and toffee, it’s fantastic chilled down in the fridge (although beware, it makes it much more quaffable at 20 per cent abv!) and a brilliant foil to puds and cheeses.

Midlands Air Ambulance Charity broke its final fund-raising figure record for its recent Recognition Awards and Charity Ball event, raising £84,080, which will fund 55 vitally important missions. The event, hosted by Heart West Midlands’ Ed James and sponsored by Halesowen-based IT company, EBC Group, recognised several of its committed supporters, volunteers, fund-raisers and life-saving aircrew. Elspeth Martin BEM, aged 91, won the charity volunteer award, while Dr Mark Nash, medical director and pre-hospital emergency medicine doctor, won the crew award.

Captions:

1 Charity volunteer award, Elspeth Martin
2 Community fund-raiser award, Dan and Nathan McGarry
3 Corporate partner award, Kelly Plant Hire
4 Crew award, Dr Mark Nash
5 Shop volunteer award, Susan Turner
6 Special incident award, Dr David Balthazor
7 Star Award, West Midlands Fire Service fund-raising in memory of Iain Hughes

You’d be excused for thinking that now the temperatures have dropped the garden is going to sleep? Well, ok – you might be right in some respects, things are dying down a little but that doesn’t mean there’s nothing at all to do in the garden. Far from it!

I’ve always thought that this is the time of year to be planning, scheming and plotting what you hope to do in the garden next year, while also ticking off a few jobs that you might not have done yet before the end of the year. I’m busy flicking through seed catalogues, eyeing up all the spring bulbs on offer and thinking about just what to do in 2025 and how the garden can be bolder, better and more beautiful than ever before. I’ve got some jobs for you, that might just help you move along in the same way too. Enjoy!

Terrific Tulips

Planting tulips in November is a fantastic way to inject a splash of colour into your spring garden. Even if you think you’re a little late to the bulb-planting party, you’re not! In the UK, November is actually a great time for tulips ¬– planting them later helps prevent them from being exposed to diseases like tulip fire.

Start by choosing a sunny spot with well-drained soil (no one likes soggy bulbs!). Dig a hole around three times the depth of the bulb, about 15cm or so, and space each bulb 10cm apart for a nice, full display. Don’t worry if your soil isn’t perfect, tulips are fairly hardy and adaptable. If you’re feeling adventurous, try layering different varieties in a pot for a stunning, multi-layered effect come spring. Pop the bulbs in, cover them up, and then sit back and relax until those bright blooms pop through in March or April. Easy and satisfying – what more could you want?

Cut back or not?

Deciding whether to cut back perennials this month can be a bit of a personal choice, depending on how tidy you like your garden and what you’re aiming for. In the UK, some gardeners like to trim back their perennials in autumn, giving their beds a neat, clean look before winter.

However, on the flip side, leaving perennials standing through winter can be beneficial for wildlife. Birds will appreciate seed heads for food, and insects might shelter in the old stems. Plus, the frost-covered plants can add a lovely structural element to your winter garden.

If you do decide to cut back, just snip the dead growth down to the base, leaving any lower green foliage in place. And remember, not all perennials need cutting – so do make sure to do a bit of research into the plants you’ve got before you go wild with your secateurs. Ultimately, it’s about striking the balance that works best for your garden style and your local wildlife.

Change for winter

As the temperatures drop and summer bedding plants are well and truly over, November is the perfect time to refresh with autumn and winter bedding plants. These hardy varieties will keep your garden looking cheerful during the colder months and can often last right through to early spring if you look after them.

For a splash of colour, try pansies and violas – they’re both tough little plants that thrive in cooler weather and come in a variety of vibrant shades. They’re ideal for containers, borders, or hanging baskets, giving your garden an instant lift. Cyclamen is another great choice, with its delicate flowers and attractive foliage, perfect for adding a touch of elegance to pots or sheltered spots.

If you want something a little more structural, heathers and heucheras are fantastic. Heathers add evergreen interest and are great for ground cover, while heucheras provide stunning foliage in a range of colours, from deep purples to lime greens.

Finally, don’t forget winter-flowering heather and primroses – both offer early blooms and help bridge the gap between winter and spring. So, swap out those tired summer plants, and keep your garden looking bright and welcoming all through the chilly months!

The natural colour for these macarons will be a creamy beige but go bananas and make them as colourful as you like. Then just fill your shells with your favourite ganache or buttercream filling and try not to over-indulge!

Ingredients

• 5 egg whites
• 150g caster sugar
• 150g ground almonds
• 150g icing sugar
• Optional food colouring

Method

Add the caster sugar to the egg whites in three parts and whisk until stiff peaks form. At this stage, slowly fold in any food colouring you may be planning to use.
Next, sieve together the ground almonds and icing sugar.
Fold the meringue into the almonds/icing mixture in stages until a ribbon texture forms, before piping your round shells onto a lined baking tray.
Leave to rest for 20/30 minutes and then bake at 135 degrees Celsius for 17/18 minutes before removing and allowing to cool.
Pair your shells, fill with your filling of choice ¬– and enjoy!

More than 700,000 people in the UK have glaucoma and half of them don’t know they have it. If glaucoma is left undetected and not treated early, it can lead to loss of vision. In fact, you could lose up to 40 per cent of your vision without even knowing

Glaucoma is a common eye condition where the optic nerve, which connects the eye to the brain, becomes damaged and it’s sometimes referred to as the ‘silent thief of sight’. It’s usually caused by fluid building up in the front part of the eye, which increases pressure inside the eye.

It can affect people of all ages but is most common in adults in their 70s and 80s. It’s already the leading cause of blindness worldwide and the number of people living with glaucoma in the UK is expected to increase by 44 per cent over the next 20 years.

It runs in families and there’s at least a four-times higher risk of developing glaucoma if you have a close blood relative who has it. And even having a more distant relative with glaucoma can give you some increased risk. This means it’s even more important to have your eyes tested regularly. 

Types of glaucoma 

There are several types of glaucoma:

1. Primary open-angle glaucoma: This is the most common type of glaucoma and occurs when the drainage channels in the eye become clogged over time, causing gradual pressure build-up.

2. Acute angle-closure glaucoma: This is a less common but more urgent type. It occurs when the drainage angle between the iris and cornea becomes suddenly blocked. This can lead to a rapid increase in eye pressure, causing severe pain and sudden vision loss.

3 Secondary glaucoma: This type of glaucoma develops as a result of another eye condition, such as inflammation, trauma or perhaps due to medication.

4. Developmental glaucoma: This is a rare form of glaucoma that affects infants and young children. 

Symptoms of glaucoma 

The symptoms of glaucoma vary depending on the type and stage of the disease. Initially there may be no noticeable symptoms but as the disease progresses, the following signs may appear:

• Blurred vision
• Rings or halos around lights
• Reading, driving or moving about becoming more difficult
• Severe eye pain
• Headaches
• Nausea and vomiting 

Treatments 

While glaucoma cannot be cured, treatments are available to slow the progression of the disease, protect the optic nerve, and prevent vision loss. The main goal of treatment is to reduce intraocular pressure (IOP).

These treatment methods include medication, laser therapy and surgery. Early detection is critical because timely treatment can prevent irreversible vision loss in most cases.

The most important aspect of managing glaucoma is early detection and the only way to tell if you have most types of glaucoma is through an eye test at an optician’s. So, what are you waiting for?

The awesome mixologists from 1565 Bar & Terrace at Park Regis Birmingham have created a unique new range of signature cocktails inspired by a love of Birmingham. From our glorious canals and rich history of chocolate to Ozzy the Bull at New Street Station, the new menu pays tribute to Brum’s most iconic spots.

So, from Platform One, why not check out this cheeky tequila-based number, with orange and fresh strawberry puree. But don’t go off the rails and get too carried away – always enjoy responsibly. Toot toot…

Ingredients

• 50ml Tequila Reposado
• 15ml Cointreau
• 15ml Simple syrup
• Freshly squeezed lime
• Strawberry puree
For the garnish you’ll need crushed strawberry powder, sugar and a strawberry

Method

Using a pint glass and a cocktail shaker, fill pint glass two-thirds with ice. Add all ingredients, cover with cocktail shaker and shake until mixed and smooth.
Create a mix of crushed strawberry powder with fine sugar. Dampen the rim of a short glass with lime juice and dip into the powder and sugar mix to cover the rim
Carefully pour the cocktail mix into the short glass using a strainer.
Make a single cut into a whole strawberry and add onto the rim as garnish

Beaujolais Nouveau Day is an annual event celebrated on the third Thursday of November, marking the release of the year’s first wine. The tradition began in the 1950s when winemakers in the Beaujolais region, eager to sell their newly harvested wine, promoted the release of a fresh, light red wine made using carbonic maceration—a winemaking technique that produces fruity, low-tannin wines, ready to drink soon after fermentation and has typical flavours of banana, candyfloss and bubble gum!

The event gained international attention as Georges Duboeuf, a key figure in promoting Beaujolais Nouveau, transformed the celebration into a worldwide race to get the first bottles to markets across the globe. Parties, parades, and celebrations accompany the release, especially in the UK, France, Japan, and parts of the United States. Despite remaining significant in Japan, it’s fair to say that the popularity of Beaujolais Nouveau has waned over the years and has somewhat damaged the reputation of the region, which produces some fantastic and affordable wines.

The trend nowadays has shifted toward more refined and expressive wines from the region, focusing on the higher quality appellations like Beaujolais Villages and the Beaujolais Crus. The star grape variety of the region is Gamay, which unusually for such a popular wine, has not made its way outside France like other grapes such as Merlot and Pinot Noir. It makes wines with fresh acidity and soft red fruit flavours but also has the potential to be age-worthy and complex. It also offers great value when compared to the wines of neighbouring Burgundy vineyards made from Pinot Noir.

QUALITY LEVELS

Beaujolais wines are categorised into three main quality levels, each representing a step up in complexity, terroir expression, and ageing potential.

1. Beaujolais AOC: This is the broadest appellation and accounts for the bulk of the region’s production. Beaujolais AOC wines are typically light, easy-drinking reds with fresh fruit flavours of strawberry, raspberry, and cherry. These wines are best consumed young and are often enjoyed slightly chilled, making them perfect for drinking as an aperitif and for social occasions.
2. Beaujolais Villages AOC: Representing a step up in quality, Beaujolais Villages wines are produced in 38 designated villages located in the northern part of the region, where the soils and climate provide more complexity and structure. The wines are still fruity and fresh but often exhibit deeper concentration and a longer finish. They can age for a few years, developing subtle earthy and spicy notes over time. Beaujolais Villages wines are a great middle ground for those looking for something more substantial than a simple Beaujolais AOC but not as demanding as a Cru.
3. The Crus of Beaujolais: At the top of the quality pyramid are the 10 Beaujolais Crus. These wines come from specific villages in the northernmost part of the region, each with its own unique terroir. The Crus are known for producing more complex, structured wines with significant ageing potential. Unlike Beaujolais AOC and Beaujolais Villages, the Crus do not include the word ‘Beaujolais’ on the label – just the name of the village. Here are a few of the cru labels to look out for and their styles…

• Saint-Amour: Often light and floral, Saint-Amour wines are approachable but can also show some spiciness and depth with a few years of aging.

• Moulin-à-Vent: Considered one of the most age-worthy Crus, Moulin-à-Vent wines are full-bodied and structured, with dark berry, spice, and mineral notes that develop complexity over time.

• Fleurie: One of the most popular Crus, Fleurie produces elegant, aromatic wines with floral notes of violets and roses, making it a quintessential expression of Beaujolais charm.

• Morgon: Known for its fuller body and earthy, mineral-driven profile, Morgon wines often have flavours of dark fruits, cherries, and plums. These wines can age well, developing more complexity with time.

• Brouilly: The largest of the Crus, Brouilly wines are light to medium-bodied, with juicy red fruit flavours and a lively acidity. They are perfect for early drinking.

KATIE’S 4 BEAUJOLAIS PICKS 

Jean Loron Beaujolais Nouveau – £13.95, Fraziers Wine Merchants

Partake in this year’s Nouveau tradition with this award-winning wine from a traditional producer.

Chosen by Majestic Beaujolais Villages – £11.99, Majestic

Part of Majestic’s updated own-brand range, this is a textbook example of the style, juicy and fruity with soft tannins.

Georges Duboeuf Fleurie – £13.50, Tesco

A classic and elegant floral style with aromas of violets, iris, roses and red berries.

Regnie Cuvee Tim – £14.99, Waitrose

A fuller-bodied fruity style from one of the lesser-known crus. Try with roasted meat or game.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I started out as a culture writer for Metro newspaper, but after being made redundant I snuck my way into the world of independent cinema, which I’ve been doing now since 2009 – starting out at Birmingham’s Electric Cinema and continuing at Midlands Arts Centre (MAC). I’ve curated thousands of screenings and events, programmed festivals like the Shock & Gore horror festival and MAC’s Square Eyes TV festival. We’ve brought lots of excellent guests to MAC for special Q&A events – the likes of Pam Grier, Ken Loach, Asif Kapadia, Stephen Graham, Ricky Tomlinson, Cathy Tyson and Russell T Davies.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I’m currently the cinema programmer at MAC. You might think that means I watch films all day, but the reality is I spend about five per cent of the time doing that. Most of my job is about negotiating film rights, booking events, arranging workshops and Q&As, collaborating with nationwide festivals in terms of bringing their films to Birmingham and working on larger projects like our Expanding the Frame initiative to make cinema more accessible to everyone.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I have two ambitions in terms of my work. Firstly, to do lots more to make cinema available and accessible to everyone, whether they’re d/Deaf, hard of hearing, visually impaired or have complex needs. It’s something the cinema industry is really running behind on, and we need to urgently fix. The second is to do more to attract high profile events to Birmingham. Our city often gets missed out by visiting talent from the world of film and TV, and I want to do more of those kinds of Q&A/panel events.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Personally, raising two brilliant boys with my similarly brilliant wife, all three of whom have literally changed my life. Professionally, it would be launching the Square Eyes TV Festival – a big festival focused around the incredible array of brilliant artistic work that you can find on television.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Be confident in your ideas. Just because somebody else is louder and more stubborn, it doesn’t mean that your ideas aren’t as valid as theirs.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

It’s rammed with talent. Music, theatre, film, TV, visual arts – it’s insane how many talented people live and work here. Look at the credits of a film or TV show filmed in the UK and chances are they will be filled with people from Birmingham and the Midlands.

DOWNTIME

My two young sons take up every spare moment, but I do manage to squeeze in some amateur theatre at the Crescent Theatre in Brindleyplace, where I’ve performed in shows like the Girl On The Train, My Night With Reg and Alan Ayckbourn’s House & Garden. It’s a brilliant hidden gem that deserves more love from the city.

FINALLY…

The annual Square Eyes TV festival returns to MAC between 1 and 10 November (see macbirmingham.co.uk). Expanding the Frame is made possible by the generosity of Film Hub Midlands, BFI Film Audience Network and the National Lottery.

The latest Calthorpe Business Community Event was held at the recently opened Loudon’s Yard in Hagley Road. Guests were able to explore the exciting new residential development from Moda Living while enjoying tasty pizzas provided by Edgbaston Village’s newly expanded Smoke and Ash.

Captions:

1 Ralph Minott, Sara Blair-Manning, Haydn Cooper, Hannah Webb, Richard Suart
2 Will Radford, Billie Frain
3 Ed Purcell, Julie Perks
4 Ellie Cohen, James Powell, Pavan Patel
5 Hannah Webb, Lucy Caddick, Clare Lee-Davis
6 Maria Martin-Ruiz, Simon Trimmer, Ben Scandrett
7 Matt Rawnsley, Alan Perry, Haydn Cooper
8 Sara Blair-Manning, Jenni Fryer, Mitchell Ball

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I’ve been a producer in the city for more than a decade, working first at Birmingham Hippodrome before setting up OPUS when I was pregnant in 2018. I’ve had the pleasure of working on lots of brilliant city events, the 2012 Cultural Olympiad and Birmingham Weekender. In 2022, I was the executive producer for Motionhouse’s site specific spectacle Wondrous Stories that opened the Cultural Programme of the Commonwealth Games and the event director for the festival sites that took over the city.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I am currently producing Birmingham Royal Ballet’s next full-length ballet Luna, the final part of Carlos Acosta’s Birmingham Trilogy which includes City of a Thousand Trades and Black Sabbath – The Ballet. This involves a huge amount of coordination to bring complex productions like this to life with five brilliant female choreographers, creatives plans and schedules. I manage budgets and contracts but mostly I manage relationships. I take a lot of joy from working with creative people and particularly love telling stories of this great city we live in.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

My ambition is to keep this city that is home full of joy and wonder. Although I am currently working on my first theatre production with the ballet, you will generally find me outdoors bringing the public realm to life through interventions. I am currently completing my studies in cultural leadership and my ambition is to continue to grow our reach from the city nationally as we are starting to do now, to internationally… watch this space!

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Keeping sane while running multiple projects and raising a fierce but kind daughter… sure other people can relate!

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

I believe everything happens for a reason and on sliding doors mentality. You have the power to decide if you are walking through or walking away, and making legitimate decisions without regret.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

The inspiring women that live and work here. There are so many talented pioneers and hardworking women that work hard to make a life in this melting pot of Birmingham. Luna explores more of this in an abstract manner – picking out themes around overcoming adversity and female empowerment. We are so lucky to have the ballet here where we can see such stories explored on beautiful big stages.

DOWNTIME

My downtime is spent at other events and in the theatre, and now sharing that with my five-year-old daughter. I have set myself a task of a musical a month in 2024 – realising how much joy the artform still brings me and how lucky we are to have the regional theatre offer that we do – Hamilton was top but we currently have an excited five-year-old listening non-stop to Aladdin. I am not complaining!

This recipe from John Almeida of SOKU is a perfect autumnal pick-me-up. It’s a favourite Portuguese dessert called Leite de Crème that’s very similar to crème brulee. It consists of a Portuguese custard that you can flavour with anything. Make sure to caramelise the top with some Demerara sugar for that extra texture.

Ingredients

• 1ml Whole milk
• 70g Caster sugar
• 40g Cornflour
• 120g Liquid egg yolk
• 2 Vanilla pods

Method

Bring the milk with the vanilla pods to a boil. Make sure you scrape the pod too. Mix the sugar with the egg yolk and cornstarch. Add a bit of milk while mixing to temper the mix. Pour everything back into the pan and cook until it thickens and the flavour from the cornstarch is gone. Leave in the fridge to set. Sprinkle some sugar on top and pass the blowtorch to caramelise the sugar.
Happy eating!

When we reach this time of year, things start to take a turn – and not always for the worst! Autumn is a fantastic season and truth be told, it’s one of my favourites, not least of all because it’s right about now that I’m deep in planning mode for the garden for next year and just how we’re going to have a bigger, better and bolder spring display of daffodils (and more) to begin the year.

The nip in the air signals the changing seasons and the curtains closing on another summer gone by, but what a summer it’s been – a mixed bag of weather, that’s for sure! But we move forward, and our resilience as gardeners carries us on into what delights the garden holds for us in a brand-new calendar year. But let’s not jump that far ahead just yet, hey? Here are some jobs to keep you and your hands busy in the garden in October.

Plant up daffodils

Planting daffodil bulbs in the garden this time of year is a simple and rewarding task that can bring vibrant colour right at the beginning of spring. Start by selecting a sunny or partially shaded spot with well-drained soil, which is essential for healthy growth. Dig a hole roughly three times the height of the bulb, typically around 10-15cm deep. Place the bulb in the hole with the pointed end facing upwards, as this is where the stem will emerge, some bulbs are less obvious than others so in this case, plant on their side and they’ll figure it out!

Space the bulbs about 10-15cm apart to ensure they have enough room to grow and develop. After positioning, cover them with soil, gently firming it down to remove any air pockets that could hinder growth. Water the area thoroughly after planting to help the bulbs settle and establish roots, but they won’t need any more water from you until they start to appear next year. Over the coming months, the bulbs will remain dormant, but by early spring, you’ll be greeted with cheerful daffodil blooms, brightening your garden and marking the start of a new gardening season.

Reuse old compost

As you start to think about using some of your summer pots for even more of those bulbs, consider reusing the compost from these as mulch on your garden… Start by emptying the old pots and breaking up any large clumps of compost. Check for and remove any plant roots or debris that may be remaining before you move onto the next step.

Once you’ve done this, spread the compost evenly across the soil in your garden border. Aim for a layer about 2-3cm thick, but anything is better than nothing. This will help retain moisture, suppress weeds, and gradually improve the soil as it breaks down. The compost will not only protect the soil during winter but also add any nutrients that may be remaining in the compost, directly into your soil, giving your plants a healthy start when the growing season begins again.

Make your choice

Deciding when to cut back perennials depends on your garden and your own personal preference, but cutting them back now tidies up the garden and give you an idea of spaces and gaps you might want to fill. However, leaving perennials standing provides food and shelter for wildlife during winter and can add visual interest with seed heads and frost-covered stems.

Waiting until spring to cut them back also helps protect the plants from harsh weather. If you prefer a neat garden, cut back now; if you value wildlife and winter interest, wait until spring (which is what I do!). There are some fantastic perennials that look incredible over winter, Rudbeckia and Echinacea come to mind and you’ll still see birds pecking at their dry seed heads through the darker months ahead.

According to leading mental health charity, Mind, one in four people will experience a mental health problem of some kind each year in England with one in six people experiencing a common mental problem, such as anxiety and depression, in any given week. The overall number of people reporting mental health problems has been going up in recent years, increasing by 20 per cent in both men and women.

World Mental Health Day this month is aiming to help raise awareness and vital funds for a future where we can all get quality mental health care when we need it. In the meantime, here are just a few tips that may help if you’re struggling.

ROUTINE
Establishing and maintaining a healthy daily routine can help put you in a positive mind-set. Getting up at the usual time, preparing a healthy breakfast, scheduling time for exercise, set times for dinner – all this can really help.

STAY CONNECTED
Stay in touch with family, friends and groups in your life — technology makes this easier than ever. Having or being a person to talk with can be reassuring and calming.

GET ACTIVE
Experts believe exercise releases chemicals in your brain that make you feel good. Regular exercise can boost your self-esteem and help you concentrate, sleep and feel better. Exercise not only increases feelings of wellbeing but if done in the company of others offers the chance to build up your social skills. Spend more time outdoors enjoying mother nature.

EAT WELL
There are strong links between what we eat and how we feel. For example, caffeine and sugar can have an immediate effect. But food can also have a long-lasting effect on your mental health. Your brain needs a mix of nutrients to stay healthy and function well, just like the other organs in your body.

DRINK SENSIBLY
We often drink alcohol to change our mood. Some people drink to deal with fear or loneliness but the effect is only temporary. When the drink wears off, you feel worse because of the way alcohol withdrawal symptoms affect your brain and the rest of your body. Drinking is not a good way to manage difficult feelings. Occasional light drinking is perfectly healthy and enjoyable for most people but stay within the recommended weekly alcohol limits

SWITCH OFF
Give yourself some ‘me time’. Take a deep breath… and relax. Try yoga or meditation, or just putting your feet up. Listen to your body. If you’re really tired, give yourself time to sleep. Without good sleep our mental health suffers and our concentration goes downhill.

BE KIND TO YOURSELF
Build on small achievements and you will feel better about yourself. Some days you can even feel proud that you made it out of the house.

TALK ABOUT YOUR FEELINGS
Talking about your feelings can help you stay in good mental health and deal with times when you feel troubled. Talking this way isn’t a sign of weakness. It’s part of taking charge of your wellbeing and doing what you can to stay healthy. Just being listened to can help you feel supported and less alone. And it works both ways. If you open up, it might encourage others to do the same.

ASK FOR HELP
None of us is superhuman. We all sometimes get tired or overwhelmed by how we feel or when things go wrong. If you feel you can’t cope, ask for help. Your family or friends may be able to offer practical help or a listening ear. Local services are there to help you, too.

There’s no dedicated parking but if you’re driving, the huge train station car park is a short walk.

The food is billed as classic American style BBQ cooked over natural coal and wood. Cooking is low ‘n’ slow resulting in tender, smoky meat. There are a couple of veggie options, but the focus is meat as you’d expect.

We found the starters and accompaniments suited us better than the main courses. For instance, sticky, zingy chicken wings were delicious and devoured by everyone at the table. Cauliflower bites – deep fried florets with a yoghurty ranch dressing were also superb.

The main courses were a bit large for us which we know is a positive for a lot of people. We left so much food that the waitress came over to ask if something was wrong. It wasn’t – all the food was perfectly tasty. The pulled pork and the shredded beef were both tender and smoky while pickles and sauces were top notch. Hot dogs were somewhere between a frankfurter and a ‘normal’ sausage and had a nice bit of heat served with crispy onions and mustard in a brioche bun.

As an American inspired restaurant, it works a treat and does what it says on the tin. It’s not fine dining but it’s a lot of fun. There are plenty of cocktails and mocktails to whet your whistle too. If you love this kind of food, and lots of it, Dick’s will hit the spot. We might go back and work our way through the starters like a US-style tapas. That would be great.

Over the past few decades, Argentina has transformed its wine industry from one primarily focused on domestic consumption to an internationally recognised producer of high-quality wines. Central to this evolution is the Malbec grape, which has become synonymous with Argentine wine. But the story of Argentine winemaking goes beyond just Malbec. With a variety of other grapes like Torrontés, Pinot Noir, and Bonarda, Argentina offers a diverse wine landscape that reflects its rich terroirs and innovative winemaking spirit.

Malbec, originally from France, particularly the Cahors region, found a new lease on life in Argentina. While it struggled in France due to its sensitivity to frost and pests, Malbec thrived in Argentina’s high-altitude vineyards. Brought to Argentina by European emigrants in the mid-19th century, Malbec has since become the country’s flagship grape. The dry, sunny climate of Argentina, especially in Mendoza, allows Malbec to ripen fully, developing its characteristic dark, ripe fruit flavours, smooth velvety tannins, and spicy finish.

MAJESTIC BACKDROP

Mendoza is undoubtedly the heart of Argentina’s wine industry, producing nearly 70 per cent of the country’s wine. It provides ideal growing conditions for the Malbec grape. The backdrop of the majestic Andes mountains provides high altitude and wide temperature fluctuations between day and night. This helps to retain freshness and develop complex flavours in the grapes.
If you’re a real Malbec lover, you should look out for Mendoza’s sub-regions, such as Luján de Cuyo, Tupungato and the Uco Valley, as each offer unique microclimates that contribute to the diverse expressions of Argentine Malbec. In Tupungato, for example, higher altitudes and cooler temperatures lead to wines with more freshness and floral notes, while in Luján de Cuyo, Malbecs are often richer and more full-bodied.

In the UK, Malbec has surged in popularity over the last decade. British consumers have embraced Argentine Malbec for its bold flavours and versatility, which make it an excellent accompaniment to a variety of foods. A classic pairing is with Argentine steak, where the robust structure of Malbec complements the rich, savoury flavours of the meat. However, it also pairs wonderfully with grilled vegetables, hard cheeses, and even chocolate desserts with sweeter styles. While Malbec might be the star internationally, Argentina’s wine repertoire is diverse. The country boasts a range of climates and terroirs, allowing for the cultivation of various grape varieties.

SIGNATURE VARIETY

Torrontés is Argentina’s signature white grape variety, and it offers a refreshing contrast to the bold reds the country is known for. Grown primarily in the high-altitude vineyards of the Cafayate Valley in the Salta region (up to 3,000 metres above sea level!), Torrontés thrives in the warm, sunny days and cool nights. This grape is known for its aromatic profile, often drawing comparisons to Sauvignon Blanc or Gewürztraminer, with floral and fruity notes such as rose petals, jasmine, and citrus.

Torrontés is often enjoyed on its own as a light, aromatic wine, perfect for sipping on a warm day. It also pairs well with spicy foods, making it an excellent match for dishes like Thai curry or spicy Mexican cuisine, where its crisp acidity and fruity flavours can stand up to bold spices.

In the cooler climate of Patagonia, particularly in the regions of Neuquén and Río Negro, Pinot Noir has found a comfortable home and is well worth seeking out. Patagonia’s cooler temperatures and long growing season allow Pinot Noir grapes to develop slowly, leading to wines with great balance, bright acidity, and a complex flavour profile that includes red berries, earth, and subtle spices. It pairs beautifully with dishes such as roasted chicken, mushroom risotto or even salmon.

Bonarda, originally from Italy, is Argentina’s second most widely planted red grape after Malbec. It is primarily grown in Mendoza and San Juan. For a long time, Bonarda was used mainly in blends, but it is now gaining appreciation as a varietal wine. Argentine Bonarda is characterised by its deep colour, medium body, and flavours of red fruits, herbs, and sometimes a hint of spice. It’s an incredibly versatile wine that pairs well with a wide range of dishes. It’s excellent with pasta in tomato sauce, pizza, or grilled sausages.

KATIE’S 4 ARGENTINE CORKERS

Trivento Golden Reserve Malbec – £16 from Sainsbury’s
From one of the top sub-regions in Mendoza, Lujan de Cuyo, this step up from the standard Trivento is well worth the extra pounds. It is aged for 12 months in oak barrels giving the wine a distinctive spicy character.

Tesco Finest Torrontes – £8.50 from Tesco
A great-value way to taste something different from Argentina, this is a crisp and zingy dry white with flavours of lychee, orange peel and citrus.

Pasarisa Patagonia Pinot Noir – £12.99 from allaboutwine.co.uk
A delicate, floral Pinot Noir with soft cherries and strawberries on the nose but plenty of body from ageing in French oak.

Santa Julia Reserve Valle de Uco Bonarda – £10.99 from Waitrose
Lighter and fresher in style than Malbec with flavours of black cherry and soft tannins.

He shared his expert advice on the signs and symptoms of breast cancer to be aware of, and how breast cancer is diagnosed and treated.

What is breast cancer?

Breast cancer happens when cells in the breast grow abnormally and form a tumour or lump. Breast cancers can be either invasive or pre/non-invasive. Most invasive breast cancers begin in the breast ducts or glands and spread outside to surrounding breast tissue. Invasive cancers have the potential of travelling beyond the breast tissue to other parts of the body.
Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS) is a type of non-invasive breast cancer. It is one of the earliest types of breast cancer, where the cancer is only found in ducts. It does not have the potential to spread to other parts of the body. Advanced breast cancer, or metastatic breast cancer, is when the cancer has spread outside the breast through blood vessels and lymph vessels to another part of the body.

What are the main symptoms to look out for?

Breast cancer is most common in women over the age of 50, although can develop in younger people and, although rare, in men. It’s important to be breast aware regardless of age or gender.
The most common symptom is a lump in your breast. Other signs include changes in size or shape, changes to the skin or nipple, like dimpling or puckering, a rash around the nipple, unusual nipple discharge, or a change in appearance of one of your nipples. Some people might notice swelling and pain in their chest, breast or armpit.
The key message is to be aware of what’s normal for your body. If you notice any changes, don’t ignore them, speak to your doctor. It might not be anything concerning but the earlier breast cancer is diagnosed, the easier it is to treat and the higher the chance of successful treatment.

How is breast cancer diagnosed?

Breast cancer is diagnosed through a combination of clinical examination, imaging and biopsy. The first step is usually a mammogram (for those 40 years and above), which is an X-ray of the breast. Sometimes we may use ultrasound to get a clearer picture. If we see anything unusual, we’ll perform a biopsy, which involves taking a small sample of breast tissue for analysis. This helps us determine if the cells are cancerous, and if so, the type and grade of breast cancer.

Breast cancer screening and one stop breast clinics

Regular breast screening can find any irregularities at the earliest possible stage, before any obvious symptoms develop. We offer routine breast screening to women over the age of 40, who aren’t experiencing any symptoms and haven’t had a mammogram in the last 12 months.

You may be referred to a one-stop breast clinic if an irregularity has been found during your routine breast screening, or if you have breast cancer symptoms. At The Harborne Hospital, our one-stop breast clinics are designed to help you get quicker access to a diagnosis, with the care and support of our expert team. You will have all your initial diagnostic tests on the same day, including a consultation to talk through your symptoms, physical examination, mammogram, and an ultrasound if required. Our team will discuss the results of these tests with you at your visit. If no further tests are required, you can go home with peace of mind.

If your tests show any irregularities, we may take a biopsy, and your result will be available to discuss within days.

What treatment options are available?

Treatment varies depending on the type and stage of the disease. Surgery is often the first step and may be the only treatment required. Additional treatments, such as chemotherapy, radiotherapy, hormone therapy or targeted therapies may also be needed. At The Harborne Hospital our Multidisciplinary Team (MDT) of experts provide personalised treatment plans based on each individual diagnosis and personal preferences.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I work in lots of different roles following various passions. I’m the co-founder of Kids’ Village, a sport and children’s presenter, producer, author and speaker. I was lucky to survive cancer as a child and I believe that the hope, joy and escape I experienced on a holiday to a place in America called Give Kids’ The World Village played a big part in that. With Kids’ Village we are building the UK’s first holiday village just for children with critical illness and their families to stay for free.

IT’S WHAT I DO

As the founder, I’ve done almost every role there is within Kids’ Village, from working on planning to accounting and designing the logo! But now that we have expanded the team, I’m able to focus on the bits I’m good at – social media, comms and speaking at events and to interested donors. I’m co-host of the daily children’s podcast Today with Tonies for the brand Tonies; I work in football for the BBC and Stoke City FC; I host T20 blast games for the ECB and have a weekly sports show on BBC Radio Stoke. My first children’s book has also recently been published, and I’m working on the next one.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

A breakthrough for me in presenting was hosting cricket for the Commonwealth Games at Edgbaston. I’m also really proud of getting the planning permission to build Kids’ Village. And early this year a team of us set out to climb Mount Kilimanjaro for Kids’ Village and I’m incredibly proud to have made it to the top. I now wear a ring with Tanzanite that we bought after the climb to remind me that I can do hard things.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

A big one for me is to measure backwards. I’m always looking for the next big thing that I’d like to achieve so I find that I’m mostly focused on the future, but this can lead to feeling disappointed about where I am now. So, I’ve learned to look backwards, and it changes my perspective completely. I feel grateful and I’m reminded that the version of me that was lying in a hospital bed or trying to break into radio would be amazed of where I am today. A shout-out to my dad, Gary, for sharing this powerful lesson with me!

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Professionally, building and opening Kids’ Village is just the start of how I’d like to support children and families. Personally, I’m incredibly lucky with the most amazing family, group of friends and wonderful husband. I’d love to have my own little family and continue to live life finding fun every day.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I’m forever an ambassador for how great Birmingham is. My favourite thing is probably the food! We have soooo many incredible restaurants that I love.

DOWNTIME

Travelling is my absolute favourite thing. But I like to do so many different things – eating out, grabbing coffee, watching my husband play cricket, watching football (or any sport really!), running, the gym, walking my dog, shopping…

Whether you live near woods, fields or city centres, walking is a cheap and cheerful way of exercising. The simple act of walking – whether a swift stride to the shops or a leisurely stroll through the park – can have a huge impact on our well-being. And this month sees an added incentive to step out, as Midlands Air Ambulance Charity has announced the return of its Walk4Life Challenge in September.

By walking 2,000 steps a day for the entire month, not only can you help raise vital life-saving funds but also seriously improve your fitness levels.

Here are just some of the key exercise benefits of walking:

IMPROVE THE IMMUNE SYSTEM

Your nose, gut and airways contain lots of good, natural killer cells (NKCs) which attack potentially harmful viruses before the rest of the immune system, called the b cell immune system, comes on board and starts creating antibodies. The number of NKCs increases when you take a walk.

BOOST MENTAL HEALTH

When you’re walking, you release something called brain derived neurotrophic factor, or BDNF. The only thing that gets it out into the body is exercise – it’s absolutely dependent on us moving around. BDNF helps reduce inflammation which not only causes physical problems but potential issues with our mental health, too. So, by walking and reducing it you can help tackle things like anxiety and depression.

MAKE US HAPPIER

One of the major benefits of walking is stress relief as the act of physical exercise increases concentrations of norepinephrine in the body – a chemical which moderates the brain’s response to stress.

AID CREATIVITY

Walking can really get your creative juices flowing and there’s lots of anecdotal evidence that some of history’s greatest philosophers were active walkers. Let’s face it, you are far more likely to have got a good idea if you’re walking through a beautiful forest than if you’re sitting down, doing nothing. It is widely reported that the late founder of Apple, Steve Jobs, regularly held meetings on the move. And research by Stanford University supports his thinking by demonstrating that walking significantly boosts creative inspiration.

INCREASE PRODUCTIVITY

Employees who regularly exercise are said to be far more productive and have much more energy than their more sedentary counterparts. Not only that, but 12 noon is apparently the optimum time of the day to reap the benefits so, if you fancy surviving the midday slump, be sure to take that lunchtime stroll.

GOOD FOR METABOLISM

Engaging in low-level activity across the course of the day is better for regulating your metabolism than engaging small bits of intense but infrequent activity. People tend to overestimate the benefits of going to the gym and pounding out an hour on the treadmill when they’ve been inactive for the rest of the day. In fact, there is some evidence that this behaviour can lead to exercise-induced inactivity.

IMPROVE POSTURE

For many of us, the working day involves going from sitting in our car to sitting at our desk, to sitting on the sofa. This can result in a bad posture and back problems. Getting up and walking around regularly can help prevent a bad back and improve our posture.

STRENGTHEN AND REPAIR JOINTS

The more you walk, the more you repair your cartilage, and the thicker the cartilage becomes and the stronger the joint becomes.

PREVENT DEMENTIA

Walking, like all forms of physical exercise, boosts the chemicals in the brain that support and prevents degradation of the hippocampus – a vital part of the brain for memory and learning. Researchers have found that walking for just 20 minutes a day boosts memory and improves overall brain function.

After a somewhat drab start to the year, the garden is now in full swing and the sunshine and rain combination we endured way back then doesn’t seem to have dampened the spirits of our plants. If anything, that mixture has given them some tenacity to fight through those rougher times, which really has given us a summer garden to be proud of.

If your garden is anything like mine then it has really come into its stride now, later than usual but it’s here and all that growth has brought an abundance of blooms (and hopefully fruit and veg too!). This month I’d really like you to put your feet up and try to enjoy it all, but if you’re itching to get gardening then I’ve got some simple jobs to keep your occupied throughout September.

Deadhead daily!

September is a month to keep on deadheading to ensure continued blooms and maintain the health of your plants. Dahlias, for instance, thrive with regular deadheading. To deadhead Dahlias, look for spent flowers and snip them off just above the nearest set of healthy leaves, using clean, sharp scissors or pruners. This encourages the plant to produce new side shoots and flowers rather than putting energy into seed production. Roses also benefit from deadheading this month, and it’s a similar procedure for these too. With most types of roses, cut the stem back to the first set five leaves, ensuring you make a clean cut at an angle to promote quick healing.

Similarly, bedding plants like petunias and geraniums can be deadheaded to prolong their flowering season. Pinch off the faded flowers with your fingers or snip them, taking care to remove the entire flower head including the base to prevent seed pod formation. Perennials like rudbeckia and echinacea also respond well to deadheading. Cut back the flower stems to just above a leaf or bud to encourage more blooms. Deadheading not only keeps your garden looking tidy but also promotes vigorous growth and a longer blooming period, ensuring your garden stays vibrant through to the end of summer.

Think ahead, save your seeds!

This month the garden is brimming with opportunities to save seeds for future planting. Sweet peas, for example, are excellent candidates for seed saving. While it is a little early to let the plants form their seed pods, occasionally you’ll miss one and in that case, it is worth saving these seeds instead of spending money on new ones. Once the flowers have faded, allow the seed pods to develop and then when the pods turn brown and dry out, collect them and carefully split them open to release the seeds. Dry the seeds thoroughly before storing them in a cool, dry place.

Aquilegia is another plant whose seeds can be saved in September, too. After flowering, aquilegia develops seed pods that will dry and start to crack open. Harvest the pods just before they split completely and shake out the seeds into a paper bag. Let the seeds air dry for a few days before storing them in labelled envelopes or jars. Alternatively, if you leave these pods on your Aquilegia plants, they will self-seed in your borders or pots and grow more plants next year.

Fruitful fruit!

If you’ve got fruit growing in your garden or green space then there are a few things you can be doing in September. Apples and pears are ripe now, so start checking for readiness. Gently lift the fruit—if it comes away easily, it’s ready to pick. Blackberries and raspberries are in full swing, perfect for fresh eating, jams or freezing.

Plums are also abundant; pick them when they are slightly soft to the touch. For those of you growing strawberries, make sure to regularly harvest the ripe ones to encourage more fruiting – the more you pick, the more will grow! Additionally, keep an eye on these softer fruits as they can be somewhat appealing for birds.

Don’t forget to water your fruit plants regularly, especially during dry spells, to ensure they remain healthy and productive. A good feed every few weeks, especially of tomatoes is always advised to maximise your harvests.

The summer is nearly over (sob!) but we’re not ready quite yet to bid it farewell. So, please join us as we enjoy one final summery huzzah with this delicious little dessert. Next stop Christmas…

Ingredients

• 300g gingernut biscuits
• 100g butter
• 1-2 tsps vanilla extract
• 300g mascarpone cheese
• 300ml whipped double cream
• 400g strawberries
• 50-100g sifted icing sugar

Method

To make the base, put the biscuits in a food processer and blend until crumbled. Meanwhile, gently melt the butter in a large saucepan and leave to cool slightly. Transfer the crumbs into the pan and mix thoroughly. Tip them into a loose bottomed cake tin, press down firmly to create an even layer. Chill in the fridge for an hour to set firmly.

Chop the strawberries lengthways. Place the strawberries against the inside wall of the cake tin, with the bottom of the slices directly on the biscuit base.

Whip the double cream in a bowl until it starts to thicken. Place the mascarpone in a bowl and soften. Add the icing sugar and vanilla extract, mix thoroughly until smooth. Gently fold in the whipped double cream.

Tip the mixture into the cake tin in two or three parts. With each part, add to the centre then push the mixture firmly to the edges to secure the strawberries and fill in the gaps against the side of the tin. Refrigerate ideally overnight but for at least three to four hours until the filling is firm.

Remove from the fridge. Remove from the tin – place the base on top of a flat-bottomed tumbler or tin can, then gradually pull the sides of the tin down. Place the cake onto a serving plate and pile the remaining strawberry pieces or a mixture of summer berries on top. Serve at room temperature.

Mr Furtado specialises in conditions affecting the spine, spinal cord, and nerves. He offers treatments for sciatica, back and leg pain from stenosis, arm pain related to nerve compression, spinal tumours, spinal reconstruction from a deformity related to degenerative conditions, trauma or spinal infections. Mr Furtado takes a personalised approach to care, tailoring treatment to your individual needs and can offer minimally invasive treatments as well as more standard spinal surgical interventions.

What is sciatica?

Sciatica is when the sciatic nerve is compressed or irritated and refers to pain that runs down the route of the sciatic nerve, the longest nerve in your body. The sciatic nerve runs from the back of your pelvis to the bottom of your feet. The sciatic nerve being compressed or irritated can be caused by a number of things, but is often caused by a slipped or herniated disc in your back. A disc can ‘bulge’ or ‘prolapse/herniate’ and put pressure on the nerves in your spine, causing inflammation, pain, numbness and sometimes weakness. It is important to note that not all changes to the discs in your back will cause sciatica. Very large disc prolapses can damage nerves controlling bladder or bowel function.

What are the main symptoms to look for?

The main symptom of sciatica is pain that is often felt in the lower back and can radiate down one or both legs, and the buttocks, which can be quite uncomfortable. You may feel anything from a dull ache to a sharp pain, and even a tingling sensation leading to numbness and weakness in your leg in severe cases. The pain from sciatica can vary from day to day and can be difficult to manage.

How is sciatica diagnosed?

Sciatica can be diagnosed by your GP or healthcare professional from your history and distribution of pain and by a physical examination, looking at your sensation, strength and range of movement. A scan is not usually necessary for most people during the early stages of sciatica, as many cases will settle with time. If your symptoms persist you may be referred to a specialist and an MRI scan may be recommended if treatment is going to be required. A scan may also be recommended if sciatica is being caused by another serious medical condition, however this is rare.

What treatment options are available?

Sciatica will often go away naturally in a few weeks for most people, but for other people it can last a lot longer, and there are a range of treatment options available. Pain relieving medication can be prescribed to help you manage the pain of sciatica, and there are other options including painkilling injections or surgery that may be recommended.

During recovery I would recommend slowly introducing activity, such as light exercise like walking, but it is important to build this up slowly as the sciatic nerve can be very sensitive.

For me there is something uplifting about tearing the foil, loosening the wire cage, then easing out the mushroom-shaped cork. Let the cork fly and you get a better pop, but please don’t point the bottle at your guests ¬– the cork leaves the bottle at about 40mph!

In the modern world of wine, you are spoilt for choice. There is Italian Prosecco, Spanish Cava, English Fizz and great new world options from places like South Africa and Australia. Of course, this leaves out one country that really knows what it is doing when it comes to making sparkling wines and that is France. Champagne, which is arguably the most famous fizz of all, is produced in huge amounts and is enjoyed all over the world. However, most Champagne is an expensive option so if you are looking for something less demanding on your pocket then look no further than Cremant.

LIGHTER

Cremant is a regional sparkling wine that is produced across no less than eight wine regions in France. It is bottle fermented in a very similar way to Champagne but with a couple of important differences. Firstly, the grapes used to make it vary depending on the region that it comes from and secondly it is not aged as long as Champagne before it is released. Whereas most Champagne is aged for at least two or three years, most Cremant is only aged for nine months.

Given the number of different regions and grapes used there is a large variety of styles of Cremant but the wines are generally lighter and fruitier with less of the bready and pastry like notes that you often find with Champagne. The earlier release, with the associated savings in storage costs also means the wines are in most cases less expensive.

There are four regions that lead the way when it comes to Cremant. Alsace, nestled on the Eastern side of the Vosges mountains, is the leading producer. More than 25 per cent of Alsace production is Cremant and over 38 million bottles were sold in 2022. Here the wines are made using Pinot Blanc and Pinot Gris and are slightly fuller bodied.

VERSATILE

In close pursuit are Burgundy and the Loire. These two famous regions produce a similar amount of Cremant to each other. In Burgundy the wines are based on Chardonnay and Pinot Noir and in the Loire on Chenin Blanc. Then finally there is Bordeaux. Yes, much better known for red wines, Bordeaux has however been producing sparkling wines for a long time. Here the wines are generally made using Semillon but other grapes, like Cabernet Franc, Muscadelle and even Merlot are sometimes blended for additional complexity.

Cremant is also as versatile as it is good value. It’s perfect on its own as an aperitif but even better alongside smoked salmon canapes. It’s brilliant with food too. Try Cremant alongside fish and goat’s cheese starters, salmon en croute or classic fish and chips. Then when it comes to cheese these wines are fabulous with soft and creamy options like Brie, Langres and for a truly indulgent treat try the triple cream Brillat-Savarin! You can also use Cremant in a range of sparkling wine cocktails.

FABULOUS 4 TO TRY

Cave de Tuckheim , Cremant d’Alsace – Made by one of the biggest producers in Alsace this is brilliant value for the quality. Like apple pie in a glass! £13.99 at Waitrose.

Simonnet Febvre , Cremant de Bourgogne Brut ¬ From the famous Chablis producer comes this Chardonnay dominant fizz. This has fine bubbles and heady citrus notes. £15 at Tesco.

Domaine de Landreau , Cremant de Loire Brut – An elegant bubbly made using a blend of Chenin Blanc and Cabernet Franc. This is aged for a longer period of two years which adds nutty notes of hazelnut and almond to the base of apple and lemon balm. £17 at Tivoli Wines.

Etoile de Timberlay , Cremant de Bordeaux – This insanely good value fruit forward fizz is made with Merlot , Semillon and Cabernet Franc and at £10 from Marks & Spencer you just can’t go wrong.

More than 140 guests attended a fund-raising gala dinner alongside a performance of the hit musical Hamilton at Birmingham Hippodrome. Compered by broadcaster Nikki Tapper, the evening was co-hosted by the Hippodrome’s board of directors, Catherine Mallyon and artistic director and CEO Jon Gilchrist, with support from Black Business Magazine. More than £10,000 was raised for the theatre’s youth programmes for under-served communities across the city. Shireland Collegiate Academy performed hip-hop dance and there was a post-show appearance by Hamilton resident director Oliver Kaderbhai and artist Aisha Jawando.

Captions:

1 Catherine Mallyon, Susan Foster, Harj Millington
2 Jo and Alex Tross, Nicole Fleet-Milne, Kirsty Cove
3 Arun Photay, Daphne Hall, Oliver Kaderbhai, Liz Hall, Sharan Photay
4 Dave Shaw, Sarah Russell, Linda and Marcus Daly
5 Kully Khalia, Indi Deol
6 Dr Tru Powell, Jon Gilchrist, Justice Williams MBE, Chilina Madon
7 James Penny, Aisha Jawando, Helen Penney

Whether you’re a seasoned player or beginner, tennis is the perfect way to keep fit, have fun – but also get those competitive juices flowing. With the grass court season in full swing, now’s the perfect time to take to your local courts. Here are 10 reasons to keep you playing year-round.

1. Cardiovascular Fitness
Tennis is a sport fuelled with high-energy, that gets your body moving and your heart rate up. Constant quick movements strengthen your heart and enhance your cardiovascular health. We recommend a game of cardio-tennis if you haven’t yet tried it yet – plus it can burn around 600-800 calories per hour-long session.

2. Full Body Workout
Tennis is an excellent way to exercise all of your muscle groups. Engaging your legs, arms, core and back provides a comprehensive full body workout while having fun.

3. Stamina
Whether you’re playing doubles, singles or on your own using a rebound wall, tennis is a fast-paced and adrenaline-filled sport. Regular games will help you improve your stamina and level of fitness.

4. Agility & Coordination
From dropshots to backhands, each shot requires precise hand-eye coordination and quick reflexes. These skills are just as beneficial off court as they are on, enhancing your overall physical dexterity.

5. Stress Relief
Tennis is more than just a competitive and enjoyable sport, it’s a powerful tool to reduce stress and tension, as well as releasing endorphins – your natural mood lifters.

6. Muscle Tone
Engaging various muscle groups and repeatedly performing a diverse range of movements helps to build tone and strength.

7. Resilience
For the competitive player, resilience and problem solving is a huge part of the game. Building a strong mindset is key to allowing you to think, plan and not freeze up if you miss a point.

8. Team Spirit
Tennis is often played in pairs or groups, providing ample opportunities for social engagement and interaction. Building friendships and connections through courses, coaching or club life can enhance emotional well-being.

9. Flexibility
Twisting, turning, and returning an ace involves a range of movements and promotes increased flexibility. We recommend you always stretch regularly before and after a game to reduce the risk of injury.

10. Quick Thinking
Tennis requires a high level of focus and concentration – working out where the oncoming ball is going to land – perfect for your hand-eye coordination. Tennis encompasses so many different aspects, from physical, technical and mental ability, but most importantly it’s fun, and it’s a sport you can play for life!

So, lace up your tennis shoes, grab your racket, take advantage of courts local to you and experience all the health benefits tennis has to offer. Your mind and body will thank you for it!

Move over Aeprol, the latest spritz on everyone’s lips seems to be the Limoncello version. It’s the perfect summer cocktail – light, bubbly and reminiscent of the Italian southern coast – but just so you don’t embarrass yourself, Francesco Putignano, group bar development manager at leading Italian restaurant, San Carlo, shows us how it should be made.

Ingredients

• 60ml prosecco
• 50ml limoncello
• 30ml soda water
• Fresh thyme sprig

Method

Fill a wine glass with ice. Pour over the limoncello and top up with the prosecco and soda. Stir and garnish with the thyme sprig.

In France wine tourism in Bordeaux, Burgundy and Champagne has always been popular and due to Chateauneuf-du-Pape’s fame the Côtes-du-Rhône is also a favourite. So, when Wendy Gedney, once a wine teacher at University College Birmingham, decided she wanted to start a wine tourism business why did she head to the little-known Languedoc-Roussillon region?
For centuries Languedoc-Roussillon had been the bulk producer of rustic and oft times poorly made wine destined to quench the nation’s thirst when water was unsafe to drink. It wasn’t until the 1980’s that the wine makers of Languedoc started to wake up to the jewel they held in their hands and we have Australia and California to thank for that.
At the time New world ‘varietal wines’ were being released onto the European market. Until then we were used to buying wine by provenance rather than grape variety. You bought a Chablis not a Chardonnay, a Bordeaux not a Cab Sav but overnight the ‘new kids on the block’ had found a way of making wine accessible and that was the kiss that woke the sleeping princess.

WINE-MAKING RUSH

Losing market share France introduced the Vins de Pays category and Languedoc-Roussillon embraced it to make the first Vins du Pays d’Oc in 1987. Whereas AOC rules restrict and protect name and style, Vins du Pays is much more flexible allowing innovation and creativity. Think Terroir v Territory. The release of this label coincided with the rush of people from all over the world wanting to become wine makers. Most were looking for a place where their vision of wine making could be expressed, where the land was affordable and where organic farming would be easier. For lots of people Languedoc was that place.

Following their dream and bringing passion and commitment with them they bought up small parcels of land and resurrected old vines that had fallen out of favour such as Carignan. Many of them also made new plantings and almost every French grape variety you can think of was planted there. Some made simple, ‘cheap and cheerful quaffers’ appealing to the price sensitive market and those who like the familiar name of an international grape variety. Others sensitively nurtured the traditional Languedoc varieties, coaxing the best wines they could from them. Today Languedoc-Roussillon is the most diverse wine region in France where just about every style of wine can be found, much of it organically grown in a beautiful landscape and made by impassioned people.

MEDIEVAL BACKDROP

Languedoc is the undiscovered France even though it’s the largest vineyard in the country. Many people go there to visit Carcassonne, a town Ryanair flies to from many UK cities. They taste the wine, meet the friendly people and look out across the ramparts of the medieval town to the swathe of vines peppered with ancient villages wishing they could discover the place. This is why Wendy started her vineyard tour business Vin en Vacances here 15 years ago. She runs day trips to all of the wine districts that surround Carcassonne as well as a tour that includes a wine tasting cruise along the Canal du Midi. Alongside winery visits many of the tours include tastings of olive oil, artisanal vinegar and vermouths as well as visits to beautiful villages, an abbey with a wine connection and a couple of the Cathar castles.

Of course, wine is at the heart of every tour which is a great way to discover the region and the wines styles. In general, the red wines are full bodied, spicy and often peppery with flavours of black fruits whereas the whites are more difficult to pin down as there isn’t a typical style made here. You will find everything from rich, full bodied, oak fermented wines, to mineral, deeply complex, lean styles to simple fruity ones. Rosé drinkers who prefer it bone dry and fruity with refreshing acidity will love a Languedoc rosé and fizz lovers have Crémant de Limoux or the more simple style of Blanquette de Limoux to choose from.

If you’re into sweet wine you’ve come to the right place. Vin Doux Naturel is a wine making method invented in Languedoc in the 1400’s and Wendy’s favourite is Muscat de Saint-Jean de Minervois. The favours of fresh grapes, the nose of roses in bloom and its crisp acidity make it the perfect match for a chunk of blue cheese drizzled with honey. Something to enjoy whilst sitting in the Languedoc sunshine.

OUR TOP TASTE PICKS

Baron De Badassiere Carignan – Loki Wine £10.99
This red made from 100 per cent Carignan grapes is a rich and full-bodied wine, sourced from the estate’s vineyards in the Pays d’O, and it perfectly captures the essence of the Languedoc. It has been aged for 12 months in oak barrels, which impart a subtle hint of vanilla and toasted oak flavours. In the glass, Baron De Badassiere Carignan has a deep ruby colour with purple highlights.

Gérard Bertrand ‘Hampton Water’ Rosé 2022/23, Languedoc – Majestic £17.99
Hampton Water is the result of a collaboration between rock star Jon Bon Jovi, his son Jesse Bongiovi and iconic winemaker Gérard Bertrand. This elegant rose combines the winemaking skill of Bertrand with the glamour of America’s favourite summer retreat. Every year it receives rave reviews from top wine critics. Its fresh berry and citrus flavours make this a perfect pairing for a fresh goat’s cheese salad or seafood platter.

Katie Jones, Me & Monsieur Jones Blanc – Naked Wines £11.99
Katie and her Monsieur Jones were set on showing Angels that whites can hold their own here and boy have they gone and done just that! She added a smidgen of Muscat to their traditional Grenache and Macabeo blend – but don’t be fooled, there’s none of the sweetness that usually comes hand in hand with Muscat here. This is an aromatic, fresh, fruity and seriously easy-drinking wine.

We’re at the time of the year that’s a gardener’s paradise. Long, sunny days and warm weather make everything burst into life. Your flowers are in likely in bloom, and the veggie patch is thriving – that’s if the rain has stopped?

While lots of you might be thinking about packing your bags and jetting off somewhere exotic, many of us will be here tending to our plots, gardens and window boxes. Personally, I love this time as we enjoy the garden for how it looks and how it makes us feel while we’re out there. But which jobs can you be doing during this month?

Chelsea Chop? Hampton Hack!

While we’ve had a real mixture of warm weather and pouring rain, our gardens have really burst fully into life, but with this perfect storm of weather can come one negative! It’s fantastic to have lush, green gardens but this early growth from our perennials can sometimes mean that they peak too soon, or they can put on one almighty show and then disappear. This first wave of growth does come with big blooms, but not always that many.

One method that gardeners adopt is something called the Chelsea Chop where you cut back most perennials (such as Phlox, Achillea, Asters, Campanulas, Rudbeckia, Sedums, Heleniums and more…) in May, around the time of the Chelsea Flower Show. However – if you missed doing this then, you could also do it in early July at the same time as the Hampton Court Flower Show and this is known as the Hampton Hack. It’s as simple as cutting these plants back by about half, and your reward will be many more flowers! The flowers you’ll get will be smaller but there will be more of them to cut and bring indoors.

Sow biennials

Now is the ideal time to get ahead in your garden by sowing biennial seeds. These clever plants grow their roots and leaves in the first year (this year), then flower and seed in the second. It’s like setting up a little surprise for your garden next year and it’s the perfect way to think about how you’d like your garden to be this time next year.

Start by picking your favourite biennial seeds – foxgloves, sweet williams and wallflowers are all fantastic choices. Find a sunny spot in your garden and give the soil a good rake to make it nice and crumbly. Sprinkle the seeds thinly on the surface, then cover them lightly with a bit of soil or compost. It’s easy – no need to be too precise. You can also do this in pots and seed trays if you’re not sure where you want them to go yet.

Keep the soil moist, but not soggy and in a few weeks you’ll see little green shoots popping up, which is always exciting. When the seedlings are big enough to handle, usually by late summer, you can transplant them to their final spots. Choose places where you want a splash of colour next year. By next spring and summer, your biennials will reward you with stunning blooms.

Wet, wet, wet!

With the wet weather we’ve had you’d be excuses for thinking your pots and containers are watered thoroughly enough, but that sometimes isn’t the case. Often, the rainwater will run down the inside of our pots and not reach the middle, where the roots usually are, thoroughly enough.

First things first, remember that container plants need more water than those in the ground because they dry out faster. So, keep an eye on them, especially during hot, sunny days. The best time to water is early in the morning or late in the evening. This way, the water has a chance to soak in before the sun gets too fierce. When you water, make sure to soak the soil thoroughly. A light sprinkle won’t do – you want the water to reach the roots. Keep pouring until you see water coming out of the drainage holes at the bottom of the pot and then stop.

Speaking of drainage, make sure your pots have good drainage. If the water can’t escape, your plants could end up with root rot, which is a big no-no. If you’re using saucers under your pots, empty them regularly so the roots don’t sit in water.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I’m a photographer specialising in conference photography. For the past two decades I’ve been documenting and capturing events here in the West Midlands and nationally. I’ve built a network of clients with whom I’ve forged strong working relationships in understanding what they need to deliver their objectives.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I capture images in the hope of capturing people’s attention. The power of a strong image is the potential to tell a story. It can also support a story, such as a press release, by drawing people in. The role brings me into contact with everyone, from business and thought leaders, politicians, music and sports stars and Royalty, to the people who attend the events I shoot. I would like to think my work helps my clients in their work. I take pride in seeing successful journeys and have witnessed individuals transition from undergraduates on their first step into the world of work to development, growth and conquering their world.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

The biggest professional success was being able to grow a business to provide the means to give my children a wonderful childhood. It’s why I sit on the NSPCC board – it’s a privilege to help other children who through no fault of their own have been dealt a poor hand.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Given the speed of life, it’s important to find what makes you happy and do it. I wanted to see the world and not wait until I retired to realise it. So, I took the family. Travel is a fabulous way to invest in yourself; you have memories that make you smile, stories to bore people with and a world view that teaches you that you are a part of a huge planet with distinct beliefs and traditions, and just because they are different doesn’t make them inferior to your ways.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I’ve achieved my personal ambition, I always wanted a family and it happened. I married, we bought a house, had a daughter and two years later a son. We watched them grow and develop into thoughtful and kind individuals. They both graduate from university in the same week in a fortnight.
Professionally, I’ve always wanted to be the ‘go to’ snapper in town. Sounds like a strange ambition but it shaped the way I grew the business. I imagined an events planner team around a table who need a photographer and I wanted the expression ‘get Sansi in’ to be the mantra.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

I’m not going to say ‘it’s the people’, that’s a given as far as I’m concerned. Brummies are pure gold. My favourite thing about Birmingham is the trees, we have more than a million of them, one for every citizen. There’s hardly a place in Brum you can stand and not see a tree.

F1 Arcade, the official Formula 1 simulator racing experience bar, welcomed more than 150 guests to celebrate the launch of the Octane Bar. The Paradise Birmingham venue saw guests enjoy a new spring menu and selection of drinks, while a DJ played house favourites throughout the evening.

Captions:

1 James Bovill, Matthew O’Dell
2 Richard O’Gorman, Ian Russell
3 Sasha Humphreys, Lauren Green-Leonard
4 Serina Sunder
5 Tom Billingham, Sam Perry, Conrad Brunton
6 Shah Karim, Yasmin Patel
7 Jessica Brabant, Jas Rohel
8 Elliot Holman, Matilda Newthorpe

Few things taste as good as sweet, juicy British strawberries. Why not combine with this easy-peasy recipe for shortbread for a delightful summer dessert? Go on, you know you want to…

INGREDIENTS

For the shortbread

• 250g plain white flour
• 200g unsalted butter (chilled)
• 100g icing sugar
• 2 egg yolks (free range)
• 1 tsp vanilla extract

For the coulis

• 300g raspberries
• 300g strawberries
• 2 tbsp icing sugar
• 1 lemon

For the decoration

• 300g strawberries
• 300g double cream

METHOD

Preheat the oven to 180°C (160°C fan, 350°F, gas mark 4). Line a baking tray with baking paper.
In a bowl add the butter, sifted flour and work the mixture with your fingertips to form crumbs. Make a well and add sifted icing sugar, the egg yolks and the vanilla extract. Mix the ingredients together until combined and forms into dough. Wrap in cling film and leave to rest in the fridge for at least 30 minutes.
After the dough has chilled, remove from the fridge and knead for 5 minutes. Roll the dough out to 5mm thickness and using a circular cutter, stamp out the biscuit shapes. Place on the lined baking tray and chill again in the fridge for 30 minutes. Bake the biscuits in the preheated oven for 10 to 12 minutes then transfer to a cooling rack.
For the coulis, put the raspberries and half of the strawberries into a food processor and add the icing sugar and juice of the lemon. Process until pureed. Pass through a sieve into a bowl.
Whip the double cream, then on a serving plate place a shortbread, whipped cream and sliced strawberries. Top with another shortbread and if you want to be really indulgent, repeat with strawberries and cream. Otherwise finish with a dollop of cream and a strawberry. Dust with icing sugar, spoon some coulis around the shortbread stack and garnish with more fresh strawberries.

Welcoming a new baby into the world is a joyous time in a woman’s life, but pregnancy and childbirth bring physical and emotional changes to the mother that can feel overwhelming or difficult. Recognising these changes is the first step on the road to a healthy postpartum recovery.

Remember, every pregnancy and postpartum experience is unique. Don’t get discouraged by comparing yourself to others. What worked for a friend or relative may not be the best approach for you. Focus on your journey and prioritise self-compassion, patience and kindness.

As a pre and postnatal women’s health expert and mother-of-three, I’ve compiled some of my top tips for postpartum recovery:

1. Rest when you can

Sleep is tricky in those early newborn days but try to sleep at every opportunity. Sleep is an important component of the recovery process. When your baby falls asleep, prioritise resting yourself, even if it’s just a short nap.

These ‘nap chains’ can significantly improve daytime alertness and overall well-being. Don’t hesitate to seek help from your partner, family members or close friends. Sharing night-time feeding duties or allowing others to care for the baby while you nap can be invaluable.

2. Maintain a balanced diet

Prioritising a healthy diet packed with whole foods fuels your body for optimal recovery and caring for your newborn. Fill your plate with colourful fruits and vegetables, lean protein sources like chicken or fish, and fibre-rich whole grains. These choices not only support your healing but also indirectly support your baby if you are breastfeeding.

Ensuring your diet is full of fibre will help with bowel movements as well as healing digestive health, particularly after a c-section. Constipation is a common issue post-birth, but straining during bowel movements can put extra pressure on the pelvis and trauma to that area which can lead to possible tears and an episiotomy wound.

If you have time before your baby is born, batch cook hearty stews or soups. This will create easy access to healthy meals during those busy first weeks. Don’t hesitate to accept help with meal prep from loved ones too.

3. Address pain and discomfort

The postpartum period is a time of immense change and it’s important to be gentle with yourself. Resist the urge to be a superhero – your body is healing and you deserve to prioritise rest and comfort.

Don’t hesitate to utilise the pain medication prescribed by your midwife or healthcare provider. These medications are specifically chosen to address the discomfort you may experience after delivery and taking them as directed will allow you to focus on bonding with your newborn and getting the rest you need.

4. Prioritise mental health

The journey of postpartum recovery extends far beyond physical healing. The hormonal fluctuations that occur immediately following delivery can significantly impact your mood. You might experience feelings of anxiety, sadness, or overwhelm – these are all common reactions to the dramatic hormonal shifts and the immense emotional adjustments that come with parenthood.

If these emotions persist, remember – you are not alone. Seek support from your healthcare provider who can offer guidance and explore treatment options if necessary. There are also fantastic resources available within the maternal mental health community. Consider connecting with online support groups like FIT MAMA or reaching out to organisations like Pandas, a charity dedicated to supporting families affected by perinatal mental illness.

5. Focus on pelvic health

When you feel comfortable, you can incorporate pelvic floor exercises and deep breathing into your routine. These exercises help strengthen your pelvic floor muscles, which can be weakened by childbirth, and improve Diastasis recti, a separation of the abdominal muscles.

A simple pelvic floor exercise involves tightening the muscles around your urethra (like stopping urine flow) and vagina, holding for a few seconds, then relaxing. Repeat this sequence 10 times, aiming for several sets throughout the day.

It’s a £2.8 trillion global industry focused on living life fully and taking care of ourselves both mentally and physically. Setl, a new collection of design-led homes in Birmingham’s Jewellery Quarter has embraced this holistic approach to wellness, creating a new way of living in the heart of the city.

Why wellness matters…

While many people are satisfied with their health and lives, more are also feeling anxious or lonely. A healthy home is key to overall wellbeing – according to the British Institute of Interior Design, the quality of living spaces can significantly impact mental health. Setl was designed by award-winning developer HBD to be a haven of wellness, with the resident’s living experience at the forefront:

1. Natural light galore
The 102 apartments in the heart of the Jewellery Quarter are designed with huge floor-to-ceiling windows that flood homes with natural light, creating a bright and uplifting atmosphere.

2. Modern, calming spaces
Setl’s modern kitchens and bathrooms exude calm, providing serene spaces for unwinding. The open-plan interiors are perfect for relaxing alone with a book or hanging out with friends.

3. Balanced work-life
The tranquil co-working lounge helps maintain a healthy work-life balance by separating home and office. It’s an ideal spot to get work done without the distractions of home.

4. Wellness studio
Move your body and find your zen in the serene wellness studio. Whether doing yoga, meditation, or a workout, this space supports both physical and mental health.

5. Rooftop retreat
Enjoy sweeping city views from the stunning sixth-floor roof terrace. It’s the perfect spot to get some fresh air, improve mood, and reduce stress.

6. Prime location in a bustling community
Located on Ludgate Hill, Setl is perfectly situated for a strolls around the vibrant neighbourhood. Being part of the JQ community offers residents a sense of belonging amongst likeminded people.

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

At the age of 18, I was Coventry Carnival Queen and even back then loved fund-raising – my year was completed with a parachute jump with the Lady Mayoress! Fast forward, I married and have two lovely sons, now 27 and 36. Twenty years ago, when I was just 38, I was widowed suddenly when my husband died while playing golf for the Law Society in Spain.

I sold our family legal practice and founded Warwickshire Legal Recruitment and worked in association with Warwickshire Law Society providing locums, something I struggled with before selling our practice. Then, when my mum was diagnosed with stage 4 ovarian cancer, I sold the business and held mum’s hand during her cancer journey. After her death I suffered with empty nest syndrome with my oldest son now in his own home and my younger son at university.

I was offered the opportunity to take over a Women in Business network. I re-launched within three months and introduced our Ladies First Business & Inspirational Women Awards. It’s my motto that ‘we all have a story’, I told mine and was asked to write a book. In 2019, I became the author of Hidden Strength and set up my own bereavement foundation called Surviving Bereavement. During lockdown I qualified as a grief recovery specialist.

IT’S WHAT I DO

As the founder of Surviving Bereavement, I provide pop-up bereavement cafes across the West Midlands and Warwickshire. These provide a safe place for bereaved people to meet others feeling the same isolation of loss and loneliness. The cafes are free to attend and funded by sponsorship and donations. We have tears but we also have lots of laughter and hugs! I also provide free memory boxes and bags for children and young adults coping with bereavement. More recently, I give talks in the workplace on creating a compassionate culture.

I am still a director of Ladies First Professional Development and the network is bigger than ever. Many of the businesses support my Bereavement Foundation by offering sponsorship. In January, we launched our awards from the House of Commons and we are hosting our 6th awards at the IXL Dallas Burston Polo Club on 13 June, raising funds for the Giles Brain Tumour Charity.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Personally, seeing my sons grow into such wonderful young men – their dad would be so proud. Professionally, my Surviving Bereavement work, being recognised as a Platinum Champion for outstanding contribution as a volunteer in the year of the Queen’s Platinum Jubilee.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

I see the best in everyone and sometimes I have been a little naïve. Will this change? Probably not!

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

For Surviving Bereavement, more cafes and volunteers to help run them. For Ladies First, see my awards continue to grow and encourage young people that they can achieve whatever they want in life.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

The people! I love networking in Birmingham, the busy vibe and incredible venues.

DOWNTIME

Walking my dogs, concerts, theatre – and I absolutely love dancing!

One of the youngest people to run from Land’s End to John O’Groats, Joe Boardman took on the 1,112-mile journey on a whim. Within a week of deciding to have a go at the daunting challenge, Joe was off accompanied by his mum in a support vehicle – her trusty red Mini.
Aside from meeting up with mum periodically, numerous friends and family joined Joe for short bursts of running to support him. Roughly 37 miles per day took its toll physically particularly in the first week of the challenge, but beyond that Joe’s body held up and it was more of a mental battle which thankfully he won.

FUND-RAISING HERO

Joe says he’s always looking for an adventure and has been like that from a young age – he once spontaneously ran 30 miles while on a trip to Scotland to get some milk! And indeed, the preparation for Land’s End to John O’Groats was minimal. A friend suggested that Joe would be able to run the mammoth distance and a week later, he was on the road.
Joe says: “It really was an amazing adventure, made all the more exciting by the spontaneity involved. While I did no formal training for this, I run regularly. This was something I started during lockdown with my sister and have kept going since.” Running to raise funds for Cancer Research UK, he has smashed his initial £2,000 target reaching £3,700 at the time of writing.

BOILER ROOM

The weather presented significant challenges – at one point Joe set out for the day in Pitlochry in temperatures of 14 degrees which quickly dropped to -2 degrees. Joe remembers: “I just had to brave it. The hotel we stayed in that night had a lovely manager who let me sit in the boiler room to warm up!” He also faced a lot of rain, flooding and snow storms, but remained determined to finish.
The end of the run wasn’t the instant euphoric high you might imagine. He explains: “My mum was full of joy and I just remember needing a coffee. I couldn’t really respond to people. I think it took a toll on my brain and I just switched off for a couple of days.”
Joe is studying A-Levels in music, drama and English literature at Bromsgrove School and says music played a big part in the journey. Joe remembers running along the Severn Way in the sunshine listening to Charles Trenet’s La Mer which is one of his big highlights. Support from Joe’s school community and beyond has been incredible. He’s featured on BBC Midlands Today and local radio with his inspiring story.

NEW YORK TO LA

Deep into exam season Joe’s busy revising but not too busy to cook up an even grander adventure – riding on horseback across America from New York to LA. At least he’ll be sat down although people who know horses suggest it will actually be harder.
Joe’s planning to rope in his equestrian-loving cousin but we’re not sure she knows about that yet! Joe’s adventures feed into his true love of storytelling. His big dream is to get into writing for the film industry – it’s all he wants to do, and we would put money on him achieving great things. Bravo Joe!

A NEW LEVEL OF INDEPENDENT HEALTHCARE IN BIRMINGHAM

Designed and purpose built with you in mind, The Harborne Hospital brings together the latest technological advancements, with the skill and expertise of leading medical professionals, giving you direct access to a new level of independent healthcare.

With over 100 of the region’s leading consultants, we can provide care across every major medical specialty. If you are experiencing symptoms or need treatment, you can access routine GP appointments, tests and scans, or the latest surgery and treatment therapies, all under one roof.

We can also provide the highest level of care through our dedicated Intensive Therapy Unit (ITU), and we have doctors onsite 24 hours a day, enabling us to care for even the most complex conditions.

UNPARALLELED SURGICAL CAPABILITY

From routine general surgery to minimally invasive cardiac procedures, or complex cancer surgery, our team of expert surgeons are supported by the latest technology in our state-of-the-art operating theatres. Giving you access to a broader range of surgical options.

We’re the first private hospital in the region to offer robot-assisted surgery, using a da Vinci Xi robotic surgical system. Controlled by highly skilled surgeons, the da Vinci Xi enables them to carry out minimally invasive surgery.

There are many benefits of this innovative surgical technique, including smaller incisions, less post operative pain and faster recovery times. Robotic-assisted surgery is becoming a leading treatment option for many gynaecological, urological and colorectal conditions.

YOU CAN BE ASSURED YOU’RE IN SAFE HANDS

Our expert consultants work together with other healthcare professionals in multidisciplinary teams. This means you’ll benefit for the experience and expertise of a team of specialists, so you can be assured you’re in safe hands.

Partnering for patients: The Harborne Hospital is located on the Queen Elizabeth Hospital campus in Birmingham. Working in partnership with University Hospitals Birmingham, the new hospital also provides dedicated space for NHS patients, including two inpatient floors and a new radiotherapy department.

Industry leaders and business professionals gathered at the Jam House, St Paul’s Square for a networking event hosted by Birmingham-based digital marketing agency, EDGE Creative. Designed to foster collaboration and success among UK businesses, the event was sponsored by ORS UK, Bold IT, and Phoenix Consortia with drinks provided by Pernod Ricard.

Captions:

1 Sean Barnes, Mark Panayides, Terry Michael, Anthony Brazier
2 Helen Bowden, Alex Tross
3 Karl Ward, David Jobson
4 Kate Whatley, Alexandra Cooper
5 Nicole Browne, Beth Hodges, Anne Marie Pugh, Danilo Basile, Jack Whitehurst
6 Pete Buss, Kelly Brown, Ian Clorley
7 Remi Brown, Louise Pinnington

This version is vibrant blue with an elegant shimmer. At its heart there’s a dry touch from the gin coupled with a delicate and perfectly complementary sweet orange and lemon flavour. This is the way gin is supposed to be drunk!

INGREDIENTS:

• 60ml Tanqueray gin
• 25ml Blue curacao
• 50ml Aquafaba
• 25ml Lemon juice
• 15ml Sugar syrup
• 3 Saline drops (more accurate than a pinch of salt)
• Tsp of edible blue glitter

METHOD:

Add all the ingredients to a shaker filled with. Shake and then strain into a glass. Garnish with two flowers and enjoy responsibly.

Sabai Sabai Restaurant recently celebrated its 20th anniversary, marking two decades of serving authentic Thai cuisine and service in the Midlands. The faces behind Sabai Sabai – which means ‘chill and relax’ – are owners Juree and Torquil Chidwick, the husband and wife team who first opened in Moseley back in 2004 and who now have an impressive five restaurants to their name – since adding further eateries in Harborne, Stratford-upon-Avon, Birmingham city centre and Solihull.

Torquil, who was born and raised in Moseley and Juree, were both straight out of Bradford University when they started their business, and knew it wasn’t always going to be plain sailing. Juree said: “My heart has always been in Thailand, and with most of my family working as chefs or owning restaurants over there it seemed only natural to open a restaurant and bring a little bit of Thailand to the West Midlands.”

MUM’S THE WORD!

Juree added: “When Torquil and I ventured into our first venue in Moseley 20 years ago there was a lack of funding available, so we had to scale back on a lot of things. There were not a huge number of Thai chefs in the UK so recruiting good chefs was pretty tricky – but luckily my mum helped! The shortage of staff forced us to be deeply involved in every aspect of operations. We wore multiple hats, from cleaning and customer service to managing finances and cooking. Every step has been a huge learning experience for us.” Enlisting the help of their families to get the business off the ground included having Juree’s mother running the kitchen for a year, while Torquil’s brother worked front of house.

Their second venture in Harborne High Street opened in 2011, followed by Stratford-upon-Avon, where they opened their third site in a Grade II listed building in Wood Street, just a stone’s throw from the RSC. Hot on the heels, the following year Juree and Torquil made the move into Birmingham city centre in Waterloo Street. Torquil said: “Over the past 20 years, Sabai Sabai has become synonymous with excellence in Thai cuisine, thanks to our dedication to using only the freshest ingredients and traditional cooking techniques passed down from Juree’s family.”

CHALLENGES

As with all independents in the hospitality sector, the couple have faced challenges along the way, pandemic closures, staffing and rising rate bills, but their passion, dedication and commitment to consistently great food and good customer service has enabled them to weather the storm and stay robust post-pandemic. Last year, despite extortionate business rates and the cost of living crisis, they opened their fifth restaurant in the couple’s home town of Solihull.

Juree said: “There have been so many memorable moments over the years, like serving behind the bar in the newly-opened Harborne just two days before giving birth to my son!” Torquil added: “My favourite time was when TV Chef Ainsley Harriot and Strictly’s Len Goodman came to film us for their BBC TV show. They were hysterically funny. The team had a great time.”
The pair have won a string of awards along the way – Juree was named Entrepreneur of the Year at the West Midlands Women of the Year Awards 2016, and Sabai Sabai was Best Restaurant at the Birmingham Awards, Best Oriental Restaurant 2016 and 2017, and was nominated again for the Midlands Food Drink & Hospitality Awards 2018.

FOLLOW THE DREAM

Of their success, Juree said: My mother has always told me to follow my dream, surround myself with like-minded people and not wait for the perfect moment. Running a restaurant is demanding, you cannot ever fully switch off from work. It is not just a job it is a lifestyle. Remaining resilient and adaptable has been key to our success. For example, we introduced more take-away services during Covid and developed our own take-away app which helped us increase sales.

“We want to continue innovating and refining our offers, creating and developing new dishes and ideas to enhance the dining experience. We want to focus on our five sites to ensure Sabai Sabai remains one of the best Thai restaurants in the Midlands.”

Millions of Brits jet off to foreign holiday hotspots every year and it also looks we’re heading for a gorgeous summer here too – but health experts warn the UK sun can be just as dangerous as relaxing in more exotic climes.

It’s a message that’s oft repeated but rightly so – unless you give your skin the correct protection you are storing up potentially deadly consequences. Sunburn increases your risk of skin cancer. Sunburn does not just happen on holiday. You can burn in the UK, even when it’s cloudy.

There’s no safe or healthy way to get a tan and it’s one of the great myths that a tan makes you healthier. At the very best, the sun’s rays will cause premature ageing of your skin, while the worst-case scenario is that they can cause skin cancer. While we don’t want to be seen as spoilsports, we asked the experts for their advice to make sure you can enjoy the summer sun safely.

Here’s their top tips:

SLAP ON THE SUNSCREEN

Apply lots of it, often. Make sure to especially cover areas at the back of the neck, top of the ears and scalp. UV rays from the sun are reflected from sand and sea and any other bright surfaces onto your skin, whether you’re in the shade or not.

AIM HIGH

Go for a sunscreen with a high SPF. The higher the SPF number the more protection there is from burning caused by UVB radiation. While sunburn is mainly caused by UVB, experts say UVA rays may be just as important in causing premature skin ageing and cancer.

KEEP IT COVERED

Revealing too much flesh is dangerous in the sun. Wear a T-shirt or loose, light clothing to cover your chest and shoulders. A hat and sunglasses are a must-have, too.

STAY IN THE SHADE

Enjoy the summer weather but try and stay in the shade rather than being directly in the sun. It’s a good idea to have a sunshade to sit under when the sun is at its height. In the UK, this is between 11am and 3pm from March to October.

TAKE CARE AT WORK

It’s simple to remember to protect yourself against the sun when you’re at home at the weekend or on holiday – but remember to take sunscreen to work with you and apply before sitting outside on your lunch break.

PROTECT YOUR EYES

A day at the beach without proper eye protection can cause a temporary but painful burn to the surface of the eye, similar to sunburn.

CHECK YOUR SKIN

If you have any moles check them for changes in colour, size or shape. If something’s not quite right, ask your GP.

DON’T FAKE IT

Contrary to what many people believe, having a fake tan won’t protect your skin from the sun’s UV rays.

SUNBED WARNING

Experts say there’s a 20 per cent increase in the risk of melanoma no matter how infrequently you use a sunbed.

WHAT THE NUMBERS MEAN

UVB rays cause sunburn and play a key role in causing skin cancer while UVA is the main cause of skin ageing. A sunscreen’s SPF number refers primarily to the amount of UVB protection it provides. Look for a sunscreen that can protect from both UVA and UVB.
A sunscreen’s SPF number tells you how long the sun’s UV radiation will take to make your skin redden while using the product versus the amount of time without sunscreen. Factor 30 takes you 30 times longer to burn than if you weren’t wearing sunscreen. An SPF30 screen allows about three per cent of UVB rays to hit your skin, while SPF50 allows two per cent. So, as a general rule, the higher the SPF the better the protection.

HOW TO APPLY SUNSCREEN

Most people do not apply enough sunscreen. As a guide, adults should aim to apply around six to eight teaspoons of sunscreen if you’re covering your entire body. If sunscreen is applied too thinly, the amount of protection it gives is reduced. If you plan to be out in the sun long enough to risk burning, sunscreen needs to be applied twice, 30 minutes before going out and then just before going out.
Sunscreen needs to be reapplied liberally and frequently, and according to the manufacturer’s instructions, and this includes applying it straight after you have been in water, even if it’s ‘water resistant’, and after towel drying, sweating or when it may have rubbed off.

I’ve talked before in the past about those pesky awkward months of the year that we’re in right now – it’s the end of spring, the bulbs are fading and disappearing for another year, but summer isn’t quite here just yet. But it’s not all that far away at all and with a little time, some muddy fingers, and a trip to the garden centre, you too could have the best summer garden you’ve ever had. Thankfully, I’ve got three top jobs to keep you busy in your garden, which will take you headfirst into the season ahead of us.

Don’t dilly-dally on dahlias

If you follow me over on Instagram (@viewfromthepottingbench) then you’ll appreciate my adoration for dahlias and the abundance of colour they give to every garden. Regardless of the size or the space you have and whether you have lengthy borders or just a couple of pots, there is a dahlia for every situation.
You have heard stories that dahlias are difficult, but nothing could be further from the truth with a little bit of know-how and insider knowledge! Your dahlia journey for this year may have already begun and you might have potted up your tubers months ago and they could even be in the ground by now, but fear not – you haven’t missed out just yet.
If you pop to your local garden centre (and thankfully we have plenty around the wider city) right now you’re likely to still find some ‘potted dahlias’ that you can buy and safely plant straight out into your gardens with very little chance of any further frosts nipping at them. Your options might be slightly more limited than they would have been a few weeks ago, but you should still have plenty to choose from in a wide range of colours and styles.

Fill up your gardens

If you do happen to have a large garden, or even just a slim border – those established perennial plants that you’ve had for years or you planted out last year, will be well into their new growth by now and you’ll be able to see where they’re growing and any space you might have left to fill.
I often find that I still have gaps between plants, even though we’ve been in this garden for a number of years now and that’s alright by me, as it gives me a chance to try some new things that I’ve not tried before. If you’re canny about it then you can try a wide range of annual plants that will grow, flower and then die all within this growing season, so if you like them you can grow them again next year or if you don’t, then there’s no worry of them coming back again for 2025.
By buying seeds and sowing them directly in the ground now, you’ll still have plants with bountiful flowers through summer without any of the faff of having to sow them indoors earlier in the year – so a win-win! My go-to annuals will always be Cosmos and you’ll be surprised by just how many there are on offer either online or in garden centres.

Swap spring or summer

And finally, if you’ve got pots and containers then by now those spring flowering bedding plants that you planted up in winter will be looking raggedy and a bit tired. But you guessed it… another trip to the garden centre is in order!
While you’re there looking for your potted dahlias, you’ll be met with swathes upon swathes of trays and pots of a kaleidoscope range of colours, all ready to plant up at home! Bedding plants, if this is your first time with them, are generally fairly short-lived plants that are perfect for containers that will add immediate colour to your garden.
Some summer favourites of mine are Bacopa, Calibrachoa and Bidens, and they’ll flower all summer long, before you’ll want to take them out to replace with winter bedding (but more on that in winter!) Do yourself a favour this year and plant even just two of three pots full of bedding and you’ll be oh-so-glad you did.

The emotional back stories, the jubilant crowds and the look of pure elation as thousands of amateur runners cross the line. It’s hard not to get caught up in the joy of running when you watch these amazing events take place, raising vast amounts of money for a range of cracking charities.
But if you’ve never really run before, the thought of 26.2 miles of physical pain is probably pretty daunting and off-putting. Well, why not join the ever-increasing throng of people who regularly partake in the much more palatable distance of 5k. It’s a great target for beginner runners as it’s long enough to feel like you’ve achieved something, yet short enough to take on after just a couple of months, or less if you’re in reasonable shape.
Here’s our guide to how to safely prepare for a 5k in just a matter of weeks.

EASY DOES IT

When you first start running, don’t try to do too much too soon. An average beginner’s pace is around 13 minutes per mile, but if you find that too hard, or not challenging enough, simply adjust your training accordingly. You’ll soon get a feel for what your body can do.
Set yourself a target date for running your first 5k. Allow for eight weeks to prepare and it might be easier to commit to an official race day for extra motivation. For beginners, it’s best to schedule three running sessions per week during the last eight weeks before you go for it.
At first you only need to do 20 minutes of alternate running and walking, building up to 40 minutes as you progress and D-Day gets near. If you’re really not used to running, or suffering weight problems, then it’s fine to walk throughout your first session. Next time try running for a few minutes, then walk until you feel ready to run again, but when you walk, take brisk, purposeful strides.

REST DAYS

Schedule rest days between your training days and take plenty of minutes to warm up before each session. Stretching before and after exercise is beneficial and something that many of us forget to do. By week three, you’ll already be starting to experience at least some of the many benefits of regular running.
Ideally you should try to work up to running for at least seven minutes (just over half a mile) non-stop before taking a walk break by the end of week three. You should also increase the length of your training sessions to half-an-hour, and once you can run for seven minutes, aim to run for eight, and then nine, which you should be able to achieve by the end of week four.

KEY TIME

Weeks five and six are a key time. Now it is time to run for at least 15 minutes (just over a mile) non-stop. Aim to build up to running for least 20 minutes by the end of week six. By the end of week seven you’ll be running for 35 minutes non-stop, which should get you to a distance of a little over four kilometres. It is still absolutely fine for you to take the odd walk break if you really need to, just get running again as soon as you can.
In week eight you should really enjoy your final week of training. A session where you run 30 minutes, then take a one-minute walk break before running for another 10 minutes, scheduled early in the week, should prepare you nicely to run your 5k race. After that just one more 20-minute run in the middle of the week is all you need to do.

5K DAY!

It’s target day and if you feel nervous, that’s fine! If you are running in an actual race, most of the other runners will be too but just lap up the atmosphere and remind yourself that you are fully prepared to do this. Treat today as a celebration of how far you have come in just a couple of months. Your aim is to go the distance without stopping, but if you need to take walking breaks that’s fine, this is only your first full 5k and hopefully it will be the first of many.

Good luck!

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I began working at the Nottingham Tennis Centre, initially as a casual member of staff. That got my foot in the door, and then I had the chance to do some grounds work in my first summer during the Nottingham Open tennis event. Aged 24 I made the move to Birmingham to take up the role of assistant grounds manager at Edgbaston Priory Club. I held that role for nearly 10 years before becoming head of grounds at the start of 2024.

IT’S WHAT I DO

I lead the grounds team that looks after the 14-acre site that makes up Edgbaston Priory Club. We have 32 tennis courts of varying surfaces, as well as large areas of managed lawns, shrub beds and borders, hedges, trees and seasonal flower displays, all of which falls under the remit of our grounds team. June is probably the busiest period, when we host the Rothesay Birmingham Classic Tennis event on our grass courts. Preparation goes on all year but it’s not unusual for our team to work 100-hour weeks for at least a month around the event.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Professionally, the relationship we have with Heart of Birmingham Vocational College (HBVC) really stands out. Eight years ago, we started working with them to provide some occasional work experience once a week on the grounds team. Now we have supported interns learning in multiple departments within the club. Based on our relationship as a club, I have ended up with the privilege of being the chair of governors for the college, which is something I find massively fulfilling.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

Never ask anyone to do something you aren’t willing to do yourself. If you want people to respect you, you need to lead from the front. The easiest way to start earning that respect is to take on some of the worst jobs yourself!

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

I’m still relatively new in my role, so in the short-term I really want to work hard to prove my value and demonstrate what I am capable of. Aside from that, I’m very proud of the work we as a club do with HBVC. In recent years we’ve progressed our working relationship to include a satellite horticultural education provision based here at the club and I’d really love to see that grow.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Location. My partner’s family live near London, so it doesn’t take us too long to get down there when she wants to visit. I’m also not too far from Nottingham when I want to head back over there.

DOWNTIME

I do view the things I get to do with HBVC as downtime – it’s not work if you’re enjoying it! I’m also a big ice hockey fan, so I spend a lot of time travelling around to watch the Nottingham Panthers play.

More than 100 guests from across the region’s business community joined partners and staff from mfg Solicitors to mark the official opening of the law firm’s new Birmingham city centre offices at Waterloo House in Waterloo Street. Overlooking Victoria Square, the newly-fitted out offices include several meeting rooms, breakout areas and open plan desk space. Welcomed by chairman Iain Morrison and office partner Chris Piggott, guests were treated to a canape and drinks reception during the event.

Captions:

1 Liz Smith, Clare Lang
2 Adam Collins, Tony Seaton, Praveen Gupta
3 Brian Flint, Andrew Davies, Graham Thompson
4 Daniel Morgan, Roger Betts, Phil Hunt, Megan Elcock
5 David Richardson, Laura Charles, Trevor Stevenson-Platt
6 Jason Clines, Beth Margetson, Iain Morrison
7 Kiran Kaur, Faye Taylor, Jack Cook, Chloe Bickley
8 Iain Morrison, Chris Piggott

Widely regarded as one of the most enjoyable forms of exercise, swimming is also a fantastic, fun way to help improve your heart rate and blood flow and maintain a healthy weight. But the health benefits don’t just end there. Here’s just a few reasons why you should spend large parts of this summer submerged.

Increased Muscle Tone and Strength

As water is much denser than air, swimming is a far more effective way of toning your muscles than any other form of cardiovascular exercise. When you swim you get the cardio part of your work-out while also working on an even body tone. Water provides a certain amount of extra resistance, which has a similar effect as using a light weight on a resistance machine at the gym.

Healthy heart

In addition to helping tone up pecs, triceps and quads, swimming also improves the most important muscle in our bodies – the heart. As an aerobic exercise it serves to strengthen the heart, not only helping it to become larger but making it more efficient in pumping, which leads to better blood flow throughout your body. This can help reduce the risk of coronary heart disease by as much as 40 per cent.

Reduced blood pressure and cholesterol levels

Studies have shown that swimming for 30 minutes at least three times a week can significantly lower your blood pressure. One study found that resting heart rate was considerably lowered after only 10 weeks of regular swimming. Plus, swimming for half-an-hour or longer helps reduce the levels of bad cholesterol (LDL) in your blood while raising the levels of HDL – good cholesterol.

Lower blood sugar levels

Swimming for at least half-an-hour three to four times a week, combined with eating a balanced low-glycaemic index (GI) diet, has been shown to control blood sugar levels, according to the Amateur Swimming Association, the English national governing body for swimming.

Low-impact

When submerged in water, the human body automatically becomes lighter and because around 90 per cent of your body’s weight is buoyant when you swim there is less strain placed on bones, joints and muscles. This makes it a fantastic exercise for people with injuries, who may be overweight or suffer from arthritis.

Flexibility

Unlike exercise machines in a gym that tend to isolate one body part at a time, swimming allows you to use a lot of muscles at the same time. The arms move in wide arcs, the hips are engaged as the legs scissor through the water, and the head and spine twist from side to side.

Helps manage weight

Swimming breaststroke for 30 minutes will burn approximately 400Kcal, depending on your weight and speed. That beats walking, cycling and even running at 6mph, which burns 300Kcal.

Improved sleep

People who take vigorous exercise, such as swimming, are almost twice as likely as non-exercisers to have a good night’s sleep. They are also the least likely to report sleep problems, like waking up too early or having difficulty falling asleep. This means you’ll be more likely to concentrate better, look more attractive and live longer

BEEN THERE, DONE THAT

I’ve been a part of Edward’s Trust for 12 years, going from volunteer, to patron, trustee and CEO. I’m a solicitor, although non-practising now, and was based in Birmingham for eight years before moving to Devon and then to Oxford. Despite relocation and a career break from law, I kept working with Edward’s Trust as I am passionate about their vital work in the West Midlands.

IT’S WHAT I DO

Edward’s Trust is a local charity that supports bereaved parents, children and young people from all over the West Midlands. We have 35 years of experience and provide qualified counselling and holistic support for complex or prolonged grief. We do not set time limits and our service is completely free. My role is to lead the exceptional team so they support as many bereaved individuals and families as possible, and to ensure we continue to raise vital funds to keep our service going.

BIGGEST SUCCESS

Professionally, I’ve always felt proudest of my work with bereaved people – I worked with grieving individuals as part of my private client legal work and now continue to help them, albeit in a different way. Offering help and hope to people in their darkest times is a real privilege. Personally, I am proud to be a disabled CEO. My career break was enforced after I was diagnosed with Ehlers Danlos Syndrome. I hope that being in this position, while managing my disability, might mean I am able to change certain misconceptions around disability and chronic health conditions.

BIGGEST LESSON LEARNED

It’s ok to not have all of the answers. We are all learning as we go and being vulnerable and asking for help is a sign of strength.

WHAT I’D LIKE TO SEE

Edward’s Trust just moved into a larger property in Edgbaston with more therapy rooms and a large group space. Our ambition is to widen our reach to more grieving families and find more supporters to help raise funds for us. We would love everyone in the West Midlands to know about Edward’s Trust.

WHAT I LIKE ABOUT BRUM

Brummies are such friendly people, and when someone calls me ‘bab’, I know I am home! Our city is rich in diversity and culture and I love everything about it.

DOWNTIME

I run a monthly virtual book club and I also draw and paint a little and enjoy taking photographs. Weekly film night with my husband, two daughters and our dog Oscar is one of my favourite things, too.

FINALLY…

I am always happy to chat with anyone who thinks they can help Edward’s Trust. Please do reach out if you can help or if you’d just like to know more.

This cheeky number come from the mixologists at the Verve Lounge, a new cocktail bar on Mailbox canal that opened last month in the home of the old Bobby Brown’s nightclub. The Venetian takes the Spritz to a whole new level by combining two key Italian spirits and showcasing how they can sing a song that will fill the streets of Venice. But as always, please enjoy responsibly.

Ingredients:

• 25ml Amaro Montenegro
• 15ml Italicus
• 10ml Lemon juice
• 10ml Earl Grey Tea syrup
• 50ml Prosecco

Method:

Mix together the Amaro Montenegro, Italicus, lemon juice and Earl Grey tea syrup into a mixing cup with ice. Stir to dilution and strain into an ice-filled wine glass. Top with Prosecco and garnish with orange peel.

It’s a sobering fact that heart disease is the No 1 threat to women in the UK. British Heart Foundation research suggest that women are twice as likely to die of coronary heart disease, the main cause of heart attack, as breast cancer.

In fact, there are around 3.65 million women living with a heart or circulatory disease in the UK and one in 14 women die from coronary heart disease Your heart is something that you can help, or hinder, every day of your life – so follow these top 10 tips to keep things ticking over nicely.

Spot the signs: Chest pain can be a sign of a heart attack. But heart attacks in women can also be accompanied by symptoms that can be confused with other ailments. Shortness of breath, nausea or actual vomiting, back or jaw pain and unexplained fatigue can also be danger signs. If you’re in any doubt, don’t hesitate to seek help from your GP just to be on the safe side.

Pack it in: There are zillions of reasons why smokers should kick the habit. It helps health in so many ways and lowering the risk of heart disease is right up there. If you’ve tried to quit and can’t, get some help – Google the NHS Quit Line.

Get yourself checked: The British Heart Foundation says that anyone over the age of 40 should be having regular cardiovascular check-ups with their doctor. This examines risk factors including cholesterol, blood pressure and diabetes. Family history is another good reason for a check, especially if your mum had a heart attack before the age of 60, or if your dad had one before the age of 45.

Confront your front: The more fat you store around your middle (as opposed to your hips, thighs or bottom), the higher your risk of heart disease. But on the plus side, this more dangerous fat is also the easiest to shift.

Cut out trans fats: Unlike ‘good’ fats found in foods such as olive oil, flaxseed oil and walnuts, trans fats are chemically altered vegetable oils and should be avoided. They are very common, turning up in everything from ready meals and biscuits to crisps and sweets.

Get going: After menopause, women have higher concentrations of total cholesterol. To compensate, women need to make their life more aerobic. Aerobic exercise helps boost your ‘good’ cholesterol and lowers the blood fats (known as triglycerides). Exercise also helps reduce blood pressure, keeps your weight down and makes you feel good.

Salt it out: Just a pinch of salt can raise your blood pressure and you shouldn’t consume more than six grams a day – that’s about a teaspoon’s worth. So, start taking an interest in the labels of foods you buy, and at home go easy on how much you use. (A good start is not to salt something you haven’t tasted.) Your blood pressure should be 120/80mmHg or below, and bear in mind that over the age of 55 there are more women with high blood pressure than men.

Something fishy: Try to put fish on the menu at least twice a week. It can lower your blood fats and help boost your levels of HDL, or ‘good’ cholesterol. In particular go for mackerel, salmon or sardines which are high in Omega-3 fatty acids. These are protective fats that are good for your heart.

Cut down on alcohol: There is some evidence that an occasional glass of red wine can be beneficial, but on the whole alcohol and good health don’t tend to mix. As well as risking other problems, women who drink more than a glass of wine a day may find their blood fats (triglycerides) starting to rise.

Reduce the risk of diabetes: A woman with diabetes has an increased risk – by a factor up to seven – of heart disease or heart attack. How do you know if you’re at risk of diabetes? One indicator is to measure your girth (the circumference of your abdomen, running a tape measure across your belly button). If it’s above 35 inches your risk of diabetes, and therefore heart disease, is greater.

As past readers will know – I’m a regular speaker at gardening and flower shows right across the UK and a constant favourite of mine is always the RHS Malvern Spring Festival at the start of May. This show provides plant fans with inspiration for their green spaces, no matter whether they’re outdoor… or indoor.

Houseplants have been growing rapidly in popularity in recent years, partly brought about by the extended periods of time we all had at home during lockdown. And now the RHS Malvern Spring Festival is bringing houseplants to the masses!

New to the festival this year is the Green Rooms Market ‘Festival of Houseplants’, complete with its own purpose-built building. You don’t need to have a garden to be a gardener when you can dive into the world of houseplants at this year’s festival. Whether you’re seeking inspiration, looking to expand your collection, or simply wanting to immerse yourself in the beauty of indoor gardening, the Festival of Houseplants is a highlight for all plant enthusiasts. Housed in the new Kildare Hall, it includes workshops and talks hosted by industry experts, botanical displays, exhibits and lots of shopping opportunities.

The new festival is a collaboration with Green Rooms Market which is headed up by houseplant enthusiast, social media star, author and houseplant rescuer, Sarah Gerrard-Jones. Along with a host of other names, Sarah will be at the show sharing her houseplant stories but she’s also kindly shared her five top houseplant tips with me – to share with you this month. You can find more from Sarah on Instagram at @theplantrescuer and also in her book The Plant Rescuer.

SARAH’S 5 TOP HOUSEPLANT TIPS

1. The most important thing you can do is give your plant enough light. The right light intensity is essential for plants to photosynthesise; this is how they create energy to grow. Houseplants are more than decoration – they, like us, have basic needs and require energy to grow, and if they can’t make food, they will starve. All plants need to be close to a window. If they are too far from a window, they will look unwell and eventually die.

2. Don’t water without checking the soil for moisture. Watering every plant in your house once a week isn’t a good idea because some might not need it. Plants use water at different rates depending on many variables, such as how much light they receive, temperature, soil and pot type (plastic or terracotta). A plant positioned far away from a window will likely need less water than one closest to the window. Always check that the plant needs water before pouring it in. You can do this by lifting the pot and weighing it in your hands if it’s small. If the pot feels light, it probably needs water. Or use your finger, push it into the soil and feel if it’s damp or dry.

3. Ensure your pot has drainage holes so excess water can escape. If you have the pot inside a decorative cover pot, take it out when you water it, let the water drain out and then put it back into the cover pot so the water doesn’t collect at the bottom and cause the roots to rot.

4. Check your plants for pests once a week. A few bugs are far easier to tackle than an infestation. There are many ways to tackle different pests, from biological control to sticky tape. I never use pesticides that harm other insects, like bees, or animals.

5. Buy plants suitable for your home, expertise, and lifestyle. If your house doesn’t get much light, don’t buy a plant that requires bright light (or be willing to invest in grow lights). If you have busy work, social life, or often travel, buy one that requires less water than a tropical plant, like a cactus. Lastly, don’t run before you can walk. If you’re new to houseplants, go for something easy to care for, like Pothos (Epipremnum aureum), Snake plant (Dracaena trifasciata) or ZZ plant (Zamioculcas zamiifolia).

Tickets are available now for the RHS Malvern Spring Festival (9 to 12 May), featuring the new ‘Festival of Houseplants’ from www.rhsmalvern.co.uk

The festival also includes inspirational show gardens, sensational flowers, giant veg and plenty of ideas to try at home. Adam will be at this year’s show – speaking on Sunday 12 May and he’ll also be there on Saturday 11 May in the Festival of Houseplants doing live podcasts.

Spring heralds the start of British watercress season. Grown in flowing spring water the peppery plant clings to the bed’s gravel base, absorbing minerals and vitamins. Packed with more than 50 minerals and vitamins and super-rich in iron, watercress boasts great health benefits and even has its own special celebration – the Alresford Watercress Festival which this year marks its 20th anniversary on 19 May. The Watercress Company, the UK’s biggest grower of watercress, has developed some delicious new salad recipes perfect for bright spring days stretching into summer – including this tasty little number. So go on, give it a whirl…

HOT HONEY SALMON AND WATERCRESS SALAD

Serves 2
Prep time: 15mins
Cook time: 20mins

Ingredients
• 80g watercress
• 2 salmon fillets
• 1 lemon, quartered
• 1 avocado, sliced

For the Hot Honey:
• 50ml honey
• 2 garlic cloves, halved
• 1 to 2tsp chilli flakes

For the quick pickled red onions:
• ½ red onion, thinly sliced
• 2tbsp vinegar – white wine or apple cider
• ½ tsp salt
• 1tsp sugar

Method
For the hot honey – warm the honey gently in a small pan. Add the garlic and chilli flakes and allow to infuse. Once fragrant and spicy, remove from the heat. For the red onions – in a bowl or jar with a lid, add the sliced onion. Pour over the vinegar before sprinkling in the salt and sugar. Give it a mix, or shake, to combine and let it sit while you prepare everything else.
Brush one side of the salmon with the hot honey. Lay it coated side down in a hot pan and cook for 5 to 6 minutes. Brush the topside with a little more of the honey, flip and repeat.
To assemble the salad – split the watercress between two plates. Add ½ the avocado to each plate. Top with the salmon fillets and a spoonful of the red onion. Drizzle everything with a little more of the hot honey. Serve with the lemons, squeezing fresh lemon juice over everything.

Hotel du Vin played host to a special St Patrick’s Day breakfast organised by the NSPCC West Midlands Business Board. Guests enjoyed a talk from West Midlands mayor Andy Street before tucking in to a full Irish breakfast and helping raise vital funds for the NSPCC.

Apparently, the weather is showing signs of improving, which means it’s almost time to get out the summer collection… and almost time to get into last year’s swimsuit. So, come on Birmingham, let’s get ready together and step up the exercise regime. Need some motivation?  Here’s some top tips:

Set aside time for exercise – Develop a structure and pattern to your exercise. Build it into your daily routine by adding into your diary or blocking it out in your work calendar as you would a work meeting.

Focus on your goals ­– Set small, short-term achievable goals that you can meet, such as ‘I’ll do three, one-hour sessions this week’ or ‘I’ll use the heavier weights for the next session’.

Mix it up! – There are lots of different classes out there at lots of different gyms. Even though instructors will vary their classes, it’s always good to try different instructors for new exercises and a fresh face!

Eat well – It’s really important to look after your nutrition – maintain regular mealtimes and try to avoid snacking, especially in the evening.

Sleep well – Make sure you wake up reasonably early and go to bed reasonably early. Sleep is important for our mental well-being.

Have fun! – Be kind to yourself. If your body needs a rest from its new exercise routine, take it. Fitness should be fun.

FIVE SIMPLE EXERCISES

Struggling to find the time to get to a gym? Here are five easy exercises which you can do at home in only five minutes. Do each exercise for up to one minute then as you improve turn this into a circuit by repeating the sequence twice, then three times so it takes 15 minutes. 

1 Stair climbing

Run up and down stairs at a fast pace non-stop for one minute – it will boost your heart rate and as it’s weight-bearing it will load your bones too. If you find it easy then try carrying something heavy (evenly loaded carrier bags full of books will do fine). 

2 Squats

Stand with your feet shoulder-width apart (or slightly wider) and push your hips back as if you’re sitting into an imaginary chair. Lower down so your thighs are as parallel to the floor as possible, with your knees over your ankles. Press your weight into your heels then push up to bring yourself back to the starting position. Work up gradually to squat for 30 seconds then build it up to one minute. 

3 Ropeless skipping

Imagine holding a skipping rope then rotate the ‘rope’ forward as if you’re skipping. Add in the footwork, you can hop from one foot to the other or jump lifting both feet simultaneously. Remember to keep the arms turning – you can alternate circling forward and backward – and keep going for up to one minute. 

4 The plank

On the floor, get into a push-up position then bend your elbows at 90-degrees and rest your weight on your forearms. Your elbows should be directly beneath your shoulders and your body should form a straight line from your head to your feet. Hold the position for as long as you can up to one minute (and remember not to hold your breath). 

5 Lateral raises

Stand with feet hip-width apart, arms by your sides holding weights in each hand. You could start with bottles of water or tins of soup then build up to using hand weights. Raise your arms up and out to the side to shoulder level then slowly lower them back down and repeat. Don’t be tempted to let your arms drop suddenly, try to resist gravity. Keep going for up to one minute.

INGREDIENTS: 

For the cupcakes:

• 175g butter

• 175g self-raising flour

• 175g caster sugar

• 1/2tsp baking powder

• 1/2tsp vanilla extract

• 3 large eggs

For the icing: 

• 175g butter

• 1/2tsp vanilla extract

• 3tbsp milk

• 350g icing sugar

METHOD: 

Preheat the oven to 180°C/gas mark 4. Line a 12-hole muffin tin with paper cupcake cases. Put all the cupcake ingredients into a large bowl and beat until smooth then divide evenly between the paper cases. Bake for 20 to 25 minutes, or until the cakes are well risen and firm on top. Transfer to a wire rack to cool.

For the icing sugar, put the butter, vanilla extract, two tablespoons of the milk, and half the icing sugar in a large bowl and beat until smooth. Then beat in the remaining icing sugar and the remaining milk.

When the cakes are cool, spoon the icing into a piping bag fitted with a star nozzle and pipe swirls of the icing on top of each cupcake. Decorate with shaped marshmallow for ears and pink sweets for the bunny nose.

We know it’s supposed to be spring but at the time of writing it’s bloomin’ cold and we fancied something warming. This rich and spicy rum cocktail from the mixologists at Shakespeare Distillery using their awesome Jester Spiced Rum did just the trick. Superb, but as always please enjoy responsibly.

INGREDIENTS: 

50ml Jester Spiced Rum

25ml Cointreau

25ml blood orange and ginger syrup

25ml pineapple juice

2-3 lime wedges

METHOD: 

Add 2 or 3 lime wedges into a small cocktail tin, followed by the syrup, and muddle together. Add the Jester Spiced Rum, Cointreau and pineapple juice then fill tin with ice and shake (we recommend 20 times). Finally, strain into a chilled coupe glass, garnish with orange peel, sit back… and enjoy!

Badminton takes centre stage in Birmingham this month as the England Open Championships returns to the Utilita Arena. Some of the best badminton players from around the world will be showcasing the speed and skill required to excel in this incredible sport.

Never played? What are you waiting for? It’s a fabulous alternative to the gym with some incredible health benefits.  Here are just a few:

Total Body Workout

Stretching, lunging and running… it’s all required, meaning your heart will be pumping providing a cracking cardio workout for the whole body, including your core.  

Muscle strength

The continuous movement also helps build up your muscle mass, as well as tone them up, and strengthens calves, quads and hamstrings. 

Heart Health

Badminton decreases the levels of ‘bad’ cholesterol, which can block your blood vessels and improves the levels of good cholesterol – all good news if you want to help avoid heart attacks and strokes. 

Upward mobility

As we age, our mobility gradually begins to become more limited. The active motion of badminton ensures we lubricate our joints, helping to minimise the risk of arthritis and other joint issues. 

Improve reflexes

Being a quick sport, it requires good reflexes, both physically and mentally, which are essential in allowing your body to react in ways that help you to be safe from the dangers of falling over. 

Boost metabolism

Having a good metabolism with a high metabolic rate is vital for a healthy life. Badminton is an active sport which sweats you out from tip to toe. The natural sweating of our body removes toxins inside out and helps fight diabetes. 

Bone strength

The back and forth movements of hands, legs and arms, as well as the impact from jumping around and hitting the shuttlecock, can help improve bone density and strength which helps prevent fractures. It’s also lower impact that squash and tennis which is good news. 

Weight loss

Playing a game of badminton can help you burn around 450 calories an hour which is great for weight loss and keeping trim. 

Increased Life Expectancy

Research suggests that racket-based sports can increase your life expectancy even more than other activities such as cycling and swimming. 

Mental health

Taking part in any form of regular physical activity helps to release those lovely endorphins which helps fight all manner of ills like anxiety, stress and lack of sleep. 

It’s social!

Badminton is a fun, flexible sport that’s not affected by the weather so it’s easier to plan around your busy schedule.  You can either play singles or doubles, so it’s highly social as well as a great work out.